ML20207P217
| ML20207P217 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Wolf Creek  |
| Issue date: | 01/02/1987 |
| From: | Devena S, Moles K, Colleen Schmidt WOLF CREEK NUCLEAR OPERATING CORP. |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20207P206 | List: |
| References | |
| PROC-870102, NUDOCS 8701150248 | |
| Download: ML20207P217 (697) | |
Text
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _
% EPP TofC
\
REV. 23 GC44 l 3-31-lb WCGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES TABLE OF CONTENTS JANUARY 2, 1987 PROCEDURE NO. TITLE REV.
EPP 01-1.1 WCGS Organization 7 EPP 01-1.2 Emergency Operation Facility Emergency 5 Organization EPP 01-1.3 Home Office Emergency Center Organization 2 1
EPP 01-1.4 Public Information Organization 4 1 EPP 01-2.1 Emergency Classification 4 EPP 01-2.2 Activation of Emergency Plan / Organization 4-EPP 01-2.3 Accident Assessment and Mitigation 2 EPP 01-2.4 Core Damage Assessment Methodology 1 EPP 01-3.1 Immediate Notifications 6 EPP 01-3.2 Followup Notifications 5 EPP 01-3.3 Offsite Support-Notification 3 EPP 01-3.4 Onsite Emergency Response Organization 4 Manual Call-Out EPP 01-3.5 EOF, HOEC and Public Information Emergency 5 Response Organization Manual Call-Out EPP 01-3.6 Emergency Response Organization 1 Automatic Call-Out EPP 01-4.1 Technical Support Center Activation 5 EPP 01-4.2 Operations Support Center Activation / 5 Operation
N EPP 01-4.3 Emergency Operations Facility Activation 5 EPP 01-4.4 Home Office Emergency Center Activation 2 8701150248 870109 PDR ADOCK 05000482 F PDR Page 1 of 3 '
A EPP TofC REV. 23 PROCEDURE NO.- TITLE REV.
EPP 01-4.5 General Office Activation 4 EPP 01-4.6 Information Clearinghouse / Media Release 4 Center Activation EPP 01-4.7 Emergency Response Facility Information 1 System (ERFIS)
EPP 01-5.1 Exclusion Area Evacuation 3 EPP 01-6.1 Personnel Accountability 5 EPP 01-7.1 Radiological Release Information System 4 (RRIS)
EPP 01-7.2 Manual Determination of Release Rate 7 EPP 01-7.3 Manual Dose Projection Determination 7 O-s EPP 01-8.1 Onsite Radiological Monitoring 5 EPP 01-8.2 Offsita Radiological Monitoring 4 EPP 01-8.3 Joint Radiological Monitoring Team 2 Formation and Operation EPP 01-9.1 Exposure Control and Personnel Protection 4 EPP 01-9.2 Personnel Decontamination 4 EPP 01-9.3 Radioprotective Drugs 4 EPP 01-9.4 Emergency Team Formation 5 EPP 01-9.5 Aid to Contaminated / Injured Personnel 4 EPP 01-10.1 Protective Action Recommendations 4 EPP 01-10.2 Preparation of News Jeleases 3 EPP 01-10.3 Release of Emergency-Related 3 Information to the Public EPP 01-11.1 Communications 3
\'- EPP 01-11.2 Status Boards 4 EPP 01-11.3 Logs and Record Keeping 2 Page 2 of 3
r -
1 l
EPP TofC i
REV. 23 ,
PROCEDURE NO. TITLE REV.
EPP 01-12.1 Reentry and Recovery Operations 5 EPP 02-1.1 Emergency Preparedness Program 5 !
Maintenance EPP 02-1.2 Training Programs 6 EPP 02-1.3 Drills and Exercises 4 EPP 02-1.4 Public Education 3 EPP 02-1.5 Maintenance of Emergency Facilities 7 and Equipment EPP 02-1.6 Communications Tests 4 EPP 02-1.7 Tone Alert Radio Maintenance and 2 Compensating Measures -
EPP 02-1.8 Testing and Maintenance of Alert 4 and Notification System Sirens l
Page 3 of 3
3 FORM IGF-32 REV. 8/85 Date: /d -3 /-84, 1 1 Sheet: of NUCLEAR DEPARTMENT POLICY / PROCEDURE MANUAL 4
REMOVE AND INSERT INSTRUCTION REMOVE INSERT WCGS RADIOIDGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES
- 1) Remove all documents contained 1) Insert all documents attached in this manual O
+4 l
\
O
?
h k
m U
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE WCGS ORGANIZATION EPP 01-1.1 Revision 7 l Effective January 1, 1987
/
71m M /2-
)> Jo/ /2L EMERGENCY W. ANNI COORDI TOR REVIEW DATE /
-l ~
m //-// <P6 EMERGENCY PLANNING' ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE W 0) CYI PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION DATE ll-l?-$
4 z' PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL lffWfO DATE' l
p i
RELEASED / 2. ~ 3/ -76 DATE
s.
4-1.0 PURPOSE This procedura describes the WCGS Emergency Response Organization and delineates responsibilities as well as provides guidance for key emergency response per-
. sonnel in the performance of their designated positions.
2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure is applicable to all onsite WCGS
- Emergency Responsa Organization personnel upon decla-ration of an Emergency Classification. Upon declar-ation of Recovery or Re-entry, personnel shall use EPP 01-12.1, " Recovery and Reentry Operations".
I 3.0 DEFINITIONS
- NONE 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 INITIAL / SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.1.1 Upon notification of an emergency situation, the WCGS Emergency Response Organization (Attachment 1.0) shall proceed to and establish operations at their desig-nated emergency response positions.
. 4.1.2 Emergency positions are staffed by personnel specified in Attachment 2.0, "WCGS Emergency Organization Staffing Requirements". This attachment designates t
the primary and alternate normal WCGS positions i required to fill the various emergency response i positions.
4.2 DUTY EMERGENCY DIRECTOR (SHIFT SUPERVISOR)
! NOTE: The following responsibilities for the Duty
- Emergency Director (DED) Shift Supervisor and 1 later the DED may not be delegated -
(
- - Emergency Classification
! - Notification of Offsite Authorities
! - Protective Action Recommendations
- Authorisation of Emergency Exposure in excess of 10CFR 20 limits i
EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 1 of 32
, - - - .-. _. ~ - - _ _ . -- .- _- . .
9 4.2.1 Upon recognition that an emergency condition exists, the Shift Supervisor shall assess plant parameters and
( indications to determine the appropriate emergency i
classification utilizing EPP 01-2.1, " Emergency classification."
4.2.2 Upon declaraticn of an emergency classification, the Shift Supervisor shall assume the role of the DED.
The Shift Supervisor retains the DED position until relieved by the Plant Manager or designated Call Superintendent or the emergency is terminated.
4.2.2.1 The DED (Shift Supervisor) shall assure that the County, State, NRC resident inspector, NRC Headquarters, and System Operations are notified per EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications."
4.2.2.2 The DED (Shift Supervisor) shall assure that Call-Out of the WCGS Emergency Response Organization is made ,
per EPP 01-3.4, "Onsite Emergency Organization Manual Call-Out."
4.2.2.3 The DED (Shift Supervisor) shall initiate appropriate technical measures to mitigate the event.
4.2.2.4 The DED (Shift Supervisor) shall activate onsite emer-gency teams if required.
4.2.2.5 The DED (Shift Supervisor) shall notify plant person-nel of the change in plant status.
4.2.2.6 The DED (Shift Supervisor) shall assure proper logs are kept. ,
I 4.2.2.7 The DED/SS will provide instructions to, and verify accountability of, all on-duty NLos. All on-duty NLos will report to the Control Room and remain under the 1 direction of the Shift Supervisor unless otherwiss I
directed by the DED.
j
~
4.2.2.8 The DED (Shift Supervisor), following transfer of responsibility and authority to the DED, functions as the Shift Supervisor and keeps the Operations Emer- l gency Coordinator (OEC) informed of plant status.
4.3 DUTY EMERGENCY DIRECTOR (DED) l
. 4.3.1 The DED may report to the Control Room to evaluate the ,
declared emergency classification per EPP 01-2.1,
" Emergency Classification."
i i
EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 2 of 32
4
- 4.3.2 At emergency classifications of Alert or more severe
- the - DED reports to the Technical Support Center (TSC) .
t 4
4 4.3.3 -The DED shall implement Attachment 3.0, " Duty Emer-gency Director's checklist (TSC) ," Form EP 1.1-3.
4.3.4 The DED shall continue to evaluate plant conditions to I determine the need for escalating or doescalating i emergency classification.
4.3.5 The DED in coordination with the Radiation Emergency Coordinator (REC) shall determine the necessity for evacuation of personnel onsite.
4.3.6 The DED shall determine if radioactive releases have, {
are, or may occur and assure that radiological assess-ment is performed as necessary per EPP 01-7.0 series.
- 4.3.7 The DED shall evaluate the extent of protective action
{' recommendations needed to be issued to County and State authorities per EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations."
, 4.3.8 The DED shall assure that Immediate Notifications and Followup Notifications are made to the County, State, 4 NRC Headquarters, System Operations, and the NRC .
. Resident Inspector per EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifi-
{ cations" and EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications."
I 4.3.9 The DED in coordination with the REC shall evaluate !
the need for and authorize emergency workers to exceed 10CFR 20 radiation exposure limits with concurrence I from the NRC, if practical.
! 4.3.10 The DED shall assume all responsibilities and author-ity of the Duty Emergency Manager (DEM) (EPP 01-1.2) until relieved of those responsibilities by the DEM.
i
- 4.3.11 The DED shall direct the WCGS personnel in accident
- mitigation per EPP 01-2.3, " Accident Assessment and i Mitigation."
! 4.3.12 The DED shall evaluate hazardous circumstances and i initiate onsite protective actions as appropriate.
! 4.3.13 The DED shall assure that the Onsite Public
(
Information Coordinator (PIC) is periodically updated per EPP 01-10.2, " Preparation of News Releases."
l 4.3.14 The DED shall notify Home Office Management as j appropriate. ,
$ i I
j EPP 01-1.1 i Rev. 7 i Page 3 of 32
4.3.15 The DED shall assure that responsible members of the emergency organization document all significant 4
actions taken.
4.3.16 The DED shall keep the Shift Supervisor informed of all significant information and decisions made.
4.3.17 The DED shall inform station groups from which speci-fic expertise may be required, such as Health Physics, Chemistry, and Security, of emergency status and establish communications.
4.4 OPERATIONS EMERGENCY COORDINATOR (OEC) 4.4.1 At emergency classifications of Alert or more severe, the OEC shall report directly to the TSC and respond to requests from the DED.
4.4.2 The OEC shall implement Attachment 5.0, " Operations Emergency Coordinator's Checklist," Form EP 1.1-5.
4.4.3 The OEC shall maintain a current knowledge of plant status and evaluate proposed operational manipulations.
, 4.4.4 The OEC shall advise the DED concerning plant condi-1 tions and operational manipulations.
4.4.5 The OEC shall coordinate the activities of the Control Room staff as appropriate.
4.4.6 The OEC shall interface with the Maintenance Emergency Coordinator (MEC) and the Technical Support Coordinator to provide maintenance and engineering support to the Control Room staff.
l 4.4.7 The OEC shall be responsible for approving the Operational Status Sheet and assuring accurate updates of the Operational Status Board per EPP 01-11.2,
" Status Boards."
4.4.8 The OEC may direct the Operations Assessment Coordinator to report to the Control Room.
l 4.4.9 The OEC shall call in WCGS personnel as necessary to supplement the WCGS emergency teams under his control and assure that continuity of appropriate technical resources is maintained.
4.4.10 The OEC shall, through the Shift Supervisor, supervise the activities of the Site Fire Brigade.
O EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 l
Page 4 of 32 i
- 4.4.11 Within 10 days after going on containment sump recir-culation, evaluate the necessity of isolating the seal injection filters.
l 4.5 OPERATIONS ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (OAC) 4.5.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, i
the Operations Assessment Coordinator (OAC) shall report directly to the TSC and respond to requests
- from the OEC. The OAC may be directed to report to
- the Control Roon by the OEC.
t j 4.5.2 The OAC shall complete the Operational Status sheet f and advise the OEC regarding plant conditions and operational manipulations.
4.5.3 The OAC shall establish communications between the
! Control Room and the TSC.
i .
4.5.4 The OAC shall coordinate the activities of the Opera-tions Status Recorder and the Control Roon Communica-
- tor to assure timely and accurate updates are made to j the Operational Status Board per EPP 01-11.2, " Status i Boards."
I 4.6 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATORS i
j -
4.6.1 The Control Room Communicators shall be located in the j Control Room.
4.6.2 The Control Room Communicators shall communicate with:
j -
TSC Operations Status Recorder when required 1
(communicator reports to the person designated by '
l the OEC) l '
NRC, via Emergency Notification System (ENS)
- (Communicator reports to the DED/ Shift .
l Supervisor)
State of Kansas, Coffey County and other support i agencies (communicator reports to the DED/ Shift Supervisor) ,
I l 4.7 TECHNICAL SUPPORT COORDINATOR l i
l 4.7.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, j the Technical Support Coordinator shall report direct-i ly to the TSC and respond to requests from the OEC.
l f !
! l i EPP 01-1.1 ,
l Rev. 7
! Page 5 of 32 l i l 1
_ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ ~ . _ . .__
~
, 4.7.2 The Technical Support Coordinator shall direct and i coordinate the efforts of the TSC Engineering Team to technically assess plant status and the severity of )
the emergency conditions per EPP ^1-2.3, " Accident Assessment and Mitigation." '
4.7.3 The Technical Support Coordinator shall advise the OEC j on technical matters relating to fuel integrity, plant .
l systems and equipment, plant electrical systems, 4
electrical systems and equipment, and plant i j
instrumentation.
l 4.7.4 The Technical Support coordinator shall perform an ,
l independent assessment of critical plant parameters. '
, 4.7.5 After EOF activation the Technical Support Coordinator l shall direct all requests for assistance through the Technical Resources Manager (TRM) in the EOF.
~
l 4.8 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ENGINEERING TEAM (TSC ,
ENGINEERING TEAM) l 4.8.1 At the emergency classification of Alert or more
, severe, the TSC Engineering Team shall report directly I to the TSC and respond to requests from the Technical
! Support Coordinator. .
4.8.2 The TSC Engineering Team shall be composed of at least i i four (4) members w;.th general knowledge in Mechanical l Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Nuclear !
{ Engineering, I&C, and Operations. ;
i j 4.8.3 The TSC Engineering Team shall evaluate current and
- historical plant parameters, assess the severity of l 1 the emergency conditions, and recommend corrective or '
preventative actions to the Technical Support Coordinator. l l 4.9 CHEhISTRY COORDINATOR
! 4.9.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, I the chemistry coordinator shall report directly to the TSC and respond to requests from the OEC.
4.9.2 The Chemistry coordinator shall provide technical
- expertise on chemistry related matters to the DED.
4.9.3 The chemistry coordinator shall identify laboratory I
facilities to be used for sample analysis.
- 4.9.4 The Chemistry coordinator shall assist in evaluating ,
l radiochemical analysis results and provide estimates I j of fuel damage.
- EPP 01-1.1 l j Rev. 7
! Page 6 of 32 .
. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ _ _. _ _ _ _ _ m _ _ _ _ _ _ . _
i .
i i
J 4.10 RADICIDGICAL EMERGENCY COORDINATOR (REC) l O) 1 (, 4.10.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, !
l the REC shall report to the TSC and report directly to l the DED.
I 4.10.2 The REC shall implement Attachment 6.0, " Radiological )
Emergency Coordinator's checklist," Form Ep 1.1-6.
l 4.10.3 The REC shall assume all responsibilities and
- authority of the Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM)
} (per EPP 01-1.2) until the RAM arrives and relieves j the REC of those responsibilities and authorities.
4.10.4 The REC shall, prior to and after activation of the j
EOF, supervise in-plant and onsite radiological survey teams, onsite dose projections, and onsite personnel protective action recommendations to the DED. !
, 4.10.5 The REC shall coordinate the activities of the !
1 Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and the Dose
] Assessment Coordinator (DAC) per EPP 01-7.0 series.
4.10.6 The REC shall assure that personnel radiation i
, exposures are maintained in accordance with ,
10CFR20.101 limits unless otherwise authorised by the DEM (or DED prior to EOF activation) per EPP 01-9.1, [
" Exposure Control and Personnel Protection." ,
j 4.10.7 The REC shall assist in the coordination of
! operations, such as planning search and rescue '
! operations; and transferring injured and non-essential i i personnel, if radiation or contamination hasards are !
- involved per EPP 01-7.0 series. !
4.10.8 The REC shall direct requests for additional support '
to the ARM, including any requests fort
.I
- a. Additional radiological monitoring equipment.
I.
l b. Engineering evaluations of temporary shielding on
- special tools and equipment. -
l t
i t l
1 i
l l l EPP 01-1.1 !
l Rev. 7 r 4 Page 7 of 32 i i
-~~n--~,----,.~.,--- ._ . -, -.. . . - , - _ , ~ , . +
_. -~. - _ . . _ - . - _ . - - - - - - . - - .. - - _ - ._ ..-
i.
g c. Additional health physics support personnel.
I
- d. Additional instrumentation and equipment. .
If the EOF has not been activated, the REC shall j direct any requests for additional support to the
{ Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC).
!j 4.11- RADICIDGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) ,
{ 4.11.1 At emergency classification of Alert or norn severe, the RAC shall report directly to the TSC and respond ;
< to requests from the REC.
4 l
! 4.11.2 The RAC shall advise and assist the REC on matters l involving radiological safety. ,
l 4.11.3 The RAC shall maintain appropriate records of all i
onsite radiological emergency response activities par. ;
j EPP 01-11.3, " Logs and Record Keeping."
! 4.11.4 The RAC shall be responsible for completion of the Radiological Status Sheet and assuring timely and
, accurate status updates of the Radiological Status ;
- Board by the Radiological Status Recorder per EPP 01- l 1 11.2, " Status Boards." !
4.11.5 The RAC shall supervise the TSC Field Team Communicators in directing the activities of Onsite .
j Monitoring Teams, and prior to activation of the EOF, t l directs the activities of Offsite Monitoring Teams.
} 4.12 DOSE ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (DAC)
- 4.12.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, i the DAC shall report directly to the TSC and respond l to requests from the REC.
l
- 4.12.2 The DAC shall coordinate the activities of the ;
Radiological Release Information System (RRIS) l i operators per EPP 01-7.1, " Radiological Release [
- Information system (RRIS)."
L l 4.12.3 The DAC shall provide the completed Radiological i l Status Sheet to the TSC Radiological Status Recorder. l
! 4.13 TSC RADIO 14GICAL RELEASE INFORMATION SYSTEM (RRIS)
OPERATORS (
i l 4.13.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, [
j the TSC RRIS operators shall report directly to the .
j TSC and respond to requests from the DAC. !
l
! t i
i EPP 01-1.1 l Rev. 7 j 1 Page 8 of 32 l i i !
L ,._ _ . . _
. l 4.13.2 The TSC RRIS Operators shall calculate the projected O 4.13.3 onsite and offsite doses per EPP 01-7.0 series.
The TSC RRIS Operators shall provide the completed dose projections to the DAC for subsequent evaluation.
4.13.4 If required, the TSC RRIS Operators shall obtain 4
information regarding current and forecasted meteor-ological conditions.
]'
4.13.5 The TSC RRIS Operators shall provide input as required for the timely completion of the Radiological Status Sheet.
4 4.13.6 The TSC RRIS Operators shall, prior to activation of i the EOF, perform offsite dose projections.
4.14 ADMINISTRATIVE EMERGENCY COORDINATOR (AEC) 1
! 4.14.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, the AEC shall report directly to the TSC and respond j to requests from the DED.
l 4.14.2 The AEC shall implement Attachment 7.0, j " Administrative Emergency Coordinator Checklist."
I 4.14.3 The AEC shall assume all responsibilities and i
! authority of the Administrative Resources Manager 1 (ARM) (per EPP 01-1.2, " Emergency Operations Facility j Emergency Organization",) until relieved of those
- responsibilities by the ARM.
I 1
4.14.4 The AEC shall direct and coordinate the activities of
[ the TSC communicators and the Security Emergency f
coordinator (SEC) .
4.14.5 The AEC shall provide administrative advice to the DED i
and other members of the TSC staff as required.
- 4.14.6 The AEC shall keep Security informed of plant / radio- l
- logical conditions. ,
i
- 4.14.7 The AEC shall arrange / coordinate shift assignments for relief personnel to ensure adequate staffing for the
! onsite caergency response organization.
e
! 4.14.8 The AEC shall ass no that adequate logistical support
! is provided both te the onsite and offsite emergency i response and recovery efforts. Such logistical j support may include, but is not limited to, the ,
followings :
4 EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 i Page 9 of 32 :
7 t '
(
4 j
- a. Additional clerical and administrative support '
personnel; ,
- b. Warehouse support, procurement and expediting l services;
- c. Essential services (e.g., food, clothing, and sleeping quarters) for onsite emergency response personnel; and 4
- d. Additional communications support and equipment repair services.
Following the activation of the EOF, the AEC shall direct any requests for logistical support beyond the capabilities of the WCGS plant staff to the ARM. '
1 1 l
4.15 TSC COMMUNICATORS 4.15.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, 1 the TSC Communicators shall reportt to the TSC and 1 perform communications duties as directed by the AEC.
. 4.15.2 The TSC Communicators shall log all incoming and outgoing communications with individuals, officials and agencies which are related to the emergency -
4 response per EPP 01-11.3, " Logs and Record; Keeping."
i i
4.15.3 The TSC Communicators shall assure that the ,
verification call back line is properly functional.
l j 4.16 TSC CLERK /IAGREEPER j 4.16.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, '
i the TSC Clerk /Logkeeper shall report directly to the TSC and respond to requests from the DED.
The TSC Clerk /Logkeeper shall p'erform clerical:and +
~
4.16.2 l administrative duties (e.g., distributing or posting i information, and copying documents) as directed by the
- DED.
, 4.16.3 The TSC Clerk /Logkeeper shall maintain a log of all 1 pertinent emergency response activities occurring in the TSC per EPP 01-11.3, " Log and Record Keeping."
i 1
4.17 TSC OPERATIONAL STATUS RECORDER 4.17.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe,
- the TSC Operational Status Recorder shall report directly to the TSC and respond to requests from the
] Operation Emergency Coordinator (OEC). t EPP 01-1.1 l l Rev. 7 i Page 10 of 32 i '
i
--_.m.-_--.-,.__, . . _ , , - - - , - _ , - - . . . , _ _ . . . - - , , _ . -
4.17.2 The TSC Operational Status Recorder shall complete
, Operational Status Sheets using ERFIS and update the
( .
TSC Operational Status Board periodically. He may require assistance from a member of the TSC Engineer-ing Team.
4.17.3 The TSC Operational Status Recorder shall provide one copy of the Operational Status Sheet to the Public Information Coordinator (prior to EOF activation) and i two copies to the OZC.
4.17.4 The TSC Operational Status Recorder, if ERFIS is non-operational shall update the Operational Status Sheet and Operational Status Board by participating in a three way phone conversation with the Control Room Communicator and EOF Operational Status Recorder (if EOF is activated).
4.18 TSC RADIOLOGICAL STATUS RECORDER
- 4.18.1 At emergene classification of Alert or more severe, the TSC Radiological Status Recorder shall report i
directly to the TSC and respond to requests from the RAC.
4.18.2 The TSC Radiological Status Recorder shall maintain the TSC Radiological Status Board by using the completed Radiological Status Sheets. -
4.18.3 The TSC Radiological Status Recorder, upon posting the information provided on the Radiological Status i Sheets, shall provide the Radiological Status Sheet to the REC.
4.19 TSC FIELD TEAM COMMUNICATOR 4.19.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe,
, the TSC Field Team Communicator shall report directly to the TSC and respond to requests from the RAC.
4.19.2 The TSC Field Team Communicator shall establish and
- maintain communications with the Onsite Survey Team Director and the Onsite Survey Team (s) per EPP 01-11.1, " Communications . "
1 4.19.3 The TSC Field Team Communicator shall record any survey and sample data reported by the Onsite survey
, Team (s) and provide the completed data sheets to the RAC.
t l EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 11 of 32 i
-- ww,,w-w-~~,m---,,.--o-, www w m,-w,--,-e,c-----egn--_ w-e.-.,--w,-w, -w.w-,ww,.
4.19.4 Prior to the activation of the EOF, the TSC Field Team Communicator shall establish and maintain communi-cations with the Offsite Monitoring Teams. The TSC Field Team Communicator shall record data obtained from the Offsite Honitoring Teams until such time that the Radiological Assessment Supervisor and the EOF Field Team Communicator have established operations at the EOF and assumed control of offsite monitoring operations per EPP 01-8.2, "Offsite Radiological Monitoring." ;
4.19.5 The TSC Radiological Status Recorder, using data ;
provided by the RAC shall plot the current locations of the Onsite Survey Team (s) and the Offsite Monitoring Teams, and post the results of any dose rate surveys or air samples taken at those locations. 1 4.20. SECURITY EMERGENCY COORDINATOR (SEC) ,
4.20.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, the Security Emergency Coordinator (SEC) shall report to the TSC and respond to requests from the AEC. The Security Shift Lieutenant shall assume duties of the SEC until relieved.
4.20.2 The SEC shall direct the WCGS Security Force in responding to the emergency.
4.20.3 The SEC shall perform accountability checks per EPP i 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability."
4.20.4 The SEC shall direct accountability and search .
activities by the Security Force for all areas within
! the Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) excluding the Radiation Controlled Areas (RCA).
4.21 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY COORDINATOR (EOFC) 4.21.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, the EOFC shall report to the TSC and respond to requests from the DED.
4.21.2 The EOFC sha'1 be dispatched to setup the Emergency .
l Operation Facility (EOF) with the decision to activate that facility per EPP 01-4.3, " Emergency Operation Facility Activation."
l L
1 N
EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 12 of 32
l 4.21.3 The EOFC shall arrive at the EOF-and have the EOF l
\ functionally operational within 60 minutes post clas-sification of a Site Area Emergency or General l Emergency. 1 l
4.22 MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY COORDINATOR (MEC) 4.22.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, ;
the MEC shall report directly to the TSC an'd respond
! to requests from the DED.
4.22.2 The MEC shall implement Attachment 4.0, " Maintenance Emergency Coordinator Checklist," Form EP 1.1-4.
1 4.22.3 The MEC shall direct the Operations Support Center i (OSC) Supervisor in the coordination of emergency team
- activities of the OSC. l 4.22.4 The MEC shall advise the OSC Supervisor of changes in, plant conditions which may affect emergency team activities.
4.22.5 The MEC shall determine the scope of needed search and rescua operations for unaccounted personnel in the Radiation Controlled Area (RCA). He shall direct the formation of search and rescue teams in accordance with EPP 01-9.4, " Emergency Team Formation."
O 4.23 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER SUPERVISOR (OSC Supervisor) 4.23.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, the OSC Supervisor shall report directly to the OSC and respond to requests from the NEC.
- 4.23.2 The OSC Supervisor shall implement Attachment 8.0,
" Operations Support Center (OSC) Supervisor Checklist," Form EP 1.1-8.
4.23.3 The OSC Supervisor shall initiate and verify the ac-tivation of the OSC per EPP 01-4.2, " Operations
- Support Center Activation / Operation."
4.23.4 The OSC Supervisor shall interface with the NEC to
- coordinate emergency repair and damage control activ-l ities.
4.23.5 The OSC Supervisor shall interface with the Onsite Survey Team Director (OSTD) to coordinate the deploy-ment of the Onsite Survey Team (s) and deployment of Offsite Monitoring Teams per EPP 01-8.1 and EPP 01-8.2, respectively.
EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 13 of 32
4.23.6 The OSC Supervisor shall interface with the Chemistry Director to coordinate the deployment of Chemistry personnel to perform sampling activities.
4.23.7 The OSC Supervisor shall supervise and coordinate the activities of those personnel assigned to the OSC.
4.23.8 The OSC Supervisor shall assign personnel to assure the proper staffing of the emergency repair and damage control teams per EPP 01-9.4, " Emergency Team Formation."
4.24 ONSITE SURVEY TEAM DIRECTOR (OSTD) 4.24.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, the OSTD shall report directly to the OSC and respond to requests from the OSC Supervisor.
4.24.2 The OSTD shall assist the OSC Supervisor in accordance with EPP 01-4.2 4.24.3 The OSTD shall direct the depicyment of and interface directly with emergency teams.
4.24.4 The OSTD shall confirm plant entry / reentry points and provide technical expertise for radiation protection related mat *?rs in preparing the teams for deployment.
O 4.24.5 The OSTD shall coordinate dosimetry activities.
4.24.6 The OSTD shall interface with the RAC to assess the i
radiological considerations applied to planning emer-gency repair and damage control activities.
4 4.24.7 The OSTD shall determine initial and periodic habita-i bility of the OSC.
4.24.8 The OSTD shall, prior to EOF activation, assist the OSC Supervisor in the deployment of offsite monitoring teams.
4.25 CHEMISTRY DIRECTOR 4.25.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, the Chemistry Director shall report to the Operations Support Center and assist the OSC Supervisor in organ-izing and dispatching personnel to perform sampling.
EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 14 of 32
4 .
4.25.2 The Chemistry Director shall assure that emergency '
sampling procedures are properly implemented.
- 4.25.3 The Chemistry Director shall provide post-accident sampling analysis results and technical expertise for ;
chemistry matters to the Chemistry Coordinator.
4.26 DOSIMETRY COORDINATOR 4.26.1 At Emergency Classification of Alert or more severe, the Dosimetry coordinator shall report directly to the
. Operational Support Center and respond to direction from the OSTD.
4.26.2 The Dosimetry Coordinator shall coordinate the issue 4
of emergency dosimetry in the OSC and perform emer-gency processing of TLD's.
4.26.3 The Dosimetry Coordinator shall respond to requests for personal exposure histories and maintain exposure records.
4.27 OSC COMMUNICATORS 2
4.27.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe,
, the OSC Supervisor shall appoint individuals in the OSC to act as OSC Communicators.
i 4.27.2 The OSC Communicators shall perform communications :
duties as directed by the OSC Supervisor.
4.27.3 The OSC Communicators shall log all incoming and out-going communications.
4.28 OSC CLERKS 4.28.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe,
! the OSC Supervisor shall appoint individuals in the OSC to act as OSC Clerks.
4.28.2 The OSC Clerks shall maintain the OSC Staffing Board; OSC H.P. Activation Task Status Board; OSC Schedule of Events Board and the OSC Accountability Board per EPP 01-11.2, " Status Boards."
4.28.3 The OSC Clerks shall perform clerical and adminis-trative duties (e.g., distributing or posting informa-tion, and copying documents) as directed by the OSC Supervisor.
[
EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 !
Page 15 of 32
1 l
4.29 EMERGENCY TEAMS i 4.29.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, personnel assigned to the Emergency Team Group shall report directly to the OSC and respond to requests l from the OSTD. :
i 4.29.2 Emergency Teams shall be composed of personnel from, !
IEC, Electrical, Mechanical, Operations, and Health Physics. l 4.29.3 The Emergency Teams, under the direction of the OSC l Supervisor, shall effect any repairs or modifications. l 4.29.4 The Emergency Teams shall also perform search and rescue operations and provide first aid treatment, as j necessary. l 4.30 OSC HEALTH PHYSICS TECHNICIANS 4.30.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe, the OSC Health Physics Technicians shall report directly to the OSC and respond to requests from the OSTD.
i 4.30.2 The OSC Health Physics Technicians shall sign-in on
- the "OSC Staffing Status Board" and then begin implementing the tasks assigned to them via the "H.P.
Activation Task Status Board."
4.30.3 The OSC Health Physics Technicians shall then await further instructions from the OSTD.
4.31 OSC CHEMISTRY TECHNICIANS ,
i 4.31.1 At emergency classification of Alert or more severe,
( the OSC Chemistry Technicians shall report directly to
- the OSC and respond to requests from the Chemistry l Director.
, 4.31.2 The OSC Chemistry Technicians shall sign-in on the "OSC Staffing Status Board".
4.31.3 The OSC Chemistry Technicians shall perform emergency l
- chemical sampling and provide post accident sampling I
analysis.
I EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 16 of 32 l .- . . - - . - . . - . - . . . - . . - . . _
4.32 ON-SHIFT HEALTH PHYSICS TECHNICIAN 4.32.1 The on-shift Health Physics Technician should report to the Control Room and take direction from the DED/ Shift Superviscr. Other on-duty Health Physics Technicians shall report to access control. As needed, the DED/SS may require the on-shift Health Physics Technician to report to access control.
4.33 ON-SHIFT CHEMISTRY TECHNICIAN 4.33.1 The on-shift chemistry Technician should report to the Control Room and take direction from the DED/SS.
Other on-duty Chemistry Technicians should report to access control.
4.34 ONSITE PUBLIC INFORMATION COORDINATOR 4.34.1 The Onsite PIC shall report to the TSC upon declara-tion of an Alert. Upon activation of the EOF, the Onsite PIC shall report to the EOF and assist the Offsite PIC.
4.34.2 The Onsite PIC shall perform duties in accordance with EPP 01-1.4, "Public Information Organization."
r 4.34.3 The PIC shall gather and transmit technical informa-( tion by interfacing with the General Office during an emergency situation at WCGS, as per EPP 01-1.4, "Public Information Oragnization."
4.34.4 Assure proper interaction with the WC Public Informa-tion Officer (PIO).
5.0 REFERENCES
i 5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-1.2 " Emergency Operation Facility Emergency Organization" 5.3 EPP 01-2.1 " Emergency Classification" 5.4 EPP 01-2.3 " Accident Assessment and Mitigation" 5.5 EPP 01-3.1 "Immediate Notifications" 5.6 EPP 01-3.2 " Followup Notifications" 5.7 EPP 01-3.4 "Onsite Emergency Response Organization Manual call-Out" k
EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 17 of 32
l 5.8 EPP 01-4.1 " Technical Support Center Activation" 5.9 EPP 01-4.2 " Operations Support Center Activation /
Operation" 5.10 EPP 01-4.3 " Emergency Operatien Facility Activation" 5.11 EPP 01-4.4 "Home Office Emergency Center Activation" 5.12 EPP 01-4.5 " General Office Activation" 5.13 EPP 01-4.6 "Information Clearinghouse / Media Release Center Activation" 5.14 EPP 01-4.7 " Emergency Response Facility Information System (ERFIS)"
5.15 EPP 01-6.1 " Personnel Accountability" 5.16 EPP 01-7.1 " Radiological Release Information System (RRIS)"
5.17 EPP 01-7.2 " Manual Determination of Release Rate" 5.18 EPP 01-7.3 " Manual Dose Projection Determination" 5.19 EPP 01-8.1 "Onsite Radiological Monitoring" O 5.20 EPP 01-8.2 "Offsite Radiological Monitoring" 5.21 EPP 01-9.1 " Exposure Control and Personnel Protection" 5.22 EPP 01-9.3 "Radioprotective Drugs" 5.23 EPP 01-9.4 " Emergency Team Formation" 5.24 EPP 01-9.5 " Aid to Contaminated / Injured Personnel" 5.25 EPP 01-10.1 " Protective Action Recommendations" 5.26 EPP 01-10.2 " Preparation of News Releases" 5.27 EPP 01-11.1 " Communications" 5.28 EPP 01-11.2 " Status Boards" 1 5.29 EPP 01-11.3 " Logs and Record Keeping" 5.30 EPP 01-12.1 " Reentry and Recovery Operations" EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 18 of 32
< 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 1.1-3, " Duty Emergency Director's Checklist (TSC) "
6.2 Form EP 1.1-4, "Maintsnance Emergency Coordinator Checklist" 6.3 Form EP 1.1-5, " Operations Emergency Coordinator's Checklist" 6.4 Form-EP 1.1-6, " Radiological Emergency Coordinator's Checklist" 6.5 Form EP 1.1-7, " Administrative Emergency Coordinator Checklist" 6.6 , Form EP 1.1-8, " Operations Support Center (OSC)
Supervisor checklist" 6.7 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Records l Management for storage. These records will be 1 retained for the life of the plant. These records.
shall be considered QA records.
6.8 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records.
7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Organization" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Organization Staffing Requirements" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, " Duty Emergency Director's Checklist (TSC)"
7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Maintenance Emergency Coordinator Checklist" 7.5 Attachment 5.0, " Operations Emergency Coordinator's checklist" l
lO
! EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 19 of 32
7.6 Attachment 6.0, " Radiological Emergency Coordinator's Checklist" 7.7 Attachment 7.0, " Administrative Emergency Coordinator l Checklist" i 7.8 Attachment 8.0, " Operations Support Center (OSC) ;
Supervisor Checklist" 1
4 1
l l
l l
l EPP 01-1.1 l
Rev. 7 Page 20 of 32 i
A g 3 -
- b ATTAOMENT 1.0 (Page 1 of 2)
WOGS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION TBCHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC)
I.
Duty i Bnergency Director (DED)
TSC Clerk /
NRC (5) tajkeeper l l ! l Onsite Radiological Adninistrative Operations Maintenance Public Bnergency Bnergency Bnergency Baergency Information Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator (RBC) (ABC) (OBC) (MBC) i Security Operations l TSC _,
Bnergency Support Ccumunicators Coordinator Center (2) l 1
. EOF l Coordinator 4 Radiological Dose Operations Technical Chemistry Assessment Assessment Assessment Support Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator l
J TSC Field Radiological RRIS Operational Engineering
- Team --
Status Operators Status -~
Control Ro(an Team Conmunicator Recorder (2) Recorder Comununicators (4)
EPP 01-1.1 j Rev. 7 i Page 21 of 32 l
1
- J AfrACRtENr 1.0 (Page 2 of 2)
WCGS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (09C) r Operations j Support j Center j Supervisor i
i i'
- Cmenunicators Clerks (2) (2) 1 4
Onsite
! Chemistry Survey Etnergency Director Teasa Team
- Director Group l
1 Chemistry Technicians l
j OSC j Dosianetry Health l Coordinator Physics Technicians i
. EPP 01-1.1 l Rev. 7
) Page 22 of 32 l
A'I"rACHMarr 2.0 (Paga 1 of 2)
WOGS IMEPGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION STAFFING REQUIRDiENTS Normal Operating Position / Title i Facility Ibergency Response Position Primary Alternate Control Roan Duty Dnergency Director Shift Supervisor --
(Acting)
NRC Comunicator Nuclear Station Nuclear Station Operator Operator Offsite Comunicator Shift Clerk Shift Clerk Ops. Status Communicator Nuclear Station Nuclear Operator Station Operator Operations Dnergency Supervising Operator -
Coordinator (Acting)
TSC Duty Dnergency Director Plant Manager Call Superintendent
! Designated Shift Operations Dnergency Superintendent of Supervisor / Operations Coordinator Operations Coordinator Maintenance Dnergency Superintendent of Superintendent of Plant Coordinator Maintenance Support p Superintendent of .
I Adninistrative Dnergency Regulatory Quality & iCGS Dnergency Plan
( Coordinator Adnin. Services Administrator Radiological Dnergency Site Health Physicist Health Physics Supervisor Coordinator Chemistry Coordinator Site Chemist Chemistry Supervisor Operation Assessment Off duty SRO Off duty SRO Coordinator Technical Support Reactor Engineering Results Engineering Coordinator Supervisor Supervisor Radiological Assessment Health Physics or Health Physics or Coordinator Chemistry Supervisor Chemistry Supervisor l
Dose Assessment Coordinator Health Physics or Health Physics or Chemistry Supervisor Chemistry Supervisor Security Dnergency Chief of Security Security Operations Coordinator Supervisor Radiological Release Radiation Protection or Radiation Protection /
Information Systems Operators Chemistry Personnel Chemistry Personnel EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7
) Page 23 of 32 b
1
ATTACHMENT 2.0 (Paga 2 of 2)
WCGS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION STAFFING REQUIRDENTS l
,~3
[ }
Normal Operating Position / Title
(/ Facility Ehergency Response Position Primary Alternate
-TSC TSC Clerk /Logkeeper Adninistrative Clerk Administrative Clerk (continued)
Operational Status Recorder Off duty SRO Off duty SRO/RO Radiological Status Recorder Health Physics or Health Physics or Chanistry Personnel Chanistry Personnel Engineering Team Results Engineers or Results Engineers or Reactor Engineers Reactor Engineers '
TSC Cmmunicators Staff Engineer or Staff Engineer or Training i Training Supervisor Clerk TSC Field ham Cmmunicator Health Physics or Health Physics or 01emistry hchnician Chenistry hchnician EOF Coordinator Health Physics or Simulator Superintendent Chemistry hchnician Onsite PIC Licensing Personnel Licensing Personnel
. OSC OSC Supervisor Maintenance Support Maintenance Service Supervisor Supervisor s
Onsite Survey Team Director Health Physics Health Physics Supervisor Supervisor Chenistry Director Chemistry Supervisor, Chemistry Supervisor, or or On shift Chenist On shift Chemist I&C, Electrical Maint., I&C, Electrical Maint.,
Dnergency ham Group Mechanical Maint., Mechanical Maint.,
HP Techs HP Techs OSC Clerks Admin Clerk Adnin Clerk Dosimetry Coordinator Health Physics Health Physics Personnel Personnel Nuclear Station Nuclear Station OSC Cmmunicators (2) Operator / Health Operator / Health Physics Technician Physics Technician OSC Health Physics Health Physics Health Physics hehnicians Technicians Technicians OSC Chemistry Technicians Chemistry Technicians Chenistry Technicians EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 24 of 32
, ., ,, ._-....__.m._ . , _ . - ~ _ , _ . - _ . , . . ,, --
IDEM EP 1.1-3 REV.1 p ATDGMENT 3.0 DUIY EMERGENCY DIREC'ITR'S OEUIIST (TSC)
(Page 1 of 2)
AIERP TIME /INIT REMMES
- 1. Assume duties ani responsibilities /
of the Duty Edmu p cf Director
- 2. Declaraticn of Alert /
- 3. Conduct T
- iate Notifications to /
County, State, NRC, System Operations per EPP 01-3.1, "Tearliate Notificaticms"
- 4. Assure call-out of Edmu p cy Response /
Organization per EPP 01-3.4, "Onsite Emergency T@as. Organizaticn Manual Call-Out"
- 6. Continue to maaaan plant ocoditions /
and status
- 7. Assure perr h-El a-witability per /
EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Aoocuntability"
- 8. Initiate ansite protective acticms as /
wm
- 9. Initiate radiological assessment /
activities per EPP 01-7.0 series
- 10. Provide Followup Notificaticms per /
EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications"
- 11. Escalate Eu u p cf Classification /
per EPP 01-2.1, " Emergency Classification" or
- 12. Close-out Emergency /
/
Duty Es=u p cf Director Date Time w EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 25 of 32 i
ECRM EP 1.1-3 REV. 1 ATDGMENT 3.0 (Continued)
IK71Y EMREEENCY DIRECitR'S QEGIJST (TSC)
(Page 2 of 2) 1 SITE ARE'A EMERGENCY / GENERAL EMERGENCY TnavINrr RExuus l
- 1. Assume chities and responsibilities /
of the Duty Eunu.pcy Director
- 2. Declaration of Site Area Emergency /
or General Emergency
- 3. Perform T-adiate Notificaticals to /
State, County, NRC, System Operations per EPP 01-3.1, "Tnunadiate Notifications"
- 4. Assure that Call-out of Eimu.pcy Response /
Organizaticri is performed per EPP 01-3.4, "Onsite Eunu.pcy Response Organization Manual Call-Out"
Media Centers are activated per EPP 01-4.0 series O- 6. Continue to a==aaa plant condition and /
status
- 7. Assure evacuation of non-essential /
personnel and accountability per EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability"
- 8. Assure that protective actica /
runnmaridations are made per EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Acticri Pennmarrlations"
- 9. Initiate radiological maammamarit /
per EPP 01-7.0 series
- 10. Provide periodic Followup Notifications /
to State and County per EPP 01-3.2,
" Followup Notifications"
- 11. Turn responsibilities and duties of /
the DEM over to designated indivirhul
/
j Duty Emergency Director Date Time EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 26 of 32
FD1H EP 1.1-4 REV. O ATDOIMENT 4.0 O- MAINTDUNCE ENERGENCY CDCEtDDDER GIECKLIST (Pege 1 of 1)
TIMEVINIT RDERIG
- 1. Assume the duties arxi responsibilities of /
the Maintenance Edmupcy Coordinator (MEC)
- 2. Conduct an initial ==aaaamant of plant /
oonditions in relationship to the Emin.gwcf Classification
- 3. Establish ermainications with the /
OSC Supervisor
- 4. Provide the OSC Supervisor with /
an initial emergency classificaticn and plant status briefing
- 5. Obtain the status of all pre-canergency /
maintenance activities
- 6. Perform an initial assessment of the /
need for energency taama. Assure W _mte O staffing for emergency teams per EPP 01-9.4.
" Emergency Team Formation"
- 7. Provide the DED with the scope and current /
status of all maintenance activities associated with emu.pcf response
- 8. Authorize the OSC Supervisor to dispatch /
emergency taama i
I
/
Maintenance Emergency Coordinator Date Time Os EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 27 of 32
I FORM EP 1.1-5 REV. 1 ATDGMENT 5.0
(~ l OPERATICES DE3GENCY COGODUdtR'S Q{ECKLIST l (Page 1 of 1)
TDEVINIT REMARKS l l
- 1. Assuma the duties ard respmsibilities /
of the Operations Emergency Coordinator
- 2. Verify operability of the Eissuc cf /
Respeise FaciliLY Information System (ERFIS) per EPP 01-4.7, "ERFIS"
- 3. Verify operability of the Safety / 1 Aaamaanunit System (SPDS)
- 4. Verify evenw11 cation capability with the /
Control Roan
- 5. Anamaa the status of the fission /
product barriers / Emergency Classificatial per EPP 01-2.1, "Emmupcy Mammificatial" '
, 6. Parform accident assessment and mitigation /
f activities for initiating events ,
- 7. Activate the Operational Status Board /
par EPP 01-11.2, " Status Boards"
- 8. Evaluate the need to diapatch the /
- OAC to the control Roma for assistance
- 9. Assure adequate staffirq for the /
l cperational aaaaaan=rit functial of the ,
I TSC l
l
[
{
/
Operatials Emergency Coordinator Date Time EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 28 of 32
EURM EP 1.1-6 REV. 1 s
ATDc9ENT 6.0 RADIOIOGICAL DERGENCY COCRDINAER'S OECKLIST (Page 1 of 2)
, TDEVINIT RDERES
- 1. Assume the 22sponsibilities ard functicms /
of the Radiological EE=u.p cy Occedinator
- 2. Initiata habitability surveys for the /
Technical support Cantar
- 3. Initiata onsite survey Teams and offsita /
Monitoring Teams and oceedinata their dis-patch with the SEC per EPP 01-8.0 series
- 4. Provide HP personnel as required for /
Oczitaminata yInjured permannel per EPP 01-9.5, " Aid to ContaminatecyInjured Personnel"
- 5. Assess radiological cmditions per /
EPP 01-7.0 series
- 6. Verify rmen11 cation (s) links /
- 7. Verify that an initial desa projection /
has been performed per EPP 01-7.0 series 1
- 8. Assure iriput fran radiological point of /
view into an initial Protective Action Par ==unidaticzt is performed per EPP 01-10.1, !
" Protective Action Pww=mandations" l
- 9. Assure current and projected notarological /
data has been obtained t 10. Verify RRIS is functional per EPP 01-7.1, / ,
" Radiological Releasa Information Systan" I
I i
i
! EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 29 of 32
t EG M EP 1.1-6 REV. 1 ;
ATDOBENT 6.0 l
RADIOIDGICAL EMERGENCY COCRDDUmR'S CHECKLIST (Page 2 of 2) l TIME /INIT REMARES
- 11. 1%rform an initial assessment to /
determine the need to issue radioprotective drugs to emergency teams per EPP 01-9.3, "Puliqwutective Drugs"
- 12. Perform an initial manpower, n'i,==rit /
amaaaanarit and assure W ate staffing
- 13. Anamaa the need for exposure iru c /
>10CFR20.101 limits per EPP 01-9.1,
" Exposure Control and Personnel Protection" ,
s
/
Radiological Ermu y cf Coordinator Date Time l
EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Page 30 of 32
_ _ _ _ _ . __ ._ ____.-- -__ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ . . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . ~ . . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
-6 FORM EP 1.1-7 REV. 0 ATDOBENT 7.0 O
Q AININISTRATIVE DERGENCY CONDDDGtR QECKLIST (Page 1 of 1)
Tneynrrr RDERES
- 1. Assume the duties and responsibilities of the Administrative Emergency coordinator /
- 2. Prtwide administrative a:hrion/ support to I Duty Eunupcy Director as required /
- 3. Initiate ocmcznications at TSC /
- 4. Coordinate offsi.te ambulance support as & = y /
- 5. Assure that h inte Notification is enunlicated to State, County, NRC, System Operations per EPP 01-3.1, /
" W 4 ate Notifications"
- 6. Provide logistical suppcet o clerical and administrative support peu.m.. 1 /
s o warehouse support, procurunent and Witing respcmse personnel /
o Additional r==wticaticms support and egnipnant repair services / _
o 1%rnennel, support. contractors, etc.
p Administrative Eimu.pcy Coordinator Date Time EPP 01-1.1 Rev. 7 Paga 31 of 32
t ;
e l
.- FORM EP 1.1-8 REV. 1 1
ATDOBENT 8.0 i OPERATIGIS SUPPGU GNTER (OSC) SUPERVISOR QECKLIST l (Pege 1 of 1)
TDEVINIT RDERES
- 1. Assume the duties and responsibilities of the OSC Supervisor /
- 2. Verify that initial habitability /
surveys have been ocupleted with the Onsite Survey Teen Director NOTE: Announce that there will be no entirg, drinking or smoking until habitability has been established. .
- 3. Establish newnwitcations with the /
Maintenanos Eunu.pcy Coortiinator (MEC) at the Technical Support Center (TSC) and verify Wr==:t operability
- 4. Assign the OSC cannonicator to initiata /
accountability
- 5. Determine the nature and status of the /
declared emergency clamaification and make an initial announcement
- 6. Conduct an initial assessment cr1 the need /
for Emergency Teams with the MEC and assure W aata staffing
- 7. Verify that key CSC positicns are staffed /
and that adequate support staff is available
- 8. Assure that the OSC (Emergency Respcmas /
and Recovery activities) Ic-3-:-i is maintained
- 10. Verify designated OSC nementicaticms lines /
are established and functioning properly
- 11. Declare the OSC activated and notify the MEC /
/
Operations 9==t Center Supervisor Data Time EPP 01-1.1 Bev. 7 Page 32 of 32
- . , - , , - - , . - - . , _ _ , ~ ~ - . , . , - - - . - . . . . - - . , - - , - . - - . , - - - . - , _ - , - - . . -
+
'l T l 0
I WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EMERGENCY OPERATION FACILITY EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION EPP 01-1.2 Revision 5 l Effective January 1, 1987 f ,
>ar EMERGENC? PLANNIN OORDINA%'OR REVIEW DATE nIe Erc
/ /
A%_
EMERGElCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE~n~n
% 03 Y ll h PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION DATE ll~lI?-S[D NW >
PRESIDENT & 'HIEF C EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL dv/t%
DATF[
A RELEASED M l d. -31'fle DATE
1.0 PURPOSE l'
The purpose of this procedure is to delineate respon-sibilities and provide guidance for those emergency organization personnel who. augment the Wolf Creek Generating Station Emergency Response Organization by staffing the near-site Emergency Operations Facility ;
(EOF).
j 2.0 APPLICABILITY This-procedure applies to those personnel assigned to the EOF. This procedure shall serve as a guide to those emergency personnel who provide assistance during an emergency situation. Upon declaration of Recovery or Reentry, personnel shall use EPP 01-12.1,
" Reentry and Recovery Operations".
3.0 DEFINITIONS NONE 4.O INSTRUCTIONS 4
r l 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4
~
4.1.1 Upon notification of an Alert, the " EOF Emergency Response Organization," Attachment 1.0 shall mobilize
! and proceed to the EOF. Activation and operation of l
the EOF at the Alert classification will be based on a i continuing evaluation of existing and projected plant
- and radiological conditions.
i 4.1.2 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency Classification, the " EOF Emergency Response i Organization" Attachment 1.0, shall proceed to and establish operations at the EOF.
4.1.3 Emergency positions are staffed as specified in Attachment 2.0, " EOF Emergency Response Organization Staffing Requirements." Personnel designated to fill these positions are listed in Reference 5.5.
EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 1 of 24
f i
4.2 DUTY EMERGENCY MANAGER 4.2.1 The Duty Emergency Manager (DEM) has the respon-
' sibility to immediately report to the EOF upon declaration of a Site Area Emergency or General '
i Emergency (at an Alert if requested by the DED) and unilaterally initiate all provisions of the WCGS i Radiological Emergency Response Plan. The following responsibilities of the DEM may not be delegated:
Emergency Classification Notification of offsite authorities Protective action recommendations to offsite agencies Authorization of emergency exposure in excess of 10CFR20 limits 4.2.2 The DEM shall implement the "DEM Activation Checklist" in EPP 01-4.3, " Emergency Operations Facility Activation."
, 4.2.3 The DEM shall implement Attachment 3.0, " Duty Emergency Manager Checklist," Form EP 1.2-3.
4.2.4 The DEM shall assure that the WCGS Emergency Response <
Organization is staffed and that proper offsite N
support is in place.
4.2.5 The DEM shall assure that communications are i
established and maintained with the State and County
- Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs). ,
j 4.2.6 The DEM shall evaluate, approve and reclassify, as necessary, the emergency classification per EPP 01- ,
2.1, " Emergency Classification."
4.2.7 The DEM shall coordinate offsite emergency response !
activities with those activities conducted at WCGS via coordination and interface with the DED at the TSC.
4 4.2.8 The DEM shall verify notification of the Home Office
] Emergency Center (HOEC) Organization.
4.2.9 The DEN shall assure that the notification of EOF emergency response personnel has been completed and i} shall direct personnel who have reported to their assigned locations. The DEM shall assure that appropriate WCGS personnel are dispatched to State and l '
i County Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs), as i necessary.
i EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 2 of 24
. _ .- _ . - .- - - . - . - - -. _ . _ - -- . _ . - . - _ - - = _ _ - . - -
4.2.10 The DEM, upon a change in the emergency classifi-i cation, or protective action recommendation shall 4
assure that State, County and NRC officials are notified per EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications."
4.2.11 The DEM shall maintain communications with the Duty Emergency Director (DED) to obtain timely information regarding plant status and emergency response efforts.
4.2.12 The DEM, based on EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations", shall evaluate the recommendations made by the Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM) and the Technical Resources Manager (TRM) prior to recommending protective actions for the public.
4.2.13 The DEM shall coordinate with the Public Information j Coordinator (PIC) to provide technical input and review and approve public information and news media 4
release information per EPP 01-10.3, " Release of Emergency Related Information to the Public."
4.2.14 The DEM shall coordinate with the Administrative Resources Manager (ARM) to authorize procurement of outside contractors and vendors, equipment, materials
} and other resources, as necessary, to effectively
'~s respond to the emergency situation per EPP 01-3.3,
{ "Offsite Support Notification."
4.2.15 The DEM shall coordinate with the ARM to ensure that {
resources (technical personnel, administrative personnel. and materials) are maintained to permit 4
continuous twenty-four (24) hour operations over a
- protracted period.
4.2.16 The DEM should brief WCGS Executive Management on l
, plant conditions, emergency response actions, or radiological conditions requiring protective action l recommendations.
! 4.2.17 The DEM may request federal assistance through state a
officials per the Kansas State Disaster Emergency Plan, Annex A to Assistance R.
i
!- 4.2.18 The DEM shall direct all WCGS emergency response acti- l l vities until such time that the event can be closed out, or a recovery effort initiated per EPP 01-12.1,
" Reentry and Recovery Operations."
i 1
EPP 01-1.2 I
Rev. 5
', Page 3 of 24 n
,rs--- - - - - -----------,-..~,-.----_m. - , - - - - - . , _ - - - - , . - - - _ - m,,m ,e,.--,,- - .- n
i i
, 4.2.19 The DEM shall assure facility de-activation for the HOEC, General Office (GO), Media Release Center (MRC) ,
and the.Information clearinghouse (IC) in accordance with EPP 01-4.4, "Home Office Emergency Center Activation", EPP 01-4.5, " General Office Activation",
and EPP 01-4.6, "Information Clearinghouse / Media Release Center Activation".
4.2.20 The DEM shall coordinate with the RAM to assure performance of offsite radiological assessment, evaluate potential or actual emergency exposure situations and the need to approve exposure above 10CFR20 limits.
NOTE: NRC contact should be made prior to authorizing exceeding exposure limits, if practical.
4.2.21 The DEM shall coordinate with the RAM to authorize the
- use of Potassium Iodide (KI) based on actual or projected concentrations of radioiodine per EPP 01-9.3, "Radioprotective Drugs."
j 4.2.22 The DEM shall authorize reentry and recovery i
operations per EPP 01-12.1, " Reentry and Recovery Operations." ,
l
, 4.2.23 The DEM shall assume the role of the Recovery Manager j to provide overall direction and control of the
, integrated emergency reentry and recovery effort per EPP 01-12.1, " Reentry and Recovery Operation " .
1 4.2.24 The DEM shall authorize funds and the utilization of manpower and equipment necessary to accomplish the recovery operation.
- 4.2.25 The DEM shall notify offsi te authorities that a j ---- recovery operation has been initiated and identify any potential offsite impact.
i .
4 4.3 TECHNICAL RESOURCES MANAGER (TRM) i 4.3.1 The TRM shall report directly to the EOF and respond to requests from the DEM. i 4.3.2 The TRM shall implement the TRM checklist, Attachment 6.0 of EPP 01-4.3.
i 1
EPP 01-1.2 ,
Rev. 5 Page 4 of 24 L
m, w- w ww w-- --ww w v.~e ..--s- -.y%.w .w ww.e-emwvr w _ --ewe-e.w--+ r--w <e--------w-w---y e yy -
. _ - - .__ - - - _. - - . - .~ _ __. ._ -
l l
4.3.3 The TRM shall implement Attachment 4.0, " Technical T Resources Manager Checklist", Form EP 1.2-4, including analysis of emergency classification per EPP 01-2.1,
" Emergency Classification."
4.3.4 The TRM shall direct and coordinate the efforts of the EOF Engineering Team to assess plant status and'the 1
severity of the emergency conditions per EPP 01-2.3, 4
l
" Accident Assessment and Mitigation." !
4.3.5 The TRM, as requested by the Technical Support Coordinator, shall provide back-up engineering support to the Technical Support Center (TSC) Engineering Team.
f 4.3.6 The TRM shall provide information or technical data requested by TSC or EOF personnel. '
4.3.7 The TRM shall advise the DEM on technical data and-i trend analysis relating to fuel integrity, plant systems, equipment, and instrumentation.
4.3.8 The TRM shall assist the ARM with requests for
- technical assistance and support from within WCGS or l from outside organizations, such as. Westinghouse per i EPP 01-3.3, "Offsite Support Notification."
4.3.9 The TRM shall interface with the Public_Information Coordinator (PIC) to verify the technical accuracy of t
- public information releases prior to the DEM review i and approval.
l 4.3.10 The TRM shall direct and coordinate the activities of i the EOF Operational Status Board Recorders, and the Advisory Resources Manager (Adv RM).
4.3.11 The TRM shall coordinate with the Operations Emergency Coordinator (OEC) to assess the extent of core damage in progress or projected per EPP 01-2.4, " Core Damage Assessment Methodology."
4.3.12 The TRM shall coordinate with the RAM in providing input for Protective Action Recommendations to the DEM as per EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations". If necessary, he will assign a member of his staff to be a liason between the engineering team and the radiological personnel.
4.4 EOF ENGINEERING TEAM 4.4.1 The EOF Engineering Team shall report to the EOF and respond to requests from the TRM.
EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 5 of 24
i 4.4.2 The EOF Engineering Team shall evaluate current and O historical plant parameters, assess the severity of the emergency conditions, and recommend corrective or preventive actions to the TRM.
4.5 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT MANAGER (RAM) 4.5.1 The RAM shall report directly to the EOF and respond to requests from the DEM.
4.5.2 The RAM shall implement the " Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist," Attachment 5.0 of EPP 01-4.3. The RAM shall relieve,the Radiological Emergency j Coordinator (REC)' of the RAM duties and responsibilities upon activation of the EOF.
4.5.3 The RAM shall implement Attachment 5.0, " Radiological. !
Assessment Manager Checklist," Form EP 1.2-5. l 4.5.4 The RAM shall direct and coordinate the activities of the Radiological Assessment Supervisor (RAS) and the Dose Assessment Supervisor (DAS), and their staffs at the EOF.
4.5.5 The RAM shall review and evaluate radiological data to l assess the offsite consequences of any releases of, radioactive materials from the plant. This includes O appropriate chemical and radiochemical analysis results, and offsite monitoring and dose projection s data per EPP 01-8.2, "Offsite Radiologica l Monitoring" I and EPP 01-7.0 series, i
, 4.5.6 The RAM shall assure that current and forecasted i meteorological data is obtained and its effects upon ,
I any radiological releases and dose projections evaluated per EPP 01-7.0 Series.
I 4.5.7 The RAM shall assure that appropriate records of radiological monitoring and dose assessment activities are maintained.
4.5.8 The RAM shall coordinate WCGS radiological assessment activities with those of the State and Federal l agencies.
4.5.9 The RAM shall interface with those State and County l representatives who are assigned to the EOF regarding matters related to offsite radiological assessment.
l l
l 1
EPP 01-1.2 l Rev. 5 l Page 6 of 24 i
e
..-,---..,...,_,_-,.,,-_,...,.,-_,.,,,,m_,,,._,,,__,,,_,_%,__...,_._._,..m__-m%,,.,. - . . . - , --
4
/
4.5.10 The RAM shall assist the DEM in the formulation of recommended protective actions as per EPP 01-10.1,
( ,)T " Protective Action Recommendations". '
4.5.11 The RAM shall advise the DEM on all matters involving radiological safety per EPP 01-9.0 series.
4.5.12 The RAM shall assure that Radiological Status Sheets are completed in a timely fashion.
I 4.5.13 The RAM shall request, through the Administrative Resources Manager (ARM), the following as necessary:
- a. Additional radiation monitoring equipment
- b. Additional instrumentation and equipment
- c. Additional Health Physics support personnel 4.5.14 The RAM shall provide the PIC with an accurate '
assessment of the radiological conditions prior to DEM review and approval per EPP 01-10.2, " Preparation of
} News Releases."
4.5.15 The RAM shall be responsible for maintaining accurate updates of the Radiological Status Board by the Radiological Status Recorder.
4.5.16 The RAM shall evaluate the potentisl for personnel exposure in excess of 10CFR20 and make recommen-dations to the DEM relative to the regulations. l 4.5.17 The RAM shall consider the use of Potassium Iodide tablets per EPP 01-9.3, "Radioprotective Drugs", in the event that high levels of radioiodine are suspected.
4.5.18 The RAM shall assure personnel are assigned dosimetry devices as necessary per EPP 01-9.1, " Exposure Control and Personnel Protection."
4.5.19 The RAM shall assume the duties and responsibilities of the Radiation Protection /Radwaste Manager, upon transition to recovery operations per EPP 01-12.1,
" Reentry and Recovery Operations."
4.6 DOSE ASSESSMENT SUPERVISOR (DAS) 4.6.1 The DAS shall report directly to the EOF and respond to requests from the RAM.
\
EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 7 of 24
4.6.2 The DAS shall coordinate and direct the activities of
, 'h the EOF Radiological Release Information System (RRIS)
Operator per EPP 01-7.1, " Radiological Release Information System."
4.6.3 The DAS shall obtain current and forecasted meteorological data and estimate its effects upon any radiological releases and offsite dose projections.
4.6.4 The DAS shall review and evaluate offsite radiological monitoring data and offsite dose projections, and brief the RAM accordingly.
4.6.5 The DAS shall compare whole body and thyroid dose estimates with values in EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations", and inform the RAM of results.
4.6,6 The DAS shall assure that appropriate records of all offsite dosa assessment activities are maintained per EPP 01-11.3, " Logs and Record Keeping."
4.6.7 The DAS shall implement EPP 01-7.3, " Manual Dose Projection Determination", upon RRIS failure.
4.6.8 The DAS may assist the RAM in the formulation of I
recommendations to be submitted by the DEM to the s County and State regarding protective action recommendations per EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations."
4.7 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT SUPERVISOR (RAS) 4.7.1 The RAS shall report directly to the EOF and respond to requests from the RAM.
4.7.2 The RAS shall coordinate the activities of Offsite Monitoring Teams and Joint Radiological Monitoring Teams per EPP 01-8.2, "Offsite Radiological Monitoring," and EPP 01-8.3, " Joint Radiological Monitoring Team Formation and Operation."
4.7.3 The RAS shall coordinate and direct the activities of the EOF Field Team Communicators and the EOF Radiological Status Recorder.
4.7.4 The RAS shall contact the RAC to receive a briefing of l radiological and meterological conditions prior to accepting control of the Offsite Monitoring Teams.
l <
!\
EPP 01-1.2
, Rev. 5 Page 8 of 24 t
. . . _ _ -_ , .._ , _,_.,. _ ._.__ _ _ ._._. , . , , . . _ ~ . _ . . . . _ _ _ . . . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , , . _ . . . _ . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ ,
- - - = - . . - _ - -_.
4.7.5 The RAS shall establish offsite locations to be O monitored, the routes to be used by the Offsite Monitoring Teams / Joint Radiological Monitoring Teams (JRMTs) to reach those locations, and any requirements for the use of protective clothing and respiratory protective equipment as per EPP 01-8.2, "Offsite Radiological Monitoring" or EPP 01-8.3, " Joint Radiological' Monitoring Team Formation and Operation".
4.7.6 The RAS shall advise the RAM regarding the radiolog-ical conditions encountered and the field monitoring data collected by the Offsite Monitoring Teams /JRMTs.
4.7.7 The RAS shall assure that the EOF Radiological Status Board Recorder maintains the Radiological Status Board current with the information available per EPP 01-11.2, " Status Boards."
, 4.7.8 The RAS shall assess the need for Offsite Monitoring Team personnel thyroid dose determination and potassium iodide administration per EPP 01-9.3, -
"Radioprotective Drugs" and provide this evaluation to the RAM.
4.7.9 The RAS shall assure the coordination and integration of County and State personnel into Offsite Monitoring l Teams.
4.7.10 The RAS shall assure that incoming samples at the EOF i Environmental Lab are properly logged per EPP 01-8.2, "Offsite Radiological Monitoring".
4.7.11 The RAS shall direct decontamination activities for EOF personnel per EPP 01-9.2, " Personnel Decontamination".
4.8 EOF RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE INFORMATION SYSTEM (RRIS)
OPERATOR 4.8.1 The EOF RRIS Operator shall report directly to the EOF, and respond to requests from the DAS.
4.8.2 The EOF RRIS Operator shall calculate projected offsite doses in accordance with EPP 01-7.0 Series.
4.8.3 The EOF RRIS Operator shall provide the completed dose projection information to the DAS for subsequent evaluation.
4.8.4 If required, the EOF RRIS Operator shall obtain l information regarding forecasted meteorological conditions from the DAS.
EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 9 of 24
4.8.5 The EOF RRIS Operator shall provide input as required O
\
for timely completion of the Radiological Status Sheet.
4.9 EOF FIELD TEAMS COMMUNICATOR 4.9.1 The EOF Field Teams Communicator shall report directly to the EOF and respond to requests from the RAS. I 4.9.2 The EOF Field Team Communicator shall contact the i Field Team Communicator at the TSC to receive turnover <
of responsibilities upon activation of the EOF. !
4.9.3 The EOF Field Teams Communicator shall establish and maintain communications with the Offsite Monitoring Teams per EPP 01-11.1, " Communications."
4.9.4 The EOF Field Teams Communicator shall communicate all directions from the RAS to the appropriate Offsite Monitoring Team (s).
4.9.5 The EOF Field Teams Communicator shall track locations and the status of all Offsite Monitoring Teams.
4.9.6 The EOF Field Teams Communicator shall record radiological data from the Offsite Monitoring Teams and submit it to the RAS per EPP 01-11.3, " Logs and O
4.10 Record Keeping."
i ADMINISTRATIVE RESOURCES MANAGER (ARM) 4.10.1 The ARM shall report directly to the EOF, and respond to requests from the DEM.
4.10.2 The ARM shall implement the ARM Checklist per Attachment 4.0 of EPP 01-4.3.
4.10.3 The ARM shall implement Attachment 6.0, "Adminis-trative Resources Manager Checklist," Form EP 1.2-6.
4.10.4 The ARM shall assure that the Immediate Notification and Followup Notification forms are completed and transmitted to the State and County in a timely fashion per EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications" and EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications."
4.10.5 The ARM shall relieve the Administrative Emergency coordinator (AEC) of the ARM duties and responsibilities upon activation of the EOF.
4.10.6 The ARM shall direct and coordinate the activities of the Security Officer and the EOF Communicators.
U EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 10 of 24
. l l
l l
4.10.7 The ARM shall coordinate, direct, and respond to re-quests from the WCGS Emergency Responsa Organization Os for admin-istrative and logistical assistance per EPP l 01-3.3, "Offsite Support Notification." l 4.10.8 The ARM shall coordinate the recall and deployment of administrative support personnel, as needed. l l
4.10.9 The ARM shall assure that the general needs of all emergency response personnel are met (e.g. communi-cations and equipment repair, food, sleeping quarters, and office supplies).
4.10.10 The ARM shall arrange transportation and temporary housing for support personnel, as needed.
4.10.11 The ARM shall respond to request from the WCGS Emergency Responsa Organization for obtaining special drawings or vendor manuals, as appropriate.
4.10.12 The ARM shall assure that records management support is provided.
4.10.13 The ARM shall expedite the procurement of equipment and supplies as required to support emergency response and recovery efforts.
4.10.14 The ARM shall interface with other facilities to I obtain supplies and equipment as needed.
4.10.15 The ARM upon transition to recovery operations, shall assume the duties and responsibilities of the Administration and Logistics Manager per EPP 01-12.1,
" Recovery and Reentry Operations."
4.10.16 The ARM shall assure that communications systems between the WCGS Emergency Response Organization and l Federal, State, and local emergency response organizations are maintained.
4.10.17 The ARM shall assure that records of pertinent emer-gency response activities and significant communica-tions are maintained as per EPP 01-11.3, " Logs And Record Keeping".
i 4.11 EOF COMMUNICATORS l
4.11.1 The EOF Communicator (s) shall report directly to the EOF, and respond to requests from the ARM.
EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 11 of 24
l l
4.11.2 The EOF Communicators shall test their telephone and radio communication links to System Operations, TSC,
\ State and County (includes testing the verification line).
4.11.3 The EOF Communicators shall contact the TSC Communicator and proceed to get a turnover of responsibilities upon activation of the EOF.
4.11.4 The EOF Communicators shall contact System Operat' ions,
- TSC, State and County to communicate Immediate Notification forms per EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications."
4.11.5 The EOF Communicators shall contact the TSC, State and County to communicate Followup Notification forms per EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications."
4.11.6 The EOF Communicators shall maintain a copy of all Immediate Notification and Followup Notification forms.
4.11.7 The EOF Communicators shall log all incoming and outgoing communications with offsite officials and agencies related to the emergency response.
4.12 EOF LOGKEEPER 4.12.1 The EOF Logkeeper shall report directly to the EOF, i
and respond to requests from the DEM.
! 4.12.2 The EOF Logkeeper shall maintain a log of all pertinent emergency response activities occurring in the EOF per EPP 01-11.3, "
Logs and Record Keeping."
4.12.3 The EOF Logkeeper shall interface with the EOF Communicators and the Administrative Emergency coordinator at the TSC to obtain information related to the emergency situation.
4.12.4 The EOF Logkeeper shall post pertinent information related to the emergency situation on the " Sequence of Events Board".
- NOTE
- The " Sequence of Events Board" should list, in chronological order, only-those event-type items related to the emergency situation.
Operational and radiological data shall be posted on separate status boards.
EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 12 of 24
-.c -- srr ,,n.- -w--4-w,.----- - - - - - ~ ..r -r- ~_w =m,-- ee.---~e.-...--,,<---.---,.-,.
-- =. ~ _ -
4.13 EOF CLERK 4.13.1 The EOF clerk shall report directly to the EOF and respond to requests from the DEM.
4.13.2 The EOF Clark shall assist the EOF Logkeeper as requested and perform clerical and administrative duties (e.g., distributing or posting information, and copying documents).
4.14 EOF RADIOLOGICAL STATUS RECORDER i 4.14.1 The EOF Radiological Status Recorder shall report '
directly to the EOF and respond to any requests from the RAS.
4.14.2 The EOF Radiological Status Recorder shall maintain the Radiological Status Boards located in the EOF by using the completed Radiological Status Sheets per EPP 01-11.2, " Status Boards."
-4.14.3 The EOF Radiological Status Recorder, upon posting the information provided on the Radiological Status Sheets, shall give the Radiological Status Sheets to the RAM.
O 4.15 EOF OPERATIONAL STATUS BOARD RECORDERS (2) 4.15.1 The EOF Operational Status Board Recorders shall report directly to the EOF, and respond to requests from the TRM.
4.15.2 The EOF Operational Status Board Recorders shall complete Operational Status Sheets using ERFIS and update the EOF Operational Status Board periodically per EPP 01-11.2, " Status Boards." ,
4.15.3 The EOF Operational Status Board Recorders shall provide one copy of the Operational Status Sheet to the PIC and two copies to the TRM.
4.15.4 The EOF Operational Status Board Recorder, if ERFIS is non-operational, shall update the Operational Status Sheet and Operational Status Board by participating in a three-way telephone conversation with the control Room Communicator and TSC Operational Status Board Recorder.
EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 13 of 24
,,~
4.16 SECURIC OFFICER
( ,/ 4.16.1 The Security Officer reports directly to the EOF, and responds to any requests from the ARM.
4.16.2 Prior to the activation of the EOF, the Security Officer shall establish and maintain communications with the Security Emergency Coordinator.
4.16.3 Upon declaration of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, the Security Officer shall help implement EPP 01-4.3, " EOF Activation". l 4.16.4 The Security Officer shall take appropriate measures to ensure that security and accountability are established and maintained at the EOF.
4.16.5 The Security Officer shall use the Emergency Response Organization Duty Roster,Section III of the
' Radiological Emergency Telephone Directory, to authorize entry of personnel to the EOF. For those people not on the Duty Roster, the Security Officer shall contact the ARM for the proper authorization.
NOTE: All personnel must show appropriate identification before being allowed in the EOF.
i 4.17 PUBLIC INFORMATION COORDINATOR (PIC) 4.17.1 The PIC shall report to the TSC upon declaration of an Alert. Upon activation of the EOF, the PIC shall report to the EOF.
4.17.2 The PIC shall perform duties in accordance with EPP 01-1.4,"Public Information Organization".
4.17.3 The PIC shall gather and transmit technical informa-tion by interfacing with either the General Office or Information clearinghouse during an emergency situa-tion at WCGS, as per EPP 01-1.4, "Public Information Organization".
4.17.4 Assure proper interaction with the WC Public Informa-tion Officer (PIO) and the Wolf Creek Spokesperson.
4.17.5 Assure that copies of approved Wolf Creek news releases are distributed to all Federal, State and County representatives in the EOF.
j
- EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 14 of 24 4
w, w. - , -a,,,---n,-- - -
,---,,-,-,,--.,w--.-- - - . , ,w. , , , , - - , - , - - , , , , , , , , -,_.-.,--r-,-,,_w,__,e---,,----._,we- . .---nn,--.,w ,- ,-,.--- - - -,-,,-
4.18 EOF COORDINATOR k,)m 4.18.1 The-EOF Coordinator shall report directly to the TSC upon the declaration of an Alert and respond to the requests from the DED.
1 4.18.2 The EOF Coordinator, upon declaration of a Site Area l Emergency or General Emergency shall report to the EOF I and set up the EOF per Attachment 2.0 of EPP 01-4.3,
" Emergency Operations Facility Activation."
l
- 4.18.3 The EOF Coordinator, upon the completion of activation of the EOF, shall report to the RAM for further direction.
4.18.4 The EOF Coordinator shall assure that periodically the radiological habitability of the EOF is verified.
5.0 REFERENCES
i 5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan
- . 5.2 Kansas State Disaster Emergency Plan Annex A to Assistance R.
5.3 WCGS Emergency Preparedness Program Procedures
j 6.0 RECORDS t
6.1 Form EP 1.2-3, " Duty Emergency Manager Checklist" 6.2 Form EP 1.2-4, " Technical Resource Manager Checklist" 6.3 Form EP 1.2-5, " Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist" 6.4 Form EP 1.2-6, " Administrative Resources Manager Checklist" 6.5 The records generated by this procedure during an I
actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Records Management for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records I
shall be considered QA records.
O EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 15 of 24 i
- s. 6.6 The records generated by this procedure during drills i and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records.
7.O ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0 " Emergency Operation Facility Emergency Organization" 7.2 Attachment 2.0 " EOF Emergency Organization Staffing Requirement" 7.3 Attachment 3.0 " Duty Emergency Manager Checklist" 7.4 Attachment 4.0 " Technical Resources Manager .
Checklist" 7.5 Attachment 5.0 " Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist" 7.6 Attachment 6.0 " Administrative Resources Manager Checklist" 4
O EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 16 of 24
ATIAQ M NT 1.O t L (Page 1 of 1) l
) DERGENCY OPERATIONS FACIIITY EMERGENCY RESICHSE CEGANIZATION (EDF) i i
- Duty '
4 Emergency Manager (IIM) j EDF Clerk /
, y_-.-___
(9) (2) .
1 I I I l Public Achainistrative Radiological Technical i Informatics Daarunne Aaaaaamarit Paarnnues i Coordinator Manager Manager Manager j (PIC) (ARM) (RAM) ('mM) en-ity EOF EDF Operational
! Officer Ommuunicators Status Board j (2) Recorders
! (2) i i
i,
! Radiological Dose Engineering
! Aaaaaamant Aaaaaa= ant Team l Swervisor Supervisor j (RAS) (DAS) ;
i l RRIS l EOF Field Team Operator
! Radiological o new11cators (1) j Status (2)
Recorder EPP 01-1.2 l Rev. 5 t
] Page 17 of 24
4 ATTACHMENT 2.O j (Page 1 of 1) y EOF EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION STAFFING REQUIREMENTS The following Emergency Response Organization (ERO) positions must be present within 90 minutes of the EOF activation:
Duty Emergency Manager Technical Resources Manager Radiological Assessment Manager Radiological Assessment Supervisor Emergency Operations Facility Coordinator Security Officer 4
The following ERO positions provide support in the EOF:
- Administrative Resources Manager Public Information Coordinator Dose Assessment Supervisor EOF Engineering Team Radiological Release Information System Operator EOF Clerk l EOF Logkeeper EOF Radiological Status Recorder EOF Operational Status Board Recorders EOF Communicators Field Team Communicators l
t i
'l il l
i EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 18 of 24 i
FORM EP 1.2-3 REV. 2 l ATDOBENT 3.0 (Page 1 of 2) i Time /IniH alsa Remarks j
- 1. Assume the duties ard responsibilities of the DEM / _
- 2. Verify the EOF Activation checklist has been ocupleted per EPP 01-4.3, " Emergency Operations Facility Activation" /
- 3. Announce EDF activation ard assume ocenard to provida overall direction and ocatrol of the integrated amargency response effort /
- 4. Evaluata plant status ard verify the hpcy Classification per EPP 01-2.1, "hycy Classification" /
- 5. Based on an initial plant evaluation, issue a Protective Action Pamanaildation per EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Pswmnaridation" /
- 6. Ensure that the State of Fansas and Coffey County EOC's are notified within fifteen (15) minutes of declaration of hec y Classification per EPP 01-3.1, "Tnunarif ata .
Notifications" /
- 7. Verify notification of the HOEC /
- 8. Verify staffing of required mmentications l personnel for Federal, State and local officials involved in emergency response /
- 9. Review / approve initial mariin relamaaa for technical accuracy for Site Area he cy or General he y per c EPP 01-10.2, " Preparation of News Releases" /
EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 19 of 24
. - - . , - . - _ _ _ _ . - _ _ . . _ . . . _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ ._, _ .- _ . __ _ __.. _ _..__.-__ . ~ . _ _ _ _ _ . _
FORM EP 1.2-3 REV. 2 ATDOIMENT 3.0
\
I17FY DIERGENCY MANAGER OIECKLIST (Page 2 of 2)
Time / Initials Remarks 4
- 11. Evaluate the need to procure materials, vim, perscrmal to support amargency actions /
- 12. Verify that records of pertinent meergency response activities and significant
-niications are properly maintained per EPP 01-11.1, "Ocamunications" /
- 13. Verify that the Radiological and Operational Status Boards are initiated per EPP 01-11.2,
" Status Boards" /
- 14. Perform an initial briefing cm Plant /
Radiological corx11tions to EOF personnel . /
- 15. Brief the NCXIS htive 14ar9, A., on l plant conditicns and any acticn being carried out to w h ul the emergency /
t 1
i
'l l
II7fY DIERGENCY MANAGER IRTE I
l i
EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 20 of 24 l .
IDRM EP 1.2-4 REV. 1 ATIAQ9ENT 4.0
.b TmurCAn asswRCes mmozR annersT (Page 1 of 1)
Time / Initials l
1
- 2. Contact the Technical 9=wv*t Coordinator to receive status briefirq cn accident, plant status, etc /
- 3. Ensure adequate staffirg for the EOF Engineerirq Team includirq 1=da; support for the TSC and identify the need for e = 1 .Unry offsita engineering and technical support /
i 4. 'Ihrough the IDF Engineeriry Team provide the DEM with an initial technical amaanannarst of plant status and severity of emergency conditions, including assessment of Emergency Classification per EPP 01-2.1, " Emergency Classification" /
- 5. Contact the AdvRM at the }EEC with requests for
- technical analysis /
- 6. Ensure that the Operational Status Board is maintained current per EPP 01-11.2, " Status Boards" /
- 7. Verify the technical accuracy of th3 initial public information and media release per EPP 01-10.2, "Preparatimt of News Releases" /
- 8. Evaluate the extent of core damage in progress or projected as per EPP 01-2.4, " Core nn-m Ammassenarit Methodology." /
4 TECHNICAL RESOURCES MANAGER DATE EPP 01-1.2 Pev. 5 Page 21 of 24
- - _ -. - ..___- . - - .._.-.--~ . - ._ . .,. _ ._..- .- - -
.s.
l FORM EP 1.2-5 REV. 2 l ATDOBENT 5.0 j
~
) RADICIDGICAL ASSESSMENT MANAGER CECKIIST (Page 1 of 2) l Time / Initials Remarks
- 1. Assume the duties and responsibilities of the RAM /
- 2. Contact the REC to datamined plant radiological status, release status, and field team status /
- 3. Assure that the RAS, DAS, RRIS, Rad. Status Recorder and Field Team Otsut. positions are staffed /
- 4. Assure that the initial and periodic habitability diecks of the EOF are performed by the EOFC /
- 5. Based en radiological data, perform an
! evaluation of offsite consequences frtat i an actual or projected release of radio-active materials per EPP 01-7.0 series /
- 6. Verify that the Radiological Status Boards are staffed and maintained in accordance l with EPP 01-11.2, " Status Boards" /
i
- 7. Conduct an initial Radiological Status briefing with State of Fansas and Coffey County 1% -- l atives
/
S. Based on current or projected radiological data, provide the IIM with an initial PAR as per EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action 4
Par-arviations" /
- 9. Provide the ARM an initial evaluatimt of Radiation Protection personnel / equipment required for incident /
, 10. Receive an engineering aseessment from the TRM on potential release path (s), scuron(s), duration /
- 11. Upon concurrence with the DEM, provida the PIC with an initial assessment of radiological conditions per EEP 01-10.2, " Preparation of News Releases" /
- 12. Provide the DEM an initial radiological status briefing /
l 13. Receive current and forecasted meterological data /
RADIOIOGICAL ASSESSMENT MANAGER DATE EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 7
Page 22 of 24 i
IGM EP 1.2-5 REV. 2 l ATDOMENT 5.0 RADIOIOGIchL pmmaqENT MANAGER OIECKLIST (Pege 2 of 2) 30 mim te checklist
- Time / Initials Remarks
- 1. Assure Radiological Status Board inform- ;
ation sheet calculations are posted. / l
- 2. Verify that parallel enimlations are being performed between the Stata and WOGS. / l
- 3. Obtain updata on field survey team doses. /
- 4. Assure that the RAS updates field survey teams regarding anticipated doses, current meteorological cooditions and plant status. /
- 5. Verify that the field survey teams have the required equipment. (e.g., Respirators, Charcoal filters, Mazlin) /
O .
- 6. Obtain an updata on current protective action r N tions. /
- 7. %ssure that the Dh5 obtains the current engineering data. /
- 8. Mrform trending analysis of RSB data. / :
i
- 9. Review current posted RSB data for Accuracy. /
i
'l
- 11. Determine if the RAS /DhS are referring to j and using r - twes. /
- 'Ihe items in this checklist should be reviewed approximately every one-half hour. 'Ihm RAM may appoint an assistant to inglement arry or all of the above
! items. <
RADIOIOGICAL ASSESSMENT MANAGER DATE (or designated assistant)
EPP 01-1.2 l Rev. 5 Page 23 of 24 m
l
_...-m
f-FOIM EP 1.2-6 REV. 1 ATIAGMENT 6.0 AININISTRATIVE RESOURCES MANAGER GECKLIST (Page 1 of 1)
Time / Initials Remarks
- 1. Assume the ARM's duties ard rvmpensibilities /
- 3. Assure that security and accountability is maintained at the EOF. /
- 4. Provide assistance to emergency response per w as.1
- a. Eqdmant repair /
- b. Food /
- c. Sleepirq quarters /
- d. Office supplies #
/
- e. Others: /
- 5. Support personnel needs:
- a. Transportation /
- b. Tenporary housing /
- c. Others: /
- 6. Supply drawings arx4/or manuals as requested /
- 7. Provide Records Management support /
- 8. Expedite procurement of materials and supplies /
- 9. Verify that records of inocuning and outgoing ev==wtications are properly maintained per EPP 01-11.3, "Icgs and Record Keeping" /
AIMINISTRATIVE RESOURCES MANAGER DATE EPP 01-1.2 Rev. 5 Page 24 of 24
'l..
1 t
U l
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE HOME OFFICE EMERGENCY CENTER ORGANIZATION EPP 01-1.3 Revision 2 l
Effective January 1, 1987
~
O
)
{
pont >
EMERGENCY PLAN i COORDI TOR REVIEW DATE /
J/ Jo ad
/
R GL-EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE m et OY eD W r?h PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATIOT ll-lE-SD DATE at - 2 ll N PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER DATE l
O v RELEASED M DATE l% ~ 3 /'N i i
i b
- 1.0 PURPOSE i The purpose of this procedure is to describe the Home Office Emergency Center (HOEC) Organization.
2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure applies to those personnel assigned to the HOEC Organization. This procedure shall serve as a reference to those emergency response personnel assigned to the HOEC who provide assistance during an emergency situation at the Wolf Creek Generating Station.
3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL (EAL)
Conditions which may cause or may threaten to cause i
hazards affecting the health and safety of personnel or the public, or which may result in damage to property. These conditions provide the basis for determining an Emergency Classification.
3.2 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION i
A system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity Conditions. Classifications listed in order of increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General
- Emergency.
- 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS NONE 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS l 4.2.1 Advisory Resources Manager (Adv RM)
,1 4.2.1.1 The Adv RM activates the HOEC in accordance with EPP 01-4.4, "Home Office Emergency Center Activation" upon notification of declaration of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency or at the direction of the Duty i Emergency Manager (DEM).
l l
l EPP 01-1.3 l Rev. 2 )
Page 1 of 3 j
d
[)
\~ /
4.2.1.2 The Adv RM shall select and notify the personnel necessary to support the Technical Resources Manager (TRM).
4.2.1.3 The Adv RM shall direct and coordinate the efforts of the Advisory Resources Group to assess plant status, severity of emergency conditions, etc.
4.2.1.4 The Adv RM shall report to, and take direction from, the TRM. ,
4.2.2 Adivsory Resources Group i
'4.2.2.1 The function of the Advisory Resources Group is to perform technical analyses as directed by the Adv RM.
4.2.2.2 The Advisory Resources Group shall be composed of personnel with knowledge and experience in the following areas:
4.2.2.2.1 Mechanical Engineering 4.2.2.2.2 Instrument and Controls Engineering 4.2.2.2.3 Electrical Engineering 4.2.2.2.4 Nuclear Engineering 4.2.2.2.5 Operations 4.2.2.2.6 Safety Analysis 4.2.2.3 The Advisory Resources Group positions shall be filled by personnel from NPE, or Nuclear Services.
4.2.2.4 In the evnet that the HOEC is activated, personnel assigned or notified to form the Advisory Resources Group shall proceed to and establish operations at the HOEC.
- 4.2.3 Home Office Emergency Center (HOEC) Communicator l l l 4.2.3.1 The HOEC Communicator shall perform communications
! duties as directed by the Adv RM.
4.2.3.2 The HOEC Communicator position shall be filled by NPE l staff engineer or Nuclear Services personnel. 1
)
l 4.2.3.3 In the event the HOEC is activated, the HOEC !
Communicator shall immediately establish communica- l tions with the TRM at the EOF.
i EPP 01-1.3 Rev. 2 Page 2 of 3
3 I
4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.3.1 The HOEC Communicator shall keep the status boards updated.
4.3.2 The HOEC Communicator shall perform additional duties as directed by the Adv RM.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Einergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-4.4, "Home Office Emergency Center Activation" 6.0 RECORDS i
NONE 7.O ATTACHMENTS NONE i
i.
I EPP 01-1.3 Rev. 2 Page 3 of 3
4 ..
1
/\
(G )
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PUBLIC INFORMATION ORGANIZATION EPP 01-1.4 Revision 4 l Effective January 1, 1987 C)
CANAA EMERGENCY PLAN TG CO RDINATDR REVIEW O5 DATE/ /
$m Si m EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW
~
DATE
/H/-4 G o) lYnidh //-/2-D PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATIOR DATE ll N PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATEf f RELEASED l2 - 3 l-If b O a DATE
-4 s
1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to delineate the authorities, responsibilities and actions required , for the release of information to the public and
- news media concerning emergency conditions at the Wolf Creek Generating _ Station (WCGS).
2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure applies to personnel responsible for ~
, preparing and releasing information to the public during an emergency condition at WCGS.
3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALS) Specific parameters or conditions that may be used as thresholds for declaring a particular emergency classification. 3.2 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION A system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency I Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity' Conditions. Classifications listed in order of
! increasing severity are: Notification of Unutsual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General j Emergency.
F 3.3 PUBLIC INFORMATION COORDINATOR (PIC) The member of the WCGS Emergency Response Organization who is responsible for gathering all technical information to be released during an l 1 emergency. The PIC obtains approval for the technical content of news releases from the Duty Emergency Director or Duty Emergency Manager l depending on the Emergency Classification. 4 j 3.4 WOLF CREEK PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER (WC PIO) The member of the WCGS Emergency Response Organization who directs the Public Information Organization activities during an emergency. This includes notification, news releases, news i conferences, and rumor control. EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 j Page 1 of 28
..,,v, -.--.-+-u.
._,--.,..---+---,~,,,-,-_-,-,,,-mc-,--.--,-,,,,,--c,
4 . 3.5 WOLF CREEK SPOKESPERSON The. Wolf Creek representative who releases techni- l 1 cally approved information at the Media Release l Center. ! 3.6 DUTY EMERGENCY DIRECTOR (DED) ) The designated onsite individual having the respon-sibility and authority for implementing the WCGS Emergency Plan during a Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, or prior to activation of the EOF. 3.7 DUTY EMERGENCY MANAGER (DEM) The designated Emergency Responsa Organization , individual having the responsibility and authority ! for implementing the WCGS Emergency Plan upon acti- l
, vation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF).
3.8 RUMOR CONTROL t The Wolf Creek Generating Station, State of Kansas, and Coffey County joint operation at the General l Office (GO) in Wichita. The Rumor Control operation includes, Public Concern for public inquiries, Media Inquiry for media phone calls, and' Media Monitoring for identification of rumors or misinformation. The Rumor Control functions are
; activated at a Site Area Emergency, General i
Emergency, or at the discretion of the WC PIO. 2 3.9 MEDIA RELEASE CENTER (MRC) The facility at 2722 Topeka Avenue, Topeka, Kansas, j used jointly by WCGS, State of Kansas, and Coffey County to disseminate emergency related information . to the public and news media. It is activated 1 coincidently with the Information Clearinghouse and i has facilities for news conferences and a news media work area. 3.10 INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE (IC) - The facility at 2800 Topeka Avenue, Topeka, Kansas, used jointly by WCGS, State of Kansas, and coffey County for development of news releases and
- coordination of information during an emergency at t WCGS. This facility is activated upon notification of EOF activation or when sufficient interest by the news media warrants it.
+ ! EPP 01-1.4 l Rev. 4 j Page 2 of 28 i
3.11 GENERAL OFFICE (GO) i The facility in Wichita, Kansas where WCGS public l information activities take place prior to IC and , MRC activation. It is the location for the joint l Rumor Control operations during all emergency 1
- classifications. l 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 Routine news releases, which do not involve a J declared emergency classification at the WCGS, are l not covered by this procedure.
i 4.1.2 During a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency,
- all news releases must be approved for technical l content by the DEM or his delegate, i
! 4.1.3 All public information personnel who are assisting l in the emergency response effort shall maintain a log of their significant activities related to the emergency response effort. All logs shall be turned over to General Office Documentation at the end of the emergency. See Attachment 2.0 "Public , Information Logs", Form EP 1.4-2 and Attachment 3.0~
" Phone Team Logs", Form EP 1.4-3.
? 4.1.4 All emergency personnel shall brief their replace- , ments and turn over all emergency notebooks and i logs before leaving emergency positions and signing ! out with supervisors. l l 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS t l 4.2.1 Public Information Coordinator (PIC) l 4.2.1.1 Following the declaration of an emergency i classification at WCGS, the PIC shall be notified in accordance with provisions of EPP 01-3.5, " EOF, i HOEC and Public Information Emergency Responsa Organization Manual call-Out." 4.2.1.2 Upon notification of an Alert the PIC reports to the Technical Support Center (TSC). 4.2.1.3 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency, or the activation of the EOF the PIC shall report to the EOF. l ! EPP 01-1.4 l Rev. 4 Page 3 of 28 4
I
, t 4.2.1.4 Upon activation of the EOF, the PIC function con-sists of a two person team; one with technical experience and a second with public information experience. ,3 4.2.1.5 The two PICS will operate as a team until such s time
, that it is determined with WC PIO consultation, that one PIC is sufficient to maintain the communi-cation link with the Information Clearinghouse. 1 - 4.2.1.6 Depending on the emergency classification and the , i availability of personnel, the:PIC shall contact
- the Duty Emergency Director or"the DEM as the
, primary source of information and approval. 4.2.1.7 Upon activation of the EOF, the PIC will consult with the DEM or his delegate (i.e. Technical Resources Manager). Technical approvals may be i written or oral, if oral; the PIC will make an i entry in his Log with reference to the specific i press release approved. ! 4.2.1.8 The PIC advises the DEM of all matters pertinent to ! public information as he receives them from the IC. Wolf Creek Public Information Officer (WC PIO) 4.2.2 l 4 4.2.2.1 Following the declaration of an emergency j classification, the WC PIO will be notified in i accordance with the provisions of EPP 01-3.5. l [ 4.2.2.2 When a Notification of Unusual Event or Alert has j been declared, the WC PIO will report to the GO and
- contact the PIC. The WC PIO develops news releases ,
! during these emergency classifications, or he may l assign this responsibility, i
- 4.2.2.3 During a Notification of Unusual Event or Alert the
- WC PIO will determine which teams, number of team
- members, and what public information facilities will be activated. This determination is based on the number of public and media inquiries.
l 4.2.2.4 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General l l Emergency, or upon activation of the EOF, the WC PIO will coordinate the activation of the GO, IC l, and MRC. i i ! EPP 01-1.4 i Rev. 4 i Page 4 of 28 C.__._.___ _ . . _ _ _ . _ . . _ . _ _ _ ._.._. _
4.2.2.5 The WC PIO shall assure notification of the General Office Information Coordinator (GOIC), Media Release Center Manager, WC Spokesperson, Technical Support, Kansas State PIO, and Coffey County PIO. 4.2.2.6 The WC PIO shall assure the timely release of accurate information to the public and media during an emergency at the WCGS. The WC PIO manages all
, public information activities through the supervision of the General Office Information Coordinator, the Media Release Center Manager (MRC Manager), and the Recording Editor. ; 4.2.2.7 Prior to the PIC's arrival at the TSC or EOF, the WC PIO may contact either the Duty Emergency Director or the DEM to attain information regarding
, the emergency. i 4.2.2.8 The WC PIO may coordinate information with the state and county during a Notification of Unusual Event or Alert. Upon declaration of a Site Area i Emergency or General Emergency, the WC PIO shall j exchange information and news releases with the public information representatives from the following governmental organizations: i (g - Coffey County
- State of Kansas
- Federal Emergency Management Agency
. - Nuclear Regulatory Commission
'; 4.2.2.9 The WC PIO shall assure that WCGS Owner Companies are provided with copies of approved news releases.
- 4.2.2.10 The WC PIO shall assure resources sufficient to l
operate the Public Information Emergency Response Organization 24 hours a day for as long as is required. , 4.2.2.11 The WC PIO assures WCGS releases have received i technical approval from the DED, the DEM or their l delegate prior to release to the public or news media. i i 4.2.2.12 The WC PIO, when located at the IC, assures all
- approved news releases are transmitted to the GO for distribution to Rumor Control.
t i l EPP 01-1.4 i Rev. 4 j Page 5 of 28 1
4 l 4.2.2.13 The WC PIO during a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency shall schedule news conferences at regular intervals and assures that the Wolf Creek Spokesperson is briefed. The WC PIO assures that representatives from all jurisdictions at the IC 4 have an opportunity to present information during news conferences. The WC PIO, during joint preparation for news conferences, identifies and , resolves any information inconsistencies between ! agencies. 4.2.2.14 The WC PIO coordinates with the PIC to arrange any media tours of the EOF or WCGS as the DEM deems safe and appropriate. 4.2.2.15 The WC PIO shall log all pertinent information during his emergency response activities. a 4.2.3 Wolf Creek Spokesperson i 4.2.3.1 The Wolf Creek Spokesperson shall release informa- ; tion at news conferences and interviews, in the MRC, in a timely and accurate manner. All techn-ical content of the releases shall have been approved by the DEM. General content shall have been approved by the WC PIO. 4.2.3.2 The Wolf Creek Spokesperson shall be available to receive reports from the PIC located at the EOF, and to attend technical briefings by the Technical i Support. 4.2.3.3 The Wolf Creek Spokesperson shall be available to attend special media interviews as scheduled by the . MRC Manager and approved by the WC PIO. l 4.2.3.4 In the absence of the Wolf Creek Spokesperson the ! WC PIO shall assign his duties or serve as the spokeperson. 4.2.3.5 The Wolf Creek Spokesperson shall, in time to permit preparation, notify the Audio Visual Support of any equipment or audio visual aids required for i the upcoming news conference.
- 4.2.4 Technical Support !
4.2.4.1 Upon a Notification of Unusual Event or Alert, the Technical Support persons may be requested by the WC PIO to report to the GO and assist with tech-l nical input to news releases and media inquiries. EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 6 of 28
, 4.2.4.2 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency the Technical Support will report
- to the IC.
4.2.4.3 In the IC, the Technical Support shall assist the :
- WC PIO and the Wolf Creek Spokesperson by inter- ,
preting the status information received from the EOF. 4.2.4.4 The Technical support assists the WC PIO in maintaining a communications link between the IC and the PIC at the EOF. 4.2.4.5 The Technical Support assists in briefing the Wolf Creek Spokesperson prior to news conferences and interviews. He also attends news conferences as requested by WC PIO. 4.2.4.6 The Technical Support upon direction from the WC PIO gives generic presentations to the media on the operation of WCGS and radiation terminology, but does not comment on the emergency at WCGS. 4.2.5 Recording Editor i 4.2.5.1 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General. Emergency, or activation of the Emergency Operations Facility the Recording Editor reports to the IC. 4.2.5.2 The Recording Editor is responsible for general , administration of the IC and shall take any actions necessary to assure proper operation of that facility. 4.2.5.3 The Recording Editor receives all written information releases from WCGS, State of Kansas, Coffey County, and other jurisidictions prior to their release. Each release is assigned a sequential release number by the Recording Editor. l 4.2.5.4 The Reco.iding Editor reviews releases for
- consistency, sign-offs, accurate headlines, and t adds the time and date if they are not on the l release.
i 4.2.5.5 The Recording Editor shall supervise Phone Assistant /Telecopy and the Secretary Typist to assure adequate telecopy, telephonic and secretarial support in the IC. l EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 7 of 28
, ,.... -,-_cy.,,,, .,-__-,_-,_,.y,,,_,,,.. _ , . _ _ _ , ,,
-- . .. - -- _. - _= - .. .- . _ _ - - . - - .
4.2.5.6 The Recording Editor assures releases are i duplicated in sufficient number and provides the j copies to the PIOS prior to news conferences or to the MRC Assistant Manager when a news conference is , not scheduled. l 4.2.5.7 The Recording Editor maintains a running chronology of all information releases and issues a current chronology when time permits. 4.2.5.8 The Recording Editor assures IC Status Boards are maintained. 4.2.5.9 The Recording Editor maintains a log of all ! pertinent IC emergency activities. 4.2.6 Phone Assistant /Telecopy 4.2.6.1 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, or activation of the EOF, the Phone Assistant /Telecopy reports to the Recording ' Editor in the IC. 4.2.6.2 The Phone Assistant /Telecopy assists in maintaining a communications link with the EOF. 4.2.6.5 The Phone Assistant /Telecopy assists in responding
- to MRC and GO requests, by taking and delivering messages in the WC PIO's absence.
4.2.6.4 The Phone Assistant /Telecopy will telecopy copies of all approved news releases to:
- General Office l
- Nuclear Regulatory Commission
- Federal Emergency Management Agency
- Coffey County Emergency Operations Center
- PIC at EOF 4.2.6.5 The Phone Assistant /Telecopy assists all Information Center PIO's by answering phones as time permits.
i EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 8 of 28 i _ . _ _ _ _ . - . - - - - . . . - _ . . . _ . _ ~ - - - . , - . . . . , _ _ _ . . , - . . _ , . , . - . . . _ - , , . . , . - . . , _ ._-..,..m,.-.y._., --..-,....m..-
l l 4.2.7 Information Clearinghouse Secretary / Typist 1 4.2.7.1 Upon notification of Site Area Emergency or General Emergency or activation of the EOF, the Secretary / I Typists report to the Recording Editor in the IC. 4.2.7.2 The Secretary / Typists provide secretarial support ' to the PIOS from the State of Kansas and Coffey l County. ) 4.2.7.3 The Secretary / Typists will support the Recording Editor and Phone Assistant when not preparing news , 4 releases. 4.2.7.4 The Secretary / Typists duplicate all news releases, bulletins, and chronologies provided by the Recording Editor in the number requested. 4.2.7.5 The Secretary / Typists log all duplication requests by sequential release number and the number of copies duplicated. 4.2.8 Media Release Center Manager (MRC Manager) 4.2.8.1 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency, or activation of the EOF, the MRC Manager reports to the MRC. 4.2.8.2 The MRC Manager shall assure notification of the Phone Assistant /Telecopy, Secretary / Typist, Record-ing Editor, Media Messenger, MRC Assistant Manager, Audio-Visual Support and MRC Registration. 4.2.8.3 The MRC Manager assures that the IC is properly set up, then assures the MRC is set up. When both facilities are operable, the MRC Manager notifies the WC PIO. l 4.2.8.4 The MRC Manager assists the media by responding to general (non-emergency-related) questions, and pro-vides information about WCGS in the form of Press Kits. The MRC Manager arranges interviews for the Wolf Creek Spokesperson with the WC PIO's approval. 4.2.8.5 The MRC Manager provides press packets and news i releases for the media and acquaints them with the MRC. 4.2.8.6 The MRC Manager keeps the WC PIO informed about media questions and concerns. O EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 9 of 28
4.2.8.7 The MRC Manager announces scheduled news conferences, attends news conferences and makes note of any unanswered questions for all spokespersons. The MRC Manager provides the notes to the WC PIO at the and of the news conference. 4.2.8.8 The MRC Manager supervises the Media Release Center Assistant Manager (MRC Assistant Manager) the Media ' Messenger, and the Audio Visual Support (AV Support), as well as notifies the WC PIO of additional staff needs to operate the MRC. d 4.2.8.9 The MRC Manager maintains a log of all pertinent emergency response activities. - 4.2.9 Media Release Center Assistant Manager (MRC Assistant Manager) 4.2.9.1 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency, or activation of the LOF, the MRC , Assistant Manager reports to the MRC. 4.2.9.2 The MRC Assistant Manager shall assist the MRC Manager in setting up first the IC and then the MRC.
^
4.2.9.3 The MRC Assistant Manager is responsible for assisting the MRC Manager in interfacing with the media and other duties as assigned. 4.2.9.4 The MRC Assistant Manager updates all MRC status boards asctring the correct time, classification, and/or newb release headline is noted. 4.2.9.5 The MRC Assistant Manager assists the IC with distribution of news releases as requested. 4.2.9.6 The MRC Assistant Manager assures that an adequate number of copies of both current and past news releases are available in the MRC. 4.2.9.7 The MRC Assistant Manager informs the MRC Manager of any media requests. 4.2.9.8 The MRC Assistant Manager maintains a log of all pertinent emergency response activities. 4.2.10 Audio Visual Support (AV Support) 4.2.10.1 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency, or activation of the EOF, the AV Support will report to the MRC. O O EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 10 of 28
-. . -._=. - - - - -_ - - -.-. - - . . -.. - .- _ - - .. - - - _ - . - . .
.2. 0.2 The 107 Support will video and/or audio tape news conferences at the MRC.
4.2.10.3 The AV Support assures that the slide projectors, and microphone equipment are operable prior to each news conference. 4.2.10.4 The AV Support logs all video tapes made and is responsible for recording and storing them until the MRC is deactivated. 4.2.11 Media Messenger 4.2.11.1 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General l Emergency, or activation of the EOF, the Media l Messenger will report to the MRC. l 4.2.11.2 The Media Messenger shall take incoming phone ! messages for media at the MRC and post them in the auditorum. 4.2.11.3 The Media Messenger assists the MRC Manager by i answering the phone in the MRC Manager's absence and performing other duties as assigned. 4.2.11.4 The Media Messenger maintains a log of all pertinent emergency response activities. 4.2.12 Media Release Center (MRC) Security 4.2.12.1 The MRC Security is staffed by the State of Kansas. 4.2.12.2 The MRC Security will provide security and crowd control in keeping with the policy and practices of Kansas State's Adjutant General's office. 4.2.13 Media Release Center (MRC) Registration 4.2.13.1 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or activation of the EOF, MRC Registra-tion will report to the MRC. 4.2.13.2 The MRC Security assures only properly badged j individuals are in the MRC. 4.2.13.3 The MRC Registration will register each media person and issue a media badge. 4.2.13.4 The MRC Registration will notify the MRC Manager of any assistance needed in registering and badging media. EPP 01-1.4
- Rev. 4 i Page 11 of 28 l
- , . - -,, ,...,.,._.-_-_,-.._.,,,n . _., .....,, , .._ . - . - ~ - - ._.,-,,,_,,,nrw.,.,,-,,-,--,n
- ,-e-,,.,,-
4.2.14 General Office Information Coordinator (GOIC) 4.2.14.1 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency, activation of the EOF, or by direction of the WC PIO the GOIC will report to the GO. 4.2.14.2 The GOIC is responsible for activation of rumor control facilities at the General Office. 4.2.14.3 The GOIC is responsible for directing Rumor Control operations at the GO for WCGS, the State of Kansas, l and Coffey County. 4.2.14.4 The GOIC shall notify the WC PIO upon activation of the General Office-Rumor Control. 4.2.14.5 The GOIC provides notification to the Rumor Control Coordinator, Public Concern Phone Coordinator, Group Vice President (Regulatory Affairs / Finance), Group Vice President (Administration), Company Building Security, Switchboard, KCP&L and KEPCo. 4.2.14.6 The GOIC assures that copies of all releases received from the IC are provided to all Rumor Control Staff at the GO. I 4.2.14.7 The GOIC logs all rumors, misinformation, or special inquiries that warrant action by the PIOS at the IC and informs them. 4.2.14.8 The GOIC will assure that copies of initial phone team inquiries and the IC responses are made. The GOIC then arranges distribution of copies to all Rumor Control Team members. 4.2.14.9 The GOIC shall assure the staffing of the GO, IC, MRC, and PIC at the EOF. The GOIC is also , responsible for notifying second shift personnel about when and where to report for duty. 4.2.14.10 The GOIC assures that staff members responsible for l emergency employee communications, financial communication and regulatory affairs are kept informed about the emergency at WCGS. 4.2.14.11 The GOIC maintains a log of all pertinent emergency response activities. i
- EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 12 of 28
l 4.2.15' Rumor Control Coordinator 4.2.15.1 Upon notification of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency, activation of the EOF or by direction of ) the GO Information Coordinator, the Rumor Control , coordinator will report to the GO. 4.2.15.2 The Rumor Control Coordinator shall assure notifi-cation of the Media Monitoring coordinator, Media Inquiry Coordinator and Distribution. l 4.2.15.3 The Rumor Control Coordinator assures all Rumor control Team members have emergency notebooks and logs at their work stations. 4.2.15.4 The Rumor Control Coordinator assures team members are briefed upon their arrival and periodically provides updates as they become available from the IC. 4.2.15.5 The Rumor Control Coordinator assures that team members have copies of current news releases. 4.2.15.6 The Rumor Control Coordinator notifies the GOIC of rumors, misinformation, or trends logged by team '
, members, and performs other duties as assigned.
4.2.15.7 The Rumor Control Coordinator maintains a log of pertinent emergency activities. 4.2.16 Public Concern Phone Coordinator 4.2.16.1 Upon notification from the Rumor Control Coordinator, the Public Concern Phone Coordinator reports to the GO, and notifies team members. 4.2.16.2 The Public Concern Phone Coordinator assures that all Public Concern Team members have copies of all releases issued from the IC. 4.2.16.3 The Public Concern Phone Coordinator periodically l monitors team members logs for trends in questions, ! which they have insufficient information to answer,
- or rumors and reports that information to the Rumor Control Coordinator.
4.2.16.4 The Public Concern Coordinator enters on status board the emergency classification, time, and most current news release number. EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 13 of 28
,-4.--__
4.2.16.5 The Public Concern Phone Coordinator maintains a log of pertinent emergency activities. 4.2.17 Public Concern Phone Team 4.2.17.1 Upon notification by the Public Concern Phone Coordinator, the Public Concern Phone Team reports to GO. 4.2.17.2 The Public Concern Phone Team upon arrival orient themselves to the emergency situation by studying status board, news releases, and attending any briefings by the Rumor Control or Public Concern Coordinators. 4.2.17.3 The Public Concern Phone Team maintains the emergency background notebooks, release notebooks, and logs located at their work stations. 4.2.17.4 The Public Concern Phone Team working from informa-tion provided responds to calls from the public as i follows:
- Makes a legible log entry for each call.
- Addresses the concerns and corrects any mis-l information to the extent possible from available'
' materials.
- Promptly reports any rumors or misinformation.
- Logs any query that cannot be answered or appears l to warrant special consideration, then promptly notifies Public Concern Phone Coordinator.
4.2.18 Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator 4.2.18.1 Upon notification by the Rumor Control Coordinator, l the Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator notifies team j members and reports to the GO. ; 4.2.18.2 The Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator assures media are notified. I 4.2.18.3 The Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator assures team 1 l members have copies of all releases issued from the IC. 4.2.18.4 The Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator enters on the status board the emergency classification, time, I l and most current news release number. l l \ EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 l Page 14 of 28
l 4.2.18.5 The Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator periodically O monitors team members' logs for trends in questions which the team members may not have enough information to answer. 4.2.18.6 The Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator notifies the Rumor Control Coordinator of any rumors or misinformation team members have logged. 4.2.18.7 The Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator maintains a log of pertinent emergency activities. 4.2.19 Media Inquiry Phone Team 4.2.19.1 Upon notification by the Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator the Media Inquiry Phone Team reports to i GO. 4.2.19.2 The Media Inquiry Phone Team assists the Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator in setting-up of the area and in making initial media notification. l 4.2.19.3 The Media Inquiry Phone Team members orient themselves to the emergency situations by studying status boards, news releases, and attending any briefings by the Rumor Control Coordinator or Media l- Inquiry Phone Coordinator. l 4.2.19.4 The Media Inquiry Phone Team maintains emergency background notebooks, release notebooks, and logs located at their work stations. . 4.2.19.5 The Media Inquiry Phone Team working from status boards, news releases, and fact sheets responds to calls from the media as follows: l - makes a legible entry in log for each media call l - addresses all questions and corrects any misinformation to the extent possible without speculating about the emergency or response activities
- promptly reports any rumors or misinformation to Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator
- logs any query that cannot be answered or appears to warrant special consideration and promptly notifies the Media Inquiry Phone Coordinator
's l EPP 01-1.4 i Rev. 4 Page 15 of 28
. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , _ _ . ~ . . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _
- upon media request to speak with a representative of a specific offsite agency or the WC.PIO, notes C,,/') in log and advises caller the message will be given to the appropriate person, and that calls will be returned, only if time permits, from the MRC in Topeka.
4.2.20 Media Monitoring Coordinator 4.2.20.1 Upon notification by Rumor Control Coordinator, the Media Monitoring Coordinator notifies all team members and reports to the GO. 4.2.20.2 The Media Monitoring coordinator assures that all equipment including TV monitors and radios are in place and working. 14.2.20.3 The Media Monitoring Coordinator briefs team members on news releases or news conferences that
, have taken place and assures that they have copies of all news releases issued to date.
4.2.20.4 The Media Monitoring Coordinator relays any rumors or misinformation the team identifies to the Rumor Control Coordinator and includes the station call numbers if information should be immediately corrected. 4.2.20.5 The Media Monitoring Coordinator enters on the status board the emergency classification, time, and most current news release number. 4.2.20.6 The Media Monitoring Coordinator periodically monitors team members' logs to detect trends and note whether media feel they are receiving factual information. 4.2.20.7 The Media Monitoring Coordinator maintains a log of all pertinent emergency activities. 4.2.20.8 The Media Monitoring Coordinator assists the Rumor Control Coordinator as requested. 4.2.21 Media Monitoring Team 4.2.21.1 Upon notification by Media Monitoring Coordinator, the Media Monitoring Taam reports to the GO and sets-up the Media Monitoring area. O EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 16 of 28 l
l
-4.2.21.2 The Media Monitoring Team Members orient themselves
.to the emergency situation by studying the status board, news releases, and attending any briefings by Rumor Control Coordinator or Media Monitoring Coordinator.
4.2.21.3 The Media Monitoring Team monitors representative TV and Radio station's coverage of the emergency at WCGS. Recording equipment is available to tape WCGS stories. 4.2.21.4 The Media Monitoring Team will acsemble, clip and maintain written stories about the emergency and review their contents for misinformation. 4.2.21.5 The Media Monitoring Team maintains a log on news stories observed or heard including station call letters, using Attachment 4.0, " Media Monitor Report of News," Form EP 1.4-4. 4.2.21.6 The Media Monitoring 10am notifies the Media Monitoring Coordinator of any rumors or misinformation heard or observed as well as any , trends indicating the media ones not feel they are receiving sufficient informaticn from the MRC. 4.2.22 General Office Documentation 4.2.22.1 Upon notification from the GOIC, Documentation reports to the GO and assures set-up of equipment and supplies required. l 4.2.22.2 The General Office Documentation assists the GO Information Coordinator in staffing the GO, and in maintaining telephonic and telecopy communications i with the IC. 4.2.22.3 The General Office Documentation maintains a log of all incoming news releases, pertinent communica-tions, and emergency activities at the GO during an i emergency. Documentation also maintains the main Rumor Control Status Board. i 4.2.22.4 The General Office Documentation coordinates all l duplication and distribution of news releases in the GO. l l EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 l Page 17 of 28
4.2.22.5 The General Office Documentation collects all telephone and activity logs, copies of all news 0% - releases, video or audio tapes, and other written records from the CO, IC, and MRC as they are deactivated, and forwards them to the Emergency Planning Coordinator. 4.2.22.6 The General Office Documentation provides access to documentation (or copies of same) to emergency response personnel for use in constructing reports after conclusion of the emergency. 4.2.22.7 The General Office Documentation assists the WC PIO in analyzing the data in Documentation Files as deemed appropriate after an emergency. 4.2.23 General Office Distribution 4.2.23.1 Upon notification by the Rumor control Coordinator, the General Office Distribution reports to the GO and assists in set-up of the Documentation / Distribution area. 4.2.23.2 The General Office Distribution distributes news releases in sufficient number to the following locations.
- 1. Documentation
- 2. Rumor Control Coordinator
- 3. Media Inquiry Coordinator
- 4. Media Monitoring Coordinator
- 5. Public Concern Coordinator
- 6. Advisory Resources Manager - Home Office
! Emergency Center l l
- 7. Corporate Management
- 8. Regulatory Affairs
- 9. Finance Department
- 10. Employees
- 11. Security - First Floor EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 18 of 28
4.2.23.3 The General Office Distribution maintains a log of the sequential news release number, and the number (Ny ,) of copies distributed to each location. 4.2.23.4 The General Office Distribution will deliver messages from the Public Concern Coordinator to the Rumor Control or GO Information Coordinator.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological , Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-3.5, " EOF, HOEC and Public Information Emergency Response Organization Manual Call-Out" 5.3 EPP 01-4.5, " General Office Activation" 5.4 EPP 01-4.6, "Information Clearinghouse / Media Release Center Activation" 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 1.4-2, "Public Information Logs" Form EP 1.4-3, " Phone Team Logs" 6.2 6.3 Form EP 1.4-4, " Media Monitor Report of News" , 6.4 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termi-nation of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Records Management for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the l plant. These records shall be considered QA records. 6.5 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC
- l. upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records.
7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Media Call List" l 7.2 Attachment 2.0, "Public Information Logs" l. EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4
- Page 19 of 28
l . . 7.3 Attachment 3.0, " Phone Team Logs" l D 7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Media Monitor Report of News" I l 7.5 Attachment 5.0, "Public Information Organization l Chart" ! l 1 i i i EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 20 of 28 l i.
ATTACHMENT 1.0 Page 1 of 3
/~'N MEDIA CALL LIST k,,, "A" Priority NOTE: In the event of an emergency at WCGS, the news media and nuclear l industry news centers will be called according to the following priority lists. The Wolf Creek Public Information Officer will determine which list should be notified.
"A" Priority Associated Press Kansas City Bureau (24 hours)
(800) 821-5038 (816) 421-4844 United Press International . Topeka (when bureau not staffed, rings to Dallas) (913) 233-8555 Coffey County Today - Burlington Glen or Frankie German (316) 364-5325 - Business hours
% (316) 364-8610 - Business after hours (316) 364-8287 - Home Nuclear Regulatory Commission Bob Newlin - Bethesda (301) 492-7715 Clyde Wisner - Region IV Office (817) 860-8128 Home (817) 281-1923 Atomic Industrial Forum Patricia Bryant - Business hours (301) 654-9260 AIF Duty Officer - After hours (301) 986-1535 Institute of Nuclear Power Operations Angie Howard - Business hours (404) 980-3216 Emergency Response Duty Officer - After hours (404) 953-0904 (404) 953-0922 s
EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 21 of 28
ATTACHMENT 1.0 Page 2 of 3
/'"'\/ MEDIA-CALL LIST
( ,, "B" Priority Include "A" Priority plus, WREN - Topeka KSAS-TV - Wichita, KS (913) 232-0505 (316) 942-2424 WIBW - Radio & TV - Topeka. KXLK - Wichita, KS (913) 272-7030 - News 5 a.m. - 11 p.m. (316) 267-0800 (913) 272-4037 - 11 p.m. - 5 a.m. (316) 267-2020 (913) 272-3481 (913) 272-3456 - Business hours KCTV-TV (CBS) - Fairway, KS (913) 677-7211 KVOE - Emporia KFFX - Emporia WDAF-TV (NBC) - Kansas City, MO both at (816) 932-9116 (316) 342-1400 KCMO - Fairway, KS KOFO - Ottawa (913) 677-5226 KHUM.- Ottawa (913) 677-8181 both at (913) 242-1220 KEGS - Emporia, KS (316) 343-8525
; [N KZOC - Osage City (316) 343-8529 (913) 528-4128 KAKE-TV - Wichita (316) 943-1531 KSN-TV - Wichita and Topeka ;- (Notify KSNT in Topeka) ,
(913) 582-4000 - Topeka (316) 265-2192 - Wichita (316) 943-4793 - Greg Byron home KFDI - Wichita (316) 838-9141 KFH - Wichita KLZS - Wichita (316) 262-4491 KWCH-TV - Wichita
.(316) 838-1577
< KMBZ - Shawnee Mission, KS ! (913) 236-7730 l O EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 22 of 28 l
\
ATTACHMENT 1.0
+
Page 3 of 3 t
-[~~} MEDIA CALL LIST
( j "C" Priority Include "A" and "B" Priority, Plus Kansas Information Network - Topeka Capital Journal
. Topeka, KS (913) 295-1111 (913)'272-3456, Ext. 240 or 1-800-232-6007 Kansas City Star (816) 234-4300 KRZZ - Wichita (316) 832-9600 Kansas City Times (816) 234-4900 Harris News Service -
Hutchinson, KS (316) 662-3311 Wall Street Journal (214) 631-7250 KBEA - Kansas City, MO (913) 432-1496 KSKX - Topeka, KS KMAJ - Topeka, KS N both at (913) 272-2122 KTOP - Topeka, KS KDVV - Topeka, KS both at ! (913) 234-3444 KTPK - Topeka, KS (913) 234-2527 or (913) 235-1071 KLDH - Topeka, KS (913) 234-4949 KMBC-TV (ABC) - Kansas City, MO (816)-221-9999 KSHB-TV - Kansas City, MO (816) 753-4141 1 Wichita Eagle-Beacon - Wichita, KS (316) 268-6000 ; i l ' EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 23 of 28 l
FORM EP 1.4-2 REV. 0 ATTACHMENT 2.0
) Page 1 of 1 PUBLIC INFORMATION LOGS DATE TEAM MEMBER EMERGENCY POSITION TIME NOTE EMERGENCY ACTIVITY, PHONE CONVERSATIONS, MEETINGS OR BRIEFINGS, AND INTERFACES.
G-EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 24 of 28
.. FORM EP 1.4-3 REV. 1 f~'s ATTACHMENT 3.0 Page 1 of 2 PHONE TEAM LOGS DATE TEAM MEMBER PUBLIC CONCERN PHONE LOG INSTRUCTIONS: NOTE THE TIME OF CALL AND CHECK THE APPROPRIATE COLUMN FOR THE TYPE OF CALL RECEIVED.
WCGS
SUMMARY
FOLLOW-UP EMERGENCY OF REPORT i TIME CALL CALL CONTENT NEEDED l 1. 2. 3. 4.
,r] .
( ) b J. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. V(^q. l
- EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 25 of 28
FORM EP 1.4-3 REV. 1 gs-ATTACHMENT 3.0
.( Page 2 of 2 PHONE TEAM LOGS PUBLIC-CONCERN DATE FOLLOW-UP REPORT TIME TEAM MEMBER NAME PHONE ADDRESS (street) (city) (state) (zip)
COMMENTS lj PRIORITY FOLLOW-UP REQUIRED [ FOLLOW-UP COMPLETED . COMPLETED BY - DATE/ TIME COMMENTS ( EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 26 of 28
Attachment 4.0 E01E EP 1.4-4 REV.0 l MEDIA PONI'IOR REPORT OF NEIE j V Tes m nate (Check One) Television Radio Newspaper Magazine Other l NAME OF MEDIUM REPORTERS NAME TIME OF REPORP A.M. OR P.M. READ FRCH NEWS RELEASES #(S) (Check One) Rumors Misinformation Good Report Ocnnents Report Summary: (p\ i cIvm so anm cXwmx Cxxmanama om nME BY HMR CINIBOL CXXEDDUmR/ GENERAL OFFICE BOC TEAM MEMBER INPUB90' ICE 00CEDDUmR EDIICW-UP (name) Cl4.=iits HIG1 PRIORITY EDIICW-UP MEDIA INQUIRY EDIIOW-UP ACTION TAKEN r Follow-up (bmpleted By Date Time EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Pages 27 of 28
W e
, ATTACHSENT 5.0
-~
PUBLIC INFORMATION ( / EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION EOF DUTY. EMERGENCY MANAGER IC EOF WOLF CREEK PUBLIC PUBLIC INFORMATION -------------- INFORMATION OFFICER COORDINATOR IC IC WOLF CREEK TECHNICAL SP0KEPERSON SUPPORT MRC IC C0 MEDIA RELEASE RECORDING GENERAL OFFICE CENTER MANAGER EDITOR INFORMATION COORDINATOR I I MEDIA RELEASE PHONE ASSISTANT CENTER ASSISTANT TELECOPY RUMOR CONTROL MANAGER DOCUMENTATION COORDINATOR AUDIO VISUAL SECRETARY SUPPORT TYPIST PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION CONCERN MEDIA MESSENGER MEDIA INQUIRY SECURITY SECURITY _
~
REGISTRATION
~
MEDlA MONITORING
,x / -
i ( ) = Media Release Center at Nickell Memorial Armory in Topeka IC = Information Clearinghouse at State Defense Building in Topeka CO = General Office Building in Wichita l EPP 01-1.4 Rev. 4 Page 28 of 28
e b : l WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE ) EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION EPP 01-2.1 Revision 4 l Effective January 1, 1987 l i i i ., PJHA4
~
EMERGENCY PLARNI COORDINA R REVIER -
/) k N DATE/
- /
k - D m 14 6L //-// ~ $ b EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE al hmicO //-/2-L PSRC APPROVAL RECOMKENDATION DATE L -2 !! PRESID'ENT & CHIEF' EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DAT8 / l RELEASED I3 % DATE l
1.0 -PURPOSE This procedure provides guidance to evaluate plant conditions during an actual or potential emergency situation, determine / assess the Emergency Action Level (EAL) exceeded and classify the emergency according to its severity. 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure applies to the Shift Supervisor, Duty Emergency Director (DED) , and Duty Emergency Manager (DEM). This procedure shall be implemented immediately upon recognition of an emergency or off-normal condition. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS Situations occurring which cause or may threaten to cause radiological hazards affecting the health and safety of employees er the public, or which may result in damage to property. 3.2 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION A system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity Conditions. Classifications listed in order of increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency. 3.3 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EAL'S) j Specific parameters or conditions that may be used as thresholds for declaring a particular emergency classification. 3.4 FUEL INTEGRITY BREACH The existence of a radioactive material concentration within the reactor coolant of five (5) times the l allowable Specific Activity of Technical Specification 3.4.8 of 100/E uCi/gn. A Specific Activity of 600 uCi/gm indicates loss of fuel cladding as a fission ! product barrier. EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 , Page 1 of 31
- 4. - -. . - o __ -.m- . -- _ u _ ..m. _. _ ,.2 _. - .
'4 3.5 REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM INTEGRITY BREACH 3.5.1 The inability to maintain normal liquid inventory within the Reactor Coolant System (RCS) by operation of the Chemical and Volume Control System. 3.5.2 A loss of RCS pressure concurrent with high steam line flow from a steam generator or increasing narrow range level (i.e., steam generator tube rupture). l 3.6 CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY BREACH A loss of the containment's ability to retain radioactive materials within its pressure boundary as specified in 10 CFR 50, Appendix J. Containment includes: Containment Building, Main Steam Lines to the MSIV's, steam line safety valves and power operated relief valves; or other systems with RCS leakage paths outside Containment. NOTE: A Containment Breach,'by itself, is classified as a Notification of Unusual Event. However, a Containment Breach, when coupled with other fission product barrier breaches, shall dictate escalation to a more severe emergency classification. 3.7 CRITICAL SAFETY FUNCTION STATUS TREES (CSFST) i For purposes of emergency classification, the following 3 conditions are conservatively defined: i 3.7.1 Red Path Barriers will be considered breached when the CSFST associated with the barrier is proceeding along a red path. 4 3.7.2 Orange Path { Barriers will be considered to be subject to a severe j challenge and have the potential for being breached l when the CSFST associated with the barriers is
- proceeding along an orange path.
i i ! EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 2 of 31 ; i
. x 5
A 4.O INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 Plant-specific operator actions required to mitigate the emergency condition are prescribed in-the appropriate Emergency Procedures (EMG) or Off-Normal , Procedures (OFN) and are independent of any actions required by this procedure. 4.1.2 The DED/DEM should consider the effect that combinations of events have upon the Emergency , classification. That is, events if taken individually would constitute a lower Emergency Classification, but collectively may constitute a higher Emergency Classification. ! 4.1.3 Only the DED/DEM can escalate to a more severe Emergency Classification or de-escalate to a less severe Emergency Classification. 4.1.4 Plant conditions shall be continually assessed to ensure conditions are not degrading such that a loss of any of the three (3) fission product barriers is , postulated. Should any condition degrade further,- event reclassification shall be considered. 4.1.5 Some Emergency Action Levels are not, by their very nature, intended to be used during startup, sh'utdown, maintenance or testing situations where abnormal temperatures, pressures, equipment status, etc. are expected. The Shift Supervisor shall declare an appropriate Emergency Classification when, in his judgement, the station status warrants such a l declaration. i 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS l 4.2.1 Upon recognition that an abnormal or emergency condition exists, the Shift Supervisor shall be immediately notified. Recognition of the event can occur as a result of any plant personnel observing an abnormal or emergency condition. 4.2.2 control Room personnel shall continue to monitor the appropriate plant parameters, instrument readings-and any other symptoms which would indicate further ' system / plant degradation. EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 3 of 31
~. . _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ . . _ . . _ , _ ._ _ _._ _ _ . _ -
. i 4.2.3 Simultaneously, the Shift Supervisor shall evaluate the event using the EAL's (Attachments 1.0 thru 4.0) to determine the need for classifying the emergency condition into one of the four emergency classifications.
4.2.4 If no classification is warranted, no further action is required except to continue monitoring the event. 4.2.5 If the Shift Supervisor believes that tne event does fit one of the descriptions for an emergency classification, he shall declare the appropriate ~ emergency classification within 15 minutes of the initiating event or, where warranted, verification of ! the initiating event. 1 NOTE: When deemed appropriate, the Shift Supervisor, DED or DEM may classify an event based on ; opinion and professional judgement. This may be done when parameters and indications are not . conclusive as to which emergency classification ! is to be declared. 4.2.6 CSFST's orange paths which may go to red paths in less time than it would take to do an evacuation of the-affected areas, as presented in EPP 01-10.1,
" Protective Action Recommendations", shall be considered as red paths and the appropriate emergency classification declared in accordance with Step 4.2.5 above.
NOTE: For the purposes of combining a loss of RCS pressure boundary by means of a steam generator tube rupture, with a loss of containment integrity by means of a secondary system fault, the two failures must be affecting the same l steam generator to be considered as two (2) fission product barrier breaches. l 4.2.7 Simultaneous with the declaration of an emergency l classification, the Shift Supervisor shall assume the role of DED and implement EPP 01-2.2, " Activation of Emergency Plan / Organization" and EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notification". l EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 4 of 31
4 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.3.1 After the TSC or the EOF is activated, Attachments 1.0 through 4.0 should be used by the DED and/or the DEM to verify, escalate, or de-escalate the emergency classification. 4.3.2 The Operations Emergency Coordinator (OEC), Technical Support Coordinator and Technical Resources Manager (TRM) should use Attachments 1.0 through 4.0 to assess changes in plant conditions affecting the emergency classification. 4.3.3 For further assistance in accident assessment / ) mitigation, refer to EPP 01-2.3, " Accident Assessment and Mitigation". 4.3.4 When declared, recovery operations shall be conducted in accordance with EPP 01-12.1, " Reentry and Recovery Operations". !
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan. 5.2 " Technical Specifications for Wolf Creek Unit 1", Docket No. 50-482, NUREG 1136 5.3 Code of Federal Regulations (10CFR) Part 50, Appendix J 5.4 EPP 01-2.2, " Activation of Emergency Plan / Organization" 5.5 EPP 01-2.3, " Accident Assessment and Mitigation" 5.6 EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notification" 5.7 EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations" 5.8 EPP 01-12.1, " Reentry aad Recovery Operations 6.0 RECORDS NONE l I O EPP 01-2.1 l Rev. 4 l Page 5 of 31 4
, , , _ . , _ _ . . . , - , . . _.,___.._.,..._.,._...,,y _ . . - _ , . ,m..- . .__., ,, .., ._,.__-...-,,,w_,,,-,r,.___.,%v.,,,,.,,,
7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Actions Levels For Notification of Unusual Event" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, " Emergency Action Levels For Alert" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, " Emergency Action Levels For Site Area Emergency" 7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Emergency Action Levels For General Emergency" s 1 EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 6 of 31
ATTACHMENT 1.0 , (Page 1 of 15) O' EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Condition Indication (s) i RCS Leak Rate > RCS Leakage Evaluation or Allowed by Water Inventory Balance Technical indicating: Specifications
- 1. a. Total primary to secondary leakage from all Steam Generators ,
is > 1 gpm. ,
- b. Total primary to 4
secondary leakage from , one Steam Generator is > 500 gallons per day. OR
- 2. a. Unidentified leakage is > 1 gpm for more l than 4 hours.
AND
- b. The Action Statement of Technical Specifications 3.4.6.2 cannot be met.
, OR
- 3. a. Identified RCS leakage is > 10 gpm for more than 4 hours.
AND
- b. The Action Statement of Technical Specifications 3.4.6.2 chnnot be met.
OR
- 4. a. Controlled leakage at 2235 + 20 psig RCS pressure is > 8 gpm per RC pump for more than 4 hours.
AND , b. The Action Statement of Technical Specifications 3.4.6.2 cannot be met. EPP 01-2.1 i Rev. 4 Page 7 of 31
c . . ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 2 of 15) EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Condition Indication (s) Abnormal Coolant 1. a. Any combine. tion of Temperature and/or Thermal Power, Pressure, or Pressurizer Press, and Abnormal Fuel RCS Average Temp. Temperature exceeding the limits of Tech. Spec. Figure 2.1-1. OR
- 2. a. RCS Press > 2735 psig per Tech. Spec. 2.1.2.
OR
- 3. a. Core Subcooling <
0 deg. F based on the subcooling meter (s) or derived value from the core exit thermo-couples OR <20 deg. F i (based on derived value from Th or Tc) . RCS Degrees Subcooling Instrument (s) RP081A or RP081B. OR
- b. Derived by taking difference between saturation temperature inferred from wide range RCS pressure from PT403 or PT405 and the highest of either Th, Tc or core exit thermocouples.
i EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 8 of 31
,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - . . _ _ _ . - - _ . . . _ . . - . _ _ - . _ . _ _ _ _ ~ _ _ _ _ . . _ . _ . -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ - - _ . _ _ .
ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 3 of 15) ' (- EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR , NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT ' Condition Indication (s) High Coolant 1. a. Confirmed reator coolant Activity Sample analysis indicates or Failed Fuel > 1.0 but < 15 uCi/ gram Monitor-Alarms Dose Equivalent I-131. AND
- b. Plant Shutdown is required and cannot be achieved as required by applicable Technical Specification Action Statement.
OR
- 2. a. Confirmed reactor coolant analysis indicates Dose Equivalent I-131 activity exceeding the limits of' Tech. Spec.
Figure 3.4.1. - AND ( b. Confirmed analysis indicates an increase of > 0.1% but < l.0% equivalent fuel failures within 30 minutes. OR
- 3. a. Confirmed reactor cool-ant analysis indicates >
100/E bar uci/ gram. AND
- b. Confirmed analysis indicates an increase of > 0.1% but < 1.0%
equivalent fuel failures within 30 minutes. l OR l 4. a. Chemical and Volume l Control System Letdown Monitor Alert alarm. ) AND
- b. Cenfirmed analysis indicates an increase 1 of > 0.1% but < 1.0% .
equivalent fuel failures I within 30 minutes.
)
- l. EPP 01-2.1 '
Rev. 4 ; 1 Page 9 of 31 l l
- - ATTACEMENT 1.O
_ (Page 4 of 15) EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Condition Indication (s) Unplanned 1. a. Centrifugal Charging Initiation of Pump A or B running. ECCS with Discharge AND to Core in mode 1 or 2 b. Centrifugal Charging Pumps to Boron Injec- I tion Tank flow elements indicate flow in the lines. OR
- 2. a. Safety Injection Pump A or B running.
AND
- b. Safety Injection Pump Discharge flow elements indicate flow in the lines.
OR
- 3. a. RHR Pump A or B runhing.
AND +
- b. RHR/ Accumulator injec-2 tion flow element (s) indicating flow in the lines.
Failure of Reactor 1. a. Manual or automatic Protection System reactor trip initiated. to Initiate and/or AND Complete a Trip 2. a. Intermediate range which Brings the monitor indicating Reactor Subcritical positive startup rate. i i 1
- EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 10 of 31 i
m.-----,,,,_..,__.-,,..__,..---...,,.,m.-y.--,
.. ATTACHMENT 1.0 '
(Page 5 of 15) l EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT i Condition Indication (s) Loss of Engineered 1. a. Any Engineered Safety Safety Feature or Feature is found'to be Fire Protection Inoperable per the System Requiring Technical Specifications Plant Shutdown by Limiting Condition for Tech. Specs. Operations for the Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation. OR , b. The Fire Suppression Water System is found to be Inoperable per the Technical Specifications, limiting
- condition for Operations a
for the Fire Suppression Water System.
~
AND O 2. a. Plant shutdown is required and cannot be achieved as required by applicabia action state-ment. 2 i Ns EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 11 of 31
_ ~ . . .. _. - - . . _ . - -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l ATTACHMENT 1.0 1 (Page 6 of 15) i EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Condition Indication (s) ! Complete Loss of Either of the following sets Any Function Needed of conditions exist: For Cold Shutdown l l FIRST SET - NORMAL COOLDOWNl l
- 1. a. Steam Generator levels
<28%.
AND
- b. Total available feedwater flow to Steam i Generator <300,000 ;
lb/hr. OR
- 2. a. Steam Dump Valves to Condenser AB-UV-34, 35 or 36 are not responding to Steam Header Pressure Controllar.
AND
- b. Steam Generator steam O' dump valves to atmosphere are not operating properly.
ISECOND SET - RHR COOLDOWNl
- 1. a. RHR Pumps A and B not running.
OR
- 2. a. RHR/ Accumulator injec-tion flow <2500 gpm.
OR
- 3. a. Component Cooling Water to RHR Heat Exchanger A and B Hi/Lo Alarm and Computer Points EGF63 and EGF64 indicates
<7350 gpm.
OR
- 4. a. Complete loss of Service and Essential Service Water EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 12 of 31
. . , . , . . - . . . _ _ , _ , _ . ,.,,..,-,________..,.______m _ , _ _ . _ , _ . . . _ , , . . , , . . . . . , _ . _ _ . . . , _ . , . . _ _ _ . . . - . , _ . . . . _ _ , , _ _ . . , . _ , . .
I ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 7 of 15)
\ -
EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Condition . Indication (s) Complete Loss of Any 1. a. Centrifugal Charging Function Needed for Pump A and B and Hot Shutdown Positive Displacement Charging Pump not running and unable to start the charging pumps. OR
- b. Centrifugal Charging Pump A or B, or Positive Displacement Charging Pump running.
WITH
- a. Inadequate charging pump flow.
OR
- b. Inadequate charging pump flow to Boron Injection Tank (BIT).
~
i l i l l l EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 13 of 31
i ' ATTACHMENT 1.0 g (Page 8 of 15) N EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT 4 condition Indication (s) Loss of Contain- 1. a. All Penetrations are ment Integrity not capable of being Requiring Plant' closed by an Operable i Shutdown by Tech. Automatic Isolation Specs. Valve System or by manual valves, blind flanges, or automatic valves in the shut position except as indicated in Technical specifications,. Limiting condition for Operations for Containment isolation valves. OR
- b. Equipment Hatch is not closed and sealed.
I OR l c. Air Lock (s) are not operable per Technical Specifications limiting Conditions for Operations, for Contain-ment air locks. OR
- d. Containment leakage rates exceed the Technical
, specifications, Limiting Condition for Operations ! for containment leakage. OR
- e. A sealing mechanism (associated with each l penetration) is not l operable.
I AND
- 2. a. The action statement of Tech Spec 3.6.1.1 cannot be met.
i i i l EPP 01-2.1 l Rev. 4 i Page 14 of 31
. - . - -.---..-- ~. .~.--__. - ..-.. , _ , , . . . - - - - _ _ _ - . - _ _ . ~ . . . - - . - - _ ~ . ~ . . ~ . _ - . _ - - - - - - . . - , _ . -
- ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 9 of 15)
EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT condition Indication (s) Rapid Depressur- 1. a. Low steam pressure ization of Second- < 615 psig with RCS ary Side pressure > 1970 psig. AND
- b. Coincidence of 2 of 3 steam pressure instru-ments reading < 615 psig in one or more steam generator (s).
OR
- 2. a. High negative steam pressure rate (-100 psig in < 50 seconds) and steam line isolation with steam line pressure SI blocked (A and B trains).
OR
- 3. a. Containment pressure 17.0 psig (High II) with no significant increase in containment radiation levels.
1 I l l I l EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 31 Page 15 of i
. . - - , . . . - . - , . , - . . . . - - - . - - - - - . - - - . . _ _ . - - - - - - - - , , . - _ _ - . . _ . . _ . ~ _ . - -..-.- - - . - - - , . , , - - , -
. ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 10 of 15) \' EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Condition Indication (s)
Failure of Press- 1. a. 1. Pressurizer pressure l urizer or Steam < 2315 psig and Generator Safety decreasing in an or Relief Valve uncontrolled manner. AND
- b. 1. Pressurizar safety valve (s) discharge temperature increasing.
OR
- 2. Pressurizer power operated relief dis-charge temperature increasing and the associated Block Valve i
cannot be closed. OR
- 2. a. 1. Steam Generator A, B, C, or D Steam Dump to Atmosphere Valve Posi-tion indicates valve (s) open.
OR
- 2. Visual and/or audible indication of an open Steam Generator safetf or steam dump valve.
AND
- b. 1. Main Steam pressure is
< 100 psi below set point of affected valve and decreasing in an l uncontrolled manner.
i. 4 i EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 16 of 31
., - .- ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 11 of 15) s
-EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Condition Indication (s)
Indications or 1. a. Radiation monitoring Alarms not Func- instrumentation less tional in Control than minimum channels Room Requiring operable per Technical Plant Shutdown or Specifications Limiting Significant Loss Condition for Operations < of Assessment or for Radiation Communications Monitoring and the capability action statements of Tech Spec 3.3.3.1 cannot
! be met.
OR
- 2. a. Accident monitoring
< instrumentation less , than minimum channels operable per Technical 4
Specifications Limiting ! Condition for Operations for accident monitoring instrumentation. I OR l
- 3. a. The total loss of meteorological monitor-ing required to perform offsite dose calcula-tions.
OR i
- 4. a. Complete loss of communications. ,
i l 1 i i i l I l l EPP 01-2.1 I Rev. 4 Page 17 of 31 i
--,,,.,w,-n--n-wn,------, -e..-men- .n . - - , . - ~_ _
_.,,..,,w__ _ , - , ww,,- m r,-
4
, ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 12 of 15)
EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Condition Indication (s) Loss of Offsite 1. a. Undervoltage on Buses Power and/or Loss of PA01 and PA02. Onsite AC Power AND/OR Capability 2. a.. Undervoltage on Buses NB01 and NB02. Radiological Ef- 1. a. Valid Digital Radia- , fluent Technical tion Monitoring Panel 4 Specification high alarm on one of Limits Exceeded the following effluent monitors: Liquid Rad-waste Discharge HB-RE-18, SG Blowdown BM-RE-52, Secondary , Liquid Waste Discharge HF-RE-45, Unit Vent , Activity GT-RE-21B, Radwaste Bldg. Vent GH-RE-10B. AND
- b. Isolation does not occur.
AND 4
- c. Confirmed sample l analysis for a gaseous or liquid release
, indicates greater than ! Limiting Conditions for l gaseous or liquid 4 affluents and the action
- statements of Tech Spec i
3.11.1.1 and 3.11.2.1 l cannot be met. 1 (Continued) 1 EPP 01-2.1 , Rev. 4
- Page 18 of 31
. - . - - -- . . - - - . . . . = . . - .
ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 13 of 15) q ,) EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Condition Indication (s) Radiological Ef- OR
. fluent Technical 2. a. Confirmed sample
! Specification analysis for a gaseous Limits Exceeded or liquid release (continued) indicates greater than Limiting condition for i Operations for Gaseous 4 or Liquid Effluents (see Tech Spec 3.11.1.1 and
, 3.11.2.1).
Transportation of 1. a. Any event which requires contaminated Injured /Ill the transportation of a Individual from the Site contaminated injured /ill to a Hospital individual to an offsite medical facility. 4 i i I I Fire Which has Caused or 1. a. Fire within the plant Threatens to cause which has the potential Degradation of for causing a safety safety Systems system not to be
- operable as defined in
- Tech. Spec. 1.18.
OR
- 2. a. Fire within the plant which causes major degradation of safety system function required for protection of the public.
AND
- b. Affected systems are not operable per definition of operable-operability i in the Technical l Specifications.
J EPF 01-2.1 Rev. 4 i Page 19 of 31
i
. ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 14 of 15) g' EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR i NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT '
l I condition Indication (s) l 4 security Compromise 1. a. Confirmed report by a senior member of the ' Security Force that security of the plant has been degraded through an occupation of plant areas, but loss of
- vital areas and control of shutdown capability is not imminent.
1 Natural Phenomenons 1. a. Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) Annunciator 98D Alarms in the Control Room. AND
- 2. a. Earthquake greater than OBE levels (0.12g) in the horizontal and vertical direction.
OR f
- 3. a. Tornado damage reported
, in the Protected Area. OR
- 4. a. Flooding resulting in t the loss of operability of any safety system.
i i a l
\
EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 20 of 31 l
l
. ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 15 of 15)
\ EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT condition Indication (s)
Other Hazards Existing 1. a. Aircraft crash within or Being Projected the Protected Area. OR
- 2. a. Onsite explosion resulting in structural or equipment damage to the Power Block.
OR
- 3. a. Any release of toxic or flammable gases which, in the judgement of the Shift Supervisor, presents a hazard to WCGS facilities or personnel. '
OR
- 4. a. Turbine trip and observation of a failure r causing casing .
penetration. i l l l l i i i I EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 , Page 21 of 31
- i
4 ATTACHMENT 2.0 7-s (Page 1 of 4) EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR ALERT Barrier Status Indication (s) Fuel Breached Process Indication No indication of increased { leakage of reactor coolant (e.g., significant loss of RCS pressure, significant reduction in VCT level, or . increasing Containment sump level). Radiation Monitoring Indication The CVCS letdown radiation monitor is off-scale, high
- (>1.0 uCi/cc).
The containment air particulate, iodine, and radio-gas monitors may increase significantly due
'- to reactor coolant which normally leaks to containment.
! Area radiation monitors about the letdown line, charging line, VCT domineralizers in service, l filters in service for letdown filtration, and the gas header l from the VCT may indicate a major increase in radiation intensity. l Loss of cladding as a fission
- product barrier results in a pervasive condition of high radiation intensity at all locations where reactor coolant is processed or leaks.
(Continued) i EPP 01-2.1 ! Rev. 4 i Page 22 of 31 l
. _ . .- - -- . . . . _ . - . .~. - - - . . .
i i l . ATTACHMENT 2.0
- (Page 2 of 4) j EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR
- ALERT Barrier Status Indication (s) i Fuel Breached Sampling verifies the existence (continued) of failed fuel (any Specific Activity >600 uCi/gm or >5 times Technical Specification limits )
and provides an indication of l the extent of fuel failure. i l Reactor Coolant Process Indication System Breached Loss of RCS pressure boundary as a fission product barrier is evident by the loss of mass from the RCS, resulting in either a , major difference in charging to letdown flow or else loss of
- system pressure.
i The Containment sump level indicators respond at a rate consistent with the leak rate from the RCS. i For Loss to Containment: . Process indication as above. ] (Continuad) i ! i I t { ( EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 23 of 31 i i
ATTACHMENT 2.0
-~s (Page 3 of 4)
EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR ALERT l Barrier Status Indication (s) Reactor Coolant For Loss to a Steam Generator: System Breached continued) Dependent upon the size of the
, steam generator tube rupture, the steam generator Narrow Range Level will provide means to identify the defective generator immediately or in minutes 1 following unit shutdown.
Radiation Monitoring Indication 1 Any of the above indications must be combined with a significant radiation increase in the volume which receives the reactor coolant; either the steam generator or the Containment. For Loss to Containment: Containment air particulate, iodine, and radio-gas monitors increase very rapidly to the off-scale, high conditions. The Containment high range area monitor indicaaua downscale or is near the lowest indication onscale. The Containment area radiation monitors, when in service, increase significantly above normal reactor shutdown conditions and approach the maximum of their indicating range. 1 EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 24 of 31
ATTACHMENT 2.0 (Page 4 of 4) EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR ALERT Barrier Status Indication (s) Reactor Coolant For Loss to a Steam Generator: System Breached (continued) The condenser air-removal radiation anitor increases very rapidly to indicate off-scale, high (1 x 10E-2 uCi/cc). The steam generator blowdown monitor increases rapidly to off-scale, high (1 x 10E-2 uCi/cc). Plant vent monitor increases significantly due to the radioactive material vented from the condenser air-removal system. A steam generator PORV monitor indicates greater than normal background radiation intensity. d 4 EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 25 of 31
ATTACHMENT 3.0 (Page 1 of 5) , EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR , SITE AREA EMERGENCY ' Barrf.er Status Indication (s) Fuel and Reactor Coolant Process Indication System Breached , A breach of cladding with a breach of RCS pressure boundary is indicated by extremely high radiation levels in the Containment or the steam generator. The dominant mechanism to result in clad damage is inadequate heat removal capability due to loss of coolant from the RCS. For Loss to a Steam Generator:
- Process indication as above For Loss to containment
- Process indication as above Radiation Monitoring Indication
, A fuel breach event becomes a fuel and reactor coolant system breach event with a resulting major increase in radiation i levels throughout the facility, including area monitors near piping systems containing fluid associated with core cooling. 1 1 (Continued) i i t
- EPP 01-2.1 j Rev. 4 ,
l Page 26 of 31
,_ - ~ _ _ _ _ . . - _ . . _ _ . _ _ . _ _- - - - - - - - -
ATTACHMENT 3.0 (Page 2 of 5)
\ EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR SITE AREA EMERGENCY Barrier Status Indication (s)
Fuel and Reactor Coolant For Loss to a Steam Generator: System Breached (continued) The steam generator blowdown monitor, when aligned to the defective steam generator, indicates extremely high radiation intensity, or a sample from the defective generator indicates >100 uCi/al.; however, the steam generator pressure corresponds to reactor coolant saturation pressure or the reactor coolant system pressure, whichever is higher. Contact
- reading for the defective generator steam line indicates greater than 2 R/hr contact.
All area monitors within the Auxiliary Building near the i header indicate very high ! radiation intensity if letdown is continued following clad
- failure.
i For Loss to Containment: I The containment high-range
! radiation monitor enters the range of 1000 R/hr or higher. ,
All area radiation monitors !' located near the ESF piping system recirculating containment-sump liquid are off-scale, high. (Continued) EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 27 of 31 4
8
. ATTACHMENT 3.0 (Page 3 of 5) f
.% . EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR SITE AREA EMERGENCY Barrier Status Indication (s)
?uel and Reactor Coolant Auxiliary Building air itystem Breached particulate monitors are l 1 continued abnormally high due to the concentration of fission products in water being processed within the building which is subject to low leakage from systems.
Plant unit vent monitors for air particulates, iodine, and radio-gas are abnormally high-from minor leakage within the l Auxiliary Building of extremely high concentrations of i radioactive materials in fluids being processed. l Reactor Coolant System Process Indication and Containment Breached ! All indications of an RCS breach plus containment breach exist. Loss to a Steam Generator: Process indication as above. Loss to Containment: l Process indication as above. , (Continued) I i l k EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 l Page 28 of 31 i
ATTACHMENT 3.O (Page 4 of 5) EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR ! SITE AREA EMERGENCY
- Barrier Status Indication (s)
Reactor Coolant System Radiation Monitoring Indication and Containment Breached
-(continued) The breach of both Containment and the RCS results in above-normal radioactive releases from the facility. Radiation levels throughout the facility are higher than normal, but do not exceed a few Rems /hr on contact with coolant system piping.
Extremely high radiation levels do not exist. I 4 Loss to a Steam Generator: The steam dump to atmosphere valve monitor of the affected steam generator which has a tube failure plus an open path to the environment by a relief valve, safety valve, isolation valve, or pipe failure indicates an abnormally high radiation level. Indication below 2 R/hr contact on a steamline indicates clad integrity in this event. i 2 Loss to Containment: i , If the Containment Purge System
, is in operation, Containment ! purge exhaust monitors for air particulate, iodine, and radio-gas are offscale, high.
j 1 The plant vent monitor for air i particulates is high on-scale, as are the associated iodine and , radio-gas monitors. If the containment breach is through a 1 penetration, the plant radio-gas i mongtorindicatesmorethan4x ; l 10 uCi/cc at design I ventilation flow rate. 1 ! EPP 01-2.1 ! Rev. 4 i Page 29 of 31 I
. . . . . . _ . - - - . ._ -,__.._ _._.__ _ _.,__.___.- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . , . - . _ , _ _ , . _m-
ATTACHMENT 3.0 (Page 5 of 5) EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR SITE AREA EMERGENCY Barrier Status Indication (s) Fuel and Containment Process and Radiation Monitoring Breached Indications The combination of indications of fuel breach and Containment breach exist. NOTE: Other than operator 4 observation of conditions such as open valves or defective i seals on containment components, there is no sure means to distinguish between fuel breach plus containment breach and a fuel breach only event. s 1 , r d i l EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 30 of 31
/ .
ATTACHMENT 4.0 (Page 1 of 1) O EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS FOR GENERAL EMERGENCY l l j Barrier Status Indication (s) All Barriers Breached Process Indication As before for Fuel, Reactor Coolant System and Containment Breaches. Radiation Monitoring Indication The indications of fuel breach plus reactor coolant system breach are combined with ' extremely high radiation in the pathway to the environment. Loss of Containment to'the Auxiliary Building results in release rates from the plant vent at cggcentrations in excess of 1 x 10 uCi/cc. 1 Site boundary monitoring with portable radiation monitoring equipment indicates high concentrations of radio-gas near or above 10 CFR 20 limits. Loss of all fission product barriers results in extremely l high radiation within the plant, l indication of va n high radioactive material release rates from the plant, and l indication of high concentrations at the Exclusion Area Boundary. Other Indication l Loss of physical control of the facility. j EPP 01-2.1 Rev. 4 Page 31 of 31 i i
9
-l -
)
{ ~) i
-V l
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE ACTIVATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN / ORGANIZATION EPP 01-2.2 Revision 4 l Effective January 1, 1987 O V EMERGENCY PLAN _A NG COORD R REVIEW O DATE/ ' 8 Sh I
- k M //'//Wh EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE O a3 PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION IY DATE ll-l2-SD
'& N O PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATE '
RELEASED l2 -3144 DATE
\
1.0 PURPOSE ( This procedure provides guidance to the Duty Emergency Director (DED) for assuring that appropriate emergency actions are implemented after classifying an emergency. 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure is initiated when an emergency has been classified, or reclassified, in accordance with EPP 01-2.1, " Emergency Classification." It applies to those personnel who may assume the role of the DED. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 PLANT EMERGENCY ALARM When activated, the Plant Emergency Alarm will make short, high-pitched beeps and will be sounded for a minimum of 30 seconds. 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS (~ 4.1.1 The DED should continue to evaluate plant condition's ( and the potential or actual offsite consequences associated with those conditions to determine the need for any change in emergency classification. 4.1.2 If a change in the emergency classification is warranted in accordance with EPP 01-2.1, the DED should refer to the appropriate sections of this procedure and carry out the required response actions 4 based on the emergency classification determined. 4.1.3 Instructions regarding site-wide emergency announce-
- ments are provided in Attachment 1.0, " Emergency i
Announcement Instructions." l 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS NOTE: Attachment 4.0, " Duty Emergency Director (Shift Supervisor) Emergency Implementing Action Checklist," Form EP 2.2-4, provides a checklist i for use by the DED (Shift Supervisor) to assist i in expedient decision making. The checklist l covers initial and subsequent actions for any emergency classification. O EPP 01-2.2 Rev. 4 Page 1 of 13
i 4.2.1 Notification of Unusual Event h , 4.2.1.1 Promptly notify State and County authorities and the i System Operations Dispatcher (within 15 minutes), the l l NRC (immediately after the above notifications and not I later than 1 hour), and appropriate WCGS personnel of l the emergency in accordance with EPP 01-3.1, i "Immediate Notifications." 4.2.1.2 Augment on-shift resources as needed. 4.2.1.3 Escalate to a more severe emergency classification level, if appropriate, or close-out event by verbal summary to State and County authorities and the NRC followed by a written summary within 24 hours. 4.2.2 Alert 4.2.2.1 Establish accountability in accordance with EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability." 4.2.2.2 Promptly notify State and County authorities and the System Operations Dispatcher (within 15 minutes), the l NRC (immediately after the above notifications and not later than 1 hour), and appropriate WCGS personnel of l the emergency in accordance with EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications."
~ 4.2.2.3 Augment resources by activating the Technical Support Center (TSC) and the Operations Support Center (OSC).
Evaluate the need for activating the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). 4.2.2.4 If appropriate, initiate deployment of Onsite Monitoring Teams to verify habitability of onsite facilities. Evaluate the need for deploying Offsite
..)nitoring Teams.
4.2.2.5 If appropriate, initiate radiological assessment activities in accordance with EPP 01-7.1,
" Radiological Release Information System (RRIS)." If appropriate, evaluate personnel hazards onsite in accordance with EPP 01-9.1, "Exposurc Control and Personnel Protection."
4.2.2.6 Provide periodic plant status, meteorological and dose estimate updates to State and County authorities in accordance with EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications." l l EPP 01-2.2 Rev. 4 Page 2 of 13
l l
-i 4.2.2.7 Escalate to a more severe emergency classification e level, if appropriate, or reduce to a lower emergency classification level, if appropriate, gr close-out l event by verbal summary to State and county authorities I and the NRC followed by a written summary within 8 hours.
4.2.3 Site Area Emergency / General Emergency 4.2.3.1 Initiate an Exclusion Area Evacuation of all non- I essential personnel located within the exclusion area ' boundary in accordance with EPP 01-5.1, " Exclusion Area 1 Evacuation" and EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability." 4.2.3.2 Promptly notify State and County authorities and the System Operations Dispatcher (within 15 minutes), the l NRC (immediately after the above notifications and not l later than 1 hour), and appropriate WCGS personnel of l the nature of the emergency and appropriate protec-tive measures in accordance with EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications" and EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations." 4.2.3.3 Augment resources by activating the TSC, the OSC, and the EOF. f" 4.2.3.4 Initiate deployment of onsite Monitoring Teams to
- ( verify habitability of onsite emergency facilities and deploy offsite Monitoring Teams.
4.2.3.5 Initiate radiological assessment activities in accordance with EPP 01-7.1, " Radiological Release Information System (RRIS)," and evaluate personnel hazards onsite in accordance with EPP 01-9.1, " Exposure Control and Personnel Protection." 4.2.3.6 Provide periodic plant status, meterological, dose estimate and protective action recommendation updates to State and County authorities in accordance with EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications" and EPP 01-10.1,
" Protective Action Recommendations."
4.2.3.7 Escalate to a General Emergency, if appropriate, or reduce to a lower emergency classification level, If appropriate, or initiate Reentry and Recovery opera-tions in accordance with EPP 01-12.1 or refer to 4.2.3.6. NOTE: The NRC and the State of Kansas, Division of Emergency Preparedness shall be notified of the intent to downgrade from a General Emergency classification and should concur with the decision. EPP 01-2.2 Rev. 4
- Page 3 of 13
. _. . . ~. . - . . - - - _ -
i
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency , Response Plan. 5.2 EPP 01-2.1, " Emergency Classification" 5.3 EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications" 5.4 EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications" 5.5 EPP 01-3.3, "Offsite Support Notification" 15 . 6 EPP 01-3.4, "Onsite Emergency Response Organization Manual Call-Out" 5.7 EPP 01-5.1, " Exclusion Area Evacuation" 5.8 EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability" 5.9 EPP 01-7.1, " Radiological Release Information System (RRIS)" 5.10 EPP 01-7.2, " Manual Determination of Release Rate" i 5.11 EPP 01-7.3, " Manual Dose Projection Determination" , 5.12 EPP 01-9.1, " Exposure Control and Personnel Protection" 5.13 EPP 01-9.3, "Radioprotective Drugs" 5.14 EPP 01-9.4, " Emergency Team Formation" 5.15 EPP 01-9.5, " Aid to Contaminated / Injured Personnel , 5.lG EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations" i 5.17 EPP 01-12.1, " Reentry and Recovery Operations" 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 2.2-2, " Initial Announcement" 6.2 Form EP 2.2-3, " Reclassification Announcement" 6.3 Form EP 2.2-4, " Duty Emergency Director (Shift Supervisor) Emergency Implementing Action Checklist" EPP 01-2.2 Rev. 4 Page 4 of 13 i
,,,,,,_n,..-,,,--,,,,nw-,,.wwn,wwn,,.,,,,---,-,--m,,w.,w,-,mean, -,,------>g,,
6.4 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Records Management. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be considered QA records. 6.5 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records. 7.O ATTACHMENTS
\-
7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Announcement Instructions" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, " Initial Announcement" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, " Reclassification Announcement" 7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Duty Emergency Director (Shift Supervisor) Emergency Implementing Action Checklist" O l t l l l EPP 01-2.2 Rev. 4 Page 5 of 13 i
b ATDGMENT 1.0 (Page 1 of 1) namENCY ANNOUNCEMENT INMUCTIONS General Instructims
- 1. Use Attachment 2.0 for initial Gaitronics a.W.
- 2. Use At+=M 3.0 for 9%=nt reclassifications.
- 3. Check the desired actions for each option taking into consideration the following:
l' A. 'Ihe control Room organization is activated at any emergency classification. B. 'Ihe TSC and OSC organizatimi are activated at an Alert or higher emergency classification. C. 'Iha EOF organization is activated at a Site Area Ermac cf or General Emergency classificatics). D. Accountability is mandatory at the Alert or higher . emergency classification. E. Evacuation is mandatory at the Site Area Esmiu.pcy or General Ermu p cf classification.
- 4. Annour---d.s may be modified, as appropriate.
S. Assure Plant E5mu.pc1 Alarm is sounded (mininn of 30 sec.) for emergency classifications of Alert or higher. l 'Ihe Duty Shift Supervisor may sound the alarm for any emergency when the entire site is affected. j
- 6. Read announnamartt.
- 7. Repeat announonnent. l l
l l l l l l l l , EPP 01-2.2 l Rev. 4 Page 6 of 13 l 1.-...--..n . _ - _ _ . _ , . _ , . - _ . , . . . _ . _ . . - . _ . . . . _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _
FCEM EP 2.2-2 REV. 0 ATDalMENT 2.O s (Page 1 of 1) INITIAL ANNCUNCEMENT "ATIDEION ALL PERSCENELl ATIDEICN ALL PERSCENEL! A(N) HAS BEEN IECIARED. DIE CAUSE OF DIE INERGENCY IS ALL PERSWNEL STAND CLEAR OF n (Pick One of the Follwing)
- [ NOTIFICATIN OF UNUSUAL EVENT "All munhars of the Control Rom energency response organization report to your stations. All rai. wLial per 41 should ocmtinue with your normal duties unless further instructions are given."
[ AIERT "All munhars of the Control Rom, TSC and OSC emergency 1 O response organization repos.L to your statims. All non-essumtial peu.huel evacuate the plant site through the Primary Amaan Control Station. Assemble in the parking lot adjacent to the Security BHleUrg. Folls the instructions of Security and Health Ihysics perm ,asl." [ SITE AREA OR GENERAL EMERGENCY , "All wanhars of the Coritrol Rocan, TSC and OSC es u.wracy response organization report to your stations. All non-essential personnel evacuate the plant site through the Primary Access Control Station. Evacuate r.he site usirq the site amaan road and designated county evacuation routes. If you do not have a vehicle, try to ride with ar=arvie who has a vehicle or notify security. Foll s the instructions of Security and Health Physics." 6 (If there is potential or actual airborne ContaminatiCm read the folloWing)
"'Ihere will be no entirg, drinkirg, smoking or cnewing until further notice!"
REPEhT AltIO[BICEMENT EPP 01-2.2 i Rev. 4 i Page 7 of 13
b FORM EP 2.2-3 REV. 1
- ATDGMENT 3.0 m (Page 1 of 1)
[\ RECIASSIFICATIN ANNOUNCDEff
" ATTENTION AIL PERSCNNEL! ATfDTPIN AIL PERSQOlEL! 'IHE INERGENCY HAS BEEN (UP) (DOWN)* GRAIED 'IO A(N)
'INE CAUSE OF ' DIE (UP) (D0lM)* GRAIE IS ALL PERSENEL STAND CIEAR OF "
(Pick One of the Follwincf) ; [ NOTIFICATIN OF UNUSUAL EVENT "All mamham of the Ocntrol Rom emergency response organization toyv1.t to your stations. All non-essuaLial per h u-l should ocntinue with your normal duties unless further instructions are given." 0M "All manhars of the Ocntrol Roma, TSC and OSC emergency respcmse organization %us.L to your statims. All non-n ,Lial personnel evacuate the plant site through the Primary Access Ocntrol Staticn. Assemble in the parking lot adjacent to the Security BdMing. Follow the instructions of Security and Health Riysics personnel." [ SrrE ARFA CR GENERAL MERGENCY "All mamham of the control Rom, TSC and OSC emergency response organization toyv1.L to your stations. All non-l essential porw l evacuate the plant site through the Primary Access Ocntrol Station. Evacuate the site using the site maan road and designated ocunty evacuation routes. If you do not have a vehicle, try to l ride with sanecne who has a vehicle or notify Security. Follow the instructions of Security and Health Physics."
**tG E**
(If there is potential or actual airbcrne corfhtien read the following)
"'Ihere will be no eating, drinking, smoking or chewing until further notice!"
s REPERT AlWOGKEMENT
*If the emergency classification is down-yuded, only read the new emergency classi- EPP 01-2.2 fication. Do not read the statement below Rev. 4 the classification. Page 8 of 13
IU M EP 2.2-4 REV. 2-
. ATDGMENT 4.0 (Page 1 of 5)
O DULY EMERGENCY DIRECIOR (SHIFT SUPERVISOR) EMERGENCY IMPUMENrDC ACTIN GECKLIST ACTION (s) INITIAL OR N/A
- 1. If warranted, armnitability ard/or evacuation initiated per EPP 01-5.1 and EPP 01-6.1, and Security and Health Physics notified.
- 2. Gaitronics announcement of emergency declaration made per Attactment 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0.
- 3. Notification forms prepared and approved, and notification initiated per EPP 01-3.1.
- 4. If aida Taik radiciodine is present, evaluate the need for KE per EPP 01-9.3.
- 5. If recp.lized, form EEmiupcy Teams per EPP 01-9.4.
- 6. If Emergency Team will be entering an evacuated area or area where ocnditions are unknown, inplement EPP 01-12.1.
- 7. If a ocsitaminated injurs%/ill individual (s) is involved, inplement EPP 01-9.5.
- 8. If not previously amruplished, ocntact Call Superintendent and <H=== plant status.
- 9. If Eunu. pry Classificaticut is:
l a. Notification of Unusual Event - Proceed to Page 2 of this Form. t
- b. Alert - Proceed to Page 3 of this Form.
- c. Site Area Emertjency - Proceed to Page 4 of this Form.
- d. General Emergency - Proceed to Page 5 of this Form.
i [] EPP 01-2.2 Rev. 4 Page 9 of 13
l 9
.A FG W EP 2.2-4 REV. 2 ATDOBENT 4.0 (Page 2 of 5) l l
NOTIFICATICN l IRGUAL EVENT OIECKLIST l l AcrION(s) INITIAL OR N/A l
- 1. If additional ansite support is m yy, initiate call-out per EPP 01-3.4.
- 2. If abnormal radiological canditions exist in-plant, inplesment EPP 01-9.1.
- 3. If reclassification of the emergency is warranted, zwiew EPP 01-2.1.
- 4. If recovery is feasible, implement EPP 01-12.1.
NOTE: Continue appropriate followup notifications per EPP 01-3.2. i l l l l t l l l : EPP 01-2.2 Rev. 4 l Page 10 of 13 l l
s FORM EP 2.2-4 REV. 2 l ATDGMENT 4.0 (Page 3 of 5) AIERT QECKLIST ACTICN(s) INITIAL OR N/A
- 1. Initiate call-a2t of the TSC ani OSC staffs per EPP 01-3.4.
- 2. If abnormal radiological canditions exist jn-plant, implement EPP 01-9.1.
- 3. If warranted, assure initiation of dose maaaamnarit per EPP 01-7.1, or if the RRIS is inoperable, inplement EPP 01-7.2 and EPP 01-7.3.
- 4. If non-WOGS support is paadmi, implement l EPP 01-3.3.
, 5. Awmiate responsibilities transferred to g the TSC.
- 6. If reclassification of the emergency is warranted, review EPP 01-2.1.
- 7. If recovery is feasible, inplement EPP 01-12.1.
NCTTE: Continue appropriate followup notifications per EPP 01-3.2. l t l l l D EPP 01-2.2 Bev. 4 Page 11 of 13 l l
.-.- - . . - . . - . - . . - - . . , - - ~ - - - . . . . _ _ . - - . , , _ _ _ , - - . - - . - . - - _ _ . .-,,.-,-..,,r.---..-.. , , - - - - , - - , , .
3 EORM EP 2.2-4 REV. 2 ATDGMENP 4.0 (Page 4 of 5) SITE AREA DERGENCY QECKLIST ACTICN(s) INITIAL OR N/A
- 1. Initiate call-out of the WOGS E-wry l Response Organization per EPP 01-3.4.
- 2. If abnormal radiological conditions exist in-plant, inplenant EPP 01-9.1.
- 3. Assure initiation of does assessment per EPP 01-7.1, or if the RRIS is inoperable, inplement EPP 01-7.2 and EPP 01-7.3.
- 4. Review EPP 01-10.1 to deFarmine the need for Protective Actial Parvwnandations.
- 5. If non-WOGS support is paadad, inplement ~
l EPP 01-3.3.
- 6. A m m iate responsibilities transferred to
-the TSC.
- 7. 'If reclassification of the energency is warranted, review EPP 01-2.1.
- 8. If recovery is feasible, implement EPP 01-12.1.
l NOTE: Continue amviate followup notificaticris per EPP 01-3.2. l l
\
EPP 01-2.2 Fev. 4 Page 12 of 13
.9 (N EURM EP 2.2-4 REV. 2 l ATDOIMENT 4.0 (Page 5 of 5)
GENERAL DERGENCY OECKIJST ACTION (s) INITIAL OR N/A
- 1. Initiate call-out of the NCXIS Emergency l Respciuse Organization per EPP 01-3.4
- 2. If abnormal radiological conditions exist in-plant, inplement EPP 01-9.1.
- 3. Assure initiation of dose esc W per EPP 01-7.1, or if the RRIS is inoperable, inplement EPP 01-7.2 and EPP 01-7.3
- 4. Make required Protective Action Pane ==an-dations per EPP 01-10.1.
NorE: If dose assessment results are not yet O I available, the autanatic Protective Action Panrmmandation for General Eum.pary is SHELTER Subzone AO and affected Subzones two (2) to five (5) miles downwind.
- 5. If non-NOGS support is W , inplement l EPP 01-3.3.
- 6. % ,iate responsibilities transferred to the Tsc.
- 7. If relaamification of the emergency is warranted, review EPP 01-2.1.
NorE: 'Ihe NRC and the State of Kansas, Division of ( EEmp.y Preparedness must be notified of l- the intent to dokTap.ade frun a General Emergency.
- 8. If recovery is feasible, inplement EPP 01-12.1.
NorE: Continue appropriate followup notifications per EPP 01-3.2. EPP 01-2.2 Pev. 4 Page 13 of 13
r : I s
. g.
m I WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPIEMENTING PROCEDURE ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION EPP 01-2.3 Revision 2 l Effective January 1, 1987 m k e . EMERGEN Y PLANNING FdORDINAT REVIEW DATE ' ' l A ~ EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE im a 1 Orh0n Ohn+14 PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATIOIT ~ DATE n-iz-&o AVdtw PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATF
(Page 1 of 1)
SELECTED KEY VARIABLES
- l Boundary / Conditions Key Variable (s)
RCS Pressure Boundary RCS Pressure containment Sump Water Level Containment Pressure Fuel Clad Barrier RCS Radioactivity (gross gamma) Core Cooling Core channel outlet temperature Hot leg temperature Cold leg temperature Pressurizer level RCS pressure Containment Pressure Containment atmosphere hydrogen Boundary concentration Containment atmosphere oxygen concentration -
'\ Pressure within containment Temperature within containmant Safety and support equipment CST level RWST level Safety equipment room temperatures
- This list is supplied as guidance and is not considered complete.
EPP 01-2.3 Rev. 2 Page 4 of 4
,'A l i
4 rh
-\
i WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION l RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY EPP 01-2.4 Revision 1 l Effective January 1, 1987 n , [ EMERGENM PLAN TG COOR NATOR N VIEW
// l 5 DATE / /
m //-// d d EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE (O 2t)bbhmIdf PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION DATE
/I-/2-%
1x/ MO PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATE' / l RELEASED l a -El"N i DATE
't.
1 1.0 PURPOSE ('N This procedura provides guidance on employing the containment high area radiation monitors (CHARMS) to confirm the type and extent of reactor core damage. 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure shall be implemented upon a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) and/or degradation of the reactor core. This procedure is applicable to Control Room (CR) Operators, and all Engineers staffing the Technical Support Center (TSC), Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) and the Home Office Emergency Center (HOEC). 3.0 DEFINITIONS CONTAINMENT HIGH AREA RADIATION MONITORS (CHARMS) CHARMsconsistoftwogammaionizagionmonitorsghat provide radiation readings from 10 Rad /hr to 10 Rad /hr directly to the Control Room. The monitors GTRE 59 and GTRE 60 are located within the containment building on the north and south sides, respectively at 4 O approximately the 2047'-6" level, such that they have an unrestricted view of the containment dome area. Their primary function is to provide a quantitative estimate of the amount of radioactive gases that may become trapped in the containment dome during a LOCA and/or degradation of the reactor core. 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 When estimating core damage, CHARM readings should only be used in a confirmatory sense such as backup to other measurements of fission product release and other indicators such as pressure vessel water level, core exit thermocouples, etc. (see " Wolf Creek-i Generating Staticn Plant Recovery Core Damage l Assessment Methodology.") 4.1.2 The methodology of employing CHARMS as an indicator of core damage assumes that the monitors are exposed only to noble gases. l l
- O EPP 01-2.4 l Rev. 1 3 Page 1 of 4 i
i e , i ! i l l 4.1.3 CHARM readings are dependent on the circumstances surrounding core damage, i.e., a containment breach {]~'T s may reduce the inventory of noble gases within containment thereby affecting CHARM readings. 4.1.4 Several core conditions, fuel clad failure and fuel overtemperature or melt, may exist concurrently within the core each giving rise to a quantitative release of radioactive noble gases. CHARM readings usually only indicate the total amount of radioactive noble gas trapped in the containment dome and not discern the origin of the gas. 4.1.5 Consideration.should be given to the plant operating history when employing the CHARMS to identify core damage. The graph, Attachment 1.0, " Percent Noble Gases in Containment," has been derived from steady state conditions. CHARM readings may underestimate the extent of damage immediately following plant startup since core inventories have not had time to reach equilibrium. 4.2 IMMEDIATE ACTIONS 4.2.1 Determine the time lapse, in hours, since reactor shutdown. O' 4.2.2 Determine CHARM readings, in R/hr, from Control Room instrumentation. 4.2.3 Determine the numerical average of the CHARM readings using the following formula: CHARMS average , (GTRE 59 reading)+(GTRE 60 reading) reading 2 NOTE: CHARMS should be relatively close in readings, affected mainly by air currents in the containment building. CHARMS should be monitored for malfunctions if very large differences in readings exist. 4.2.4 Determine the core damage region from the graph, Attachment 1.0, " Percent Noble Gases in Containment." EPP 01-2.4 Rev. 1 Page 2 of 4
[
-p
, g EXAMPLE 1: CHARM readings of 3,000 R/hr at 1 hour 1 after reactor shutdown would be indicative of cladding damage of less than 50% (at 50% percent clad damage, CHARM readings would approximate the midpoint between those readings at 0% and 100% clad damage, 35 R/hr and 10,000 R/hr respectively or 5,000 R/hr). Conclusions would have to be substantiated by other indicators such as core exit thermocouples. EXAMPLE 2: CHARM readings of 10,000 R/hr at 6 hours after reactor shutdown would be impossible to assess without other indicators such as a radionuclide analysis and the operating history leading to the incident. Such readings could indicate significant (504-100%) cladding-damage and some fuel overtemperature and no fuel melt or it could indicate very little cladding damage but with a high percentage of localized fuel overtemperature or melt. 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS None - 5.O REFERENCES 5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 Wolf Creek Generating Station Plant Recovery Core Damage Assessment Methodology. 5.3 General Atomic High-Range Radiation Moniter Specifications. 6.0 RECORDS None 7.O ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Percent Noble Cases in Containment" 4 1 EPP 01-2.4 Rev. 1 Page 3 of 4
- - - - - - -- . - - - _ _ , _ . - - - - - , . . , - . . .,,_,,_.-,s- -------,,_.n,,-,,,__,-.-.-e.,
, , - - , , , - - , .,,,.-_n, ,__,-w,..,--_-, ., . ,.
s f i i l l Attachment 1.0 l (Page 1 of 1) l
" Percent Noble Gases in Containment" 108 ,
10 7 %'N, .. fo bb lo s J og No6te ,a. e , !! .
. ,*a. :
a 7.
'O * ;i %r "****.r. i;
'i' */4.g **w.e i:
n e 10 4
,'~~,, '- ..
Eg s . 0.as = , N ee - g' y. w .. I g'
= , e,,* r '*** e,,,e !!
zm .
.,,We ,
Oy .
*9 fee .,
w 10 2 : 7,,, s i. 10 i r
%i "
n i ! !! e., :; l ***e '.' l0 0 ii g *' on * *a ii s ,*Wee
~!
10 -
'I i i O.0 tO 10.0 10 0.0 looo.o Time After Remotor Shutdown (Hours) 1 EPP 01-2.4 Rev. 1 Page 4 of 4
r e ifd i WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IMMEDIATE NOTIFICATIONS EPP 01-3.1 Revision 6 l Effective January 1, 1987 a e hW COORDINATdR REVIEW
// l0 k
/
EMERGENQY PLANN DAT$ M //-//-PC ' EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE ~ 0 YM/d PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION
//-/2-b DATE J&
PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL
//f2/
DAf [ l RELEASED M G -S l -8'6 DATE
.. = . - . . .- . _-
4 l.0 PURPOSE l l l This procedure provides guidance to notify Federal, State and County authorities in the event of an emergency classification. 2.0 APPLICABILITY This. procedure applies to immediate notification methods from the Control Room, Technical Support Center (TSC), and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). This procedure is applicable.to Shift Supervisors, Control Room Communicators, Duty Emergency Director (DED) , Duty Emergency Manager (DEM) , Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC) , TSC Communicators, Administrative Resources Manager (ARM), EOF Communicator, and other personnel who are t l responsible for making immediate notifications to offsite authorities. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION ~ A system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity Conditions. Classifications listed in order of increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency. 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 State and County authorities and the System Operations l Dispatcher shall be notified within fifteen (15) minutes following an emergency classification, or changing an Emergency Classification or Protective Action Recommendation (Refer to Attachment 3.0
" Initial Notification Call List" Form EP 3.1-3).
4.1.2 The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Resident l Inspector should be notified within fifteen (15) minutes, or as soon as possible depending upon his availability. O EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 1 of 16
+
0 4.1.3 The'NRC Operations Center notification shall be made immediately after notification of the State and_ County and'no-later than one~ (1) hour following an emergency , classification - via the Emergency Notification System (ENS). If the ENS is inoperative, the notification i shall be via commercial. telephone or any other method to assure that a report is made as soon as practical to the NRC Operations Center. t 4.1.4 Attachment 1.0, " Wolf Creek Generating Station Immediate Notification Form", Form EP 3.'l-1, shall be used when: contacting State and County authorities'for both initial notification of an emergency classification - with appropriate recommended protective action recommendations; and subsequent changes in emergency classification and/or protective action-recommecdations. 4.1.4.1 Attachment 1.0 she.ll also'be used to contact the l g System Operations Dispatcher.
~
4.1.4.2 Attachment 1.0 shall be approved by the DED, or the i DEM, prior to contacting State and County. authorities. l 4.1.5 Attachment 2.0, "NRC. Notification / Report Form", Form EP 3.1-2 shall be used to initially contact the NRC and for subsequent changes in emergency. classification, unless continuous communications with the NRC have been established. 4.1.5.1 Maintaining continuous NRC communications regarding technical information at the Alert, Site-Area ! j Emergency and General Emergency classifications shall
- be performed by a designated TSC NRC Communicator.
(Attachment 2.0 should be used to document time.) 4.1.5.2 Maintaining NRC communications regarding protective l action recommendations and public information shall be performed by a designated EOF Communicator. 4.1.6 In the event that the emergency condition requires offsite assistance (e.g., ambulance, hospital, fire department), such assistance should be requested coincidentally with the immediate notification process. Refer to EPP 01-3.3, "Offsite Support Notifications". 4.1.7 Follow-up notification and communications to State and T County authorities shall be approved by the DED or
- DEM - refer to EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications."
- EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 2 of 16
_ _m_,_. . . _ _ _ _ _ . . . _ _ _ . . . _ _ . . _ ._____ _ _ _ , _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . , _ _ _ , _ _ _ _ _ .
.c -
i s' 4.1.8 Two attempts shall be made to use commercial telephone lines to notify the State and County authorities. In
- the event that commercial telephone communications are unsuccessful, use the Motorola Series 90 radio with Moden 36 Paging Encoder (refer to Attachment 4.0,
" Radio Console Operation - State Notification") to notify State authorities,~and use Motorola radio Model TIG17CM to notify County' authorities (refer to Attachment 5.0, " Radio Console Operation - County Notification").
4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4.2.1 Control Room 4.2.'1.1 The Shift Supervisor shall assign a Control Room Communicator who will relay plant parameters to the Operations Assessment Coordinator and to the TSC/ EOF Operations Status Recorder (s). 4.2.1.1.1 A Nuclear Station Operator will be assigned as the Control Room NRC Communicator and will contact the NRC via the Emergency Notification System (ENS) phone using Attachment 2.0. The Shift Clerk w'lli ba assigned as the Control Room 4.2.1.1.2 N Offsite Communicator and will perform immediate noti-fications using Attachments 1.0 and 3.0. , 4.2.1.2 Immediate notification verification shall be accomplished using the verification phone (Brown) in the control Room or by including predesignated code word (located under the phone) during message transmission to Coffey County, Attachment 6.0, " Code Word Instructions." 4.2.2 TSC ) l
- 4.2.2.1 The AEC shall verify the status of immediate i notifications from the control Room Communicators by
j completing Attachments 1.0 and 2.0 and obtaining ' , verification code word, Attachment 6.0, " Code Word 1 Instructions." l l I 4.2.2.1.1 The forms should be completed using information from the current Attachments 1.0 and 2.0 completed by the Control Room Communicators. 4.2.2.1.2 The AEC shall inform the DED of the status of immediate notifications and NRC notification. i 1 EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 3 of 16 i
- . . . . . - _ . - - . - . . . , _ . . - - - - - - - - . . - ~ . . - - - ,
- ..~. -~ ~ .. - --. ...--... - -. . - . - , - . , .
.Mg I'
4.2.2.1.3 The DED shall verify that the immediate notifications appropriate for the emergency classification have boen made to State, County, NRC, and KG&E System Operations. 1 4.2.2.2' The DED shall inform the Shift Supervisor that he is assuming notification responsibilities concurrently with activating the TSC and assuming the DED position. 4.2.2.3 The AEC shall assign a TSC Communicator to make
+
notifications to State, County and Systems' Operations; l and a TSC NRC' Communicator for NRC notifications and communications via the ENS phone. [ 4.2.2.4 The TSC Communicator-shall assure that the l verification phone (Brown) is connected and operable. , 4.2.3 EOF 4.2.3.11 The ARM shall verify the status of imme'diate notifications.from the TSC by reviewing the."hardcopy" of the current Attachments 1.0 and 2.0, and obtaining
- r the verification code word from the TSC Communicator,
; ( Attachment 6.0.
4.2.3.1.1 If the "hardcopy" is not available, the ARM shall i complete Attachments 1.0 and 2.0 using information obtained from the current Attachments 1.0 and 2.0 completed by the TSC Communicator._ 4.~2.3.1.2 The DEM shall verify that the immediate notifications appropriate for the emergency classification have been made to State, County, NRC, and System Operations. l 4.2.3.2 The DEM shall inform the DED that he is assuming notification responsibilities concurrently with
- activating the EOF and assuming the DEM position.
I 4.2.3.3 The ARM shall assign an EOF Communicator to make notifications to the State, County, KG&E System . Operations and the TSC Communicator. x 4.2.3.4 The EOF Communicator shall assure that the verification phone (Brown) is connected and operable.
! 4.2.3.5 The ARM shall also designate an EOF Communicator to maintain NRC Communications for protective action
! recommendations and public information. EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 4 of 16 i f i
4 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (-s_/ 4.3.1 Control Room 4.3.1.1 Immediate notification responsibilities shall be transferred to the DED and AEC immediately following TSC activation. 4.3.1.1.1 Upon activation of the TSC, the Control Room Offsite Communicator shall transfer immediate and followup ' notification responsibilities to the TSC Communicator. (3 4.3.1.1.2 The verification phone (Brown) shall be disconnected after the TSC has assumed notification responsibilities. 4.3.1.1.3 Upon activation of the TSC and the addition of the TSC NRC Communicator to the ENS, the Control Room NRC Communicator may request the NRC for permission to terminate the control room contact.
- a. If permission is granted, the Control Room NRC
- Communicator can " hang up" the phone, terminating the control room direct contact with the NRC and completing the transfer of NRC communications responsibilities to the TSC NRC Communicator..
, b. If permission is denied, the Control Room NRC '
communicator shall remain on the ENS phone with the TSC NRC Communicator until further notice. 4.3.2 TSC 4.3.2.1 Immediate notifications for changes in emergency classification or protective action recommendations shall be approved by the DED and made using Attachments 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0. 4.3.2.2 The AEC shall complete Attachments 1.0 and 2.0,'and the DED shall approve for transmittal. 4.3.2.2.1 The TSC Communicator shall verify that a hard copy of completed Attachments 1.0 and 2.0 are transmitted (telecopy) to the EOF. 4.3.2.3 Immediate notification responsibilities shall be l transferred to the DEM and ARM immediately following EOF activation. { 1 EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 5 of 16
. . = . - _- _ . . _ .
r\
- t, i s~ /
4.3.2.3.1 The verification phone (Brown) shall be disconnected after the EOF has assumed' notification responsibilities. 4.3.2.3.2 Upon activation of the EOF, the TSC Communicator shall transfer immediate notification responsibilities to an EOF Communicator. 4.3.2.4 Upon notification of a change in emergency classifi-cation from the EOF, the AEC shall complete Attachment ' 2.0, and obtain DED approval prior to transmitting to the TSC NRC Communicator. 4.3.3 EOF 4.3.3.1 Immediate notifications for changes in emergency classification or protective action recommendations shall be made using Attachment 1.0 and 3.0. 4.3.3.1.1 The ARM, or his designee, shall complete Attachment 1.0, and the DEM shall approve for transmittal.. 4.3.3.1.2 The form shall be routed to the ARM and the EOF (] 6 Communicator. The EOF Communicator will contact the
-- State, County, System Operations Dispatcher and TSC l Communicator and provide the information indicated on the form.
4.3.3.1.3 The EOF Communicator should transmit "hard copies" of Attachment 1.0 to the State, County and TSC Comunicators, as requested.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 WCGS Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 WCGS Radiological Emergency Telephone Directory. 5.3 EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications" 5.4 EPP 01-3.3, "Offsite Support Notifications" 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 3.1-1, " Wolf Creek Generating Station Immediate Notification Form" 6.2 Form EP 3.1-2, "NRC Notification / Report Form" EPP 01-3.1 I Rev. 6 Page 6 of 16 l i
6.3 Form EP 3.1-3, " Initial Notification Call List"
\
6.4 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Records Management for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be considered QA records. 6.5 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records. 7.O ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Wolf Creek Generating Station Immediate Notification Form" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, "NRC Notification / Report Form" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, " Initial Notification Call List" 7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Radio Console Operation - State
~
Notification" 7.5 Attachment 5.0, " Radio Console Operation - County Notification" 7.6 Attachment 6.0, " Code Word Instructions" I l 1
)
1 EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 7 of 16
ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 1 of 2) WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION IMMEDIATE NOTIFICATION FORM F0mq EP3.1-1 hav. 1 WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION IMMEDIATE NOTIFICATION FORM . EstcE e 1- 8""
.. imS.EmW -EmW acrEE ;
" si por ApptIC3stA (INITIAL NorIFIChT10W EUR 1350lWSTION CIdLY)
@ paEph5 FOR 50EIMA ACTICIS IWWOLVIIE3115 8UELIC 2- ' " " " ' " " '
@ ortrT somue w TasE = retumE wrs:Trvt AcTtC=5
==/ETE Assum e we seem C:sta ace m w uns j teelf Cread Time Ist 0 - 2 M!ts CTE SE.TER/WYRCIRTE m sulSETE Es 2 - S M115 JER S E.TE/EUR12 RTE E-1 SW.TuvsVRcIRTE Il-1 SE.TM/IVRCIRTE Tess Immun 15-1 SW.TM/EWRCIRTE 188- 1 S W.TR/BVRCIRTE
- 3. - GASIFE3flM S-1 SE.TE/EFRCIRTE 55-1 S W.T E/EURCIRTE 58-1 SW.TWVEWRCIETE
@ N0r!FIOT!OMOF(SWESLEFWF *1 SE.TR/Evad2 RTE El AENT s-2 SW.TE/EvactRTE S - 10 MIL E H SITE ABE SEIWCT N-2 SE.15/EVRCIRTE IS 2 SW.TEVBVRCIETE M(MMAL N 15-3 SE.TM/IVRCIRTE les 2 SE.TE/EvactRTE E4 N 3-2 SE.TM/EvaEIRTE 55-2 SE.TE/WractRTE 55 3 S E.T M/EvhCIRTE
@ TENttlK%L11 E-4 S W.TuvEruIRTE
- 4. TDW W GASIFEt3fte SS-2 SW.TE/EWRCIRTE E2 SE.TE/EWRCETE Tue @ puce MitA pgEEECIIES AasData 011 stOum FEE OUT TO _ MLES IN DGEArtIS SE:105 A, 5, C. O, E, r, G, H, J, E. L, M, N, P, S. TIB5 W am Q, 5 (CIRCIA Arrtem 3EIORE).
@ FWEzem. IIUUltr 9. TEEFM3rNE
@ IRTURRL plEnesm1 V EIFI S CODE (wumu CIE.7) ri sutIRITT 1NBET MIIIE WIlM8 .-
@ FUK. CIAdmIIC QRfe05 VERIFIGTT'11 fins teeEE (ChtL CIS):
letX C3Est VER1rtCAft0E - (316) 364-4840
@ (AssorCIICIANr
- 6. Instardum'ar Mme 555E STATE Or Has m a (913) 294-3176
@ emes CIlfrEr Cocurr (315) 364-2123
@ 90fBfrIAL 10. W WEEMNIN ENE m IsrIFInt
@ IN FM @ CINNT CIERfff
@ TWOWIhm @ ffhTE DIVISION OF SWEECT FW"
- 7. Irim ESE L1. IsrIFEt3rttM Af55EBL GE3B W MI3 Wile O!IE: TION:
NEEst/ Title /Tlan/DBte en0M TO Wfte SU M : EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 8 of 16
l l ATTACHMENT 1.0 ,
\m- (Page 2 of 2)
FORM EP 3.1-1 NUMBERING INSTRUCTIONS Form EP 3.1-1 is used by the Control Room, TSC and EOF for immediate notifications. To assist in keeping records, each l location will assign a unique two-part alpha numeric number to 1 each message use of the form. For example, the first message use of Form EP 3.1-1 from the Control Room will have three copies (i.e.: one copy for contact with Coffey County, one copy for contact with the State of Kansas, and one copy for contact with KG&E System Operations) but only one message number. The first part of the number will be comprised of two or three
, letters indicating the originating location as shown below: :
] CR - Control Room l TSC - Technical Support Center, or j i EOF - Emergency Operations Facility. ! 4 The second part of the number is comprised of sequential numbers of three digits starting with 001. ; 4 EXAMPLE: The first message use of Form EP 3.1-1 by the TSC would ! be: TSC-001. l l l i i i EPP 01-3.1 i Rev. 6 Page 9 of 16 i i I ! I
Fo1E EP 3.1-2 REV.1 ATIndtENT 2.0 [-s] (,/ ,,$. %C'!AA UGAAntt 0019tI55I N (Page 1 of 2)
.p p.g : 3 , ,
ET557 50?EF1C&T105 WOttSEEE7 , 1 NOTIFICATION TIS PACILITY CR ORGANIZATION UNIT CALLZR'S NAS Ittt?MONE NLMBEA (for J45. lacs> , i 6 e tytNT CLAS$tFICATION T N EVtsrf CATE00tf TNITIATION SICNAL CAUSE OF FAIL"R2 i CtNTRAL EMttCENCY REACTot TttP/ SCRAM MICHANICAL SITt ARIA ESRCENCY ESF ACTUATION ELECTt! CAL Alta? ECCS ACTUATION PttIONNEL ttt0E UNUSUAL EVENT SAFETY INJECTION PLOW PROGDCSS INADtQUACT 1 4 he hr 50.72 NON-tMERCENCT LCO ACTION STATEMENT OTERR
& 24 hr he SEC0ttTT/SAFECUARDS OTEtt TRANSPotTATION EVEN1 SYSTEMt IVENT TIS LOWE EVENT MONTM DAY DATE OTRRE: Coop 0NENTt ETEET SSSCR1PT105 f%
t'a) POWtt Ft!0R To tytNT (1) Old att systems function as required? Tes tf Me, tuplain above. CUttENT POWtt et M008: Anything " unusual
- or not unde rs tood ? No if Yes, Esplain above.
CUTSIDE m OR PER N COGABCTITE ACTION (S) NOTIFIES ST LICENE STATY( S) t LOCAlt RIStDtNT Yt3 MO WILL tt OTutti n008 Or 0,ttATt0N Tru. CottsCTt0Nr l ESTruft tre Tc ultuT, D
,j l l etr$$ EtttA$t ll l A00tTrovAt twroe=Tt0N ON SACE !
EPP 01-3.1 l Pav. 6 Page 10 of 16
IDRM EP 3.1-2 REV. 1
,, ATDGMENT 2.0
)
I (Page 2 of 2)
%)
i AselfteEAL 15705t6T105 Pet tastotAGICE RELEASES g LIQU10 RELEASE _ PLAISED SOURCE (S): CASE 005 RELEASE miPt,ANNED RELEASE RATE (C1/sec): EST TOTAL ACTIVITY (C1): SELEASE DURATICIII EST TOTAL IODINE (C1): T.S. LIMITSI CRAS SAffLE MoutTOR READING Areas tvecusted? Y N List telev Persessel esposed/conteateated Y W Desertbe below Pteet Realth Phfette backup requested? Y W Notet only if T.S. exceeded er setual contaminetton ADDITIONAL INFORIIATION U ADDITIONAL INf0RatATION FOR REACTOR COOLANT CE STEAft CENERATOR TUtt LIAES SUO00f OE LOIIG ttale DETELOPEirff START DATEt START TI S t FRIMART COOLANT LRAE RAfte ACTIVITTt W NITOR REASIBIS SECCIIDART C00LAllT LEAR Vot4M t ACT!TITTf CONDENSERt T.S. LIMITSI MAIN STM LINtt SC SLOWDOWN LIST OF SAftTT RELATED SQUIFISaff g OPERATIONAL: SPECIAL ACTIONS TAEElf ST LIGNSEE (If eay): 4 1 1 EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 11 of 16
i 7
\
j FORM EP 3.1-3 REV. O ATTACHMENT 3.0 (PAGE I of !) INITIAL NOTIFICATION CALL LIST ORGANIZATIONS METHODS OF NOTIFICATION CLASSIFICATION TIME NOTIFIED PERSON CONTACTED KG6E System Operations 1) Dedicated Phone Line NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT
- 2) Dispatch Line ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENC1
- 3) Commercial Phone GENERAL EMERGENCY 261-6303 or 261-6304 REENTRY / RECOVERY K m as Division of 1) Commercial Phone NOTIFICATION OF Emergency Preparedness (913)296-3176 x301, 303 UNUSUAL EVENT (Division Duty Officer) 2) Microwave Radio to ALERT Topeka by paging 12 on SITE AREA EMERGENC1 the Pager System CENERAL EMERGENCY REENTRY / RECOVERY C2ffey County Sheriff I) Commert.ial Phone Office 364-2123
- 2) Station Radio Frequency OR NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Kin as Highway Patrol 1) Consercial Phone ALERT Division 4, Chanute, KS (316)431-2100 SITE AREA EMERGENC)
GENERAL EMERGENCY REENTRY / RECOVERY AS NRC Resident 1) Commercial Phone NOTIFICATION OF In:pector Home (316)364-5820 UNUSUAL EVENT Office 2ii1 ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY REENTRY / RECOVERY US Nuclear Regulatory 1) Dedicated Phone Line NOTIFICATION OF Commission Incident 2) Commercial Phone UNUSUAL EVENT Rrponse Center - (301)-951-0550 ALERT Bethesda (301)-427-4056 SITE AREA EMERGENCY (301)-427-4259 GENERAL EMERGENCY (301)-492-8893 REENTRY / RECOVERY American Nuclear 1) 24 Hr. Number In:urers 2) As soon as practical after Alert or greater ALERT classification SITE AREA EMERGENCY
- 3) (203) 677-7305 GENERAL EMERGENCY I l (7 \
N.] EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 12 of 16
ATTACHMENT 4.0 e (Page 1 of 2) 'O RADIO CONSOLE OPERATION - STATE NOTIFICATION O Moden 36 Paging Encoder Operation
- 1. Position the AC-OFF-DC power switch to the power source being used (AC or DC), located on the back panel of the Encoder.
- 2. Turn ON/OFF switch for the Motorola horizontal console to the "ON" position.
- 3. Adjust the volume on the Motorola horizontal console to approximately the mid position.
- 4. Paging 4.1 Number Entry - Enter the pagar code number'using the numbered pushbuttons on the keyboard. As a number is entered, it assumes the rightmost position and shifts to the left when another digit is entered (entry is from right to left).
NOTE: If a mistake is made in entering the pager code number, re-enter the correct code number. 4.2 Monitoring - The channel must be monitored to prevent' co-user interference, prior to depressing the P (page) or T (talk) pushbutton. This is accomplished by setting the receiver audio volume control on the base station in local control systems to a comfortable listening level. The transmitted message will be garbled if the channel is not clear. When clear, proceed to page or transmit. NOTE For carrier squelch systems - channel monitoring is automatic; i.e., the channel activity is heard when the base station is not transmitting. For PL squelch systems - channel monitoring is accomplished by depressing the MONITOR switch on the microphone. 4.3 Tone-Only Paging - When the P (page) keyboard pushbutton is momentarily depressed, an automatic paging cycle is initiated. 4.3.1 The PAGE lamp glows, indicating that the transmitter is keyed and paging tones are being generated. 4.3.2 While the PAGE lamp is on, the keyboard is locked out and no other function can be performed. At the end of the paging tone interval, the PAGE lamp goes out. EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 13 of 16
ATTACHMENT 4.0
. (Page 2 of 2)
RADIO CONSOLE OPERATION 4.4 Tone-and-Voice Paging - This operation is similar to a tone-only page with the following exceptions: BEFORE the PAGE lamp goes out, depress the T (Talk) pushbutton on the keyboard or the TRANSMIT paddle on the microphone in carrier squelch systems. While holding the T (talk) pushbutton down, and after the PAGE lamp goes out, the voice message portion of the page should be given. In a PL_ squelch system, this is accomplished by depressing the T (talk) pushbutton on the keyboard.
)
5.0 Voice Transmission l To transmit a voice message without paging in a mixed ; mobile / paging system, use the following procedures: ; 5.1 Carrier Squelch System - Monitor the channel as previously. described. Depress and hold the TRANSMIT paddle on the microphone or the T (talk) pushbutton on the keyboard for the duration of the voice message. 4 5.2 PL Squelch System - Monitor the channel as previously described. Simultaneously depress and hold the TRANSMIT and MONITOR paddles on the microphone for the duration of the voice message. 6.0 For deactivation of the Encoder, perform the following: , 6.1 Turn the ON/OFF switch for the horizontal Motorola console to_the OFF position. 6.2 Turn the volume control for the horizontal Motorola console fully counter clockwise. i 6.3 Push the number zero "0" twice on the Moden 36. 4 l 4 j l l EPP 01-3.1 l Rev. 6 Page 14 of 16
ATTACHMENT 5.0 g RADIO CONSOLE OPERATION - COUNTY NOTIFICATION
- 1. Turn the On/Off dial, located on the horizontal section, to the "ON" position.
- 2. Adjust the " Volume" dial, located on the horizontal section, by turning the dial clockwise to approximately the mid position. Adjust volume as desired.
- 3. Assure the "Unselected Volume" dial, located on vertical section, is fully clockwise.
- 4. Assure'that the vertical section " Mute" buttons are lined-up in their desired positions.
NOTE: The speaker located on the upper right hand corner of vertical section monitors all the unselected channels. By depressing the mute buttons in, the incoming chanel is muted to predetermined level up to twenty (20) dB.
- 5. Depress the desired " Channel" button located on the horizontal section. This disconnects the previously selected channel and connects the desired channel from the horizontally located speaker. In addition this -
i O enables the transmit keying circuits for the desired channel.
- 6. With the desired channel selected, the operator can monitor incoming messages on the select audio speaker (horizontal section) and transmit messages over the selected channel by depressing the " TRANSMIT" paddle on
- the desk microphone.
J NOTE: Before transmitting, the operator shall Assure that the applicable radio channel is not already in use by depressing the " MONITOR" paddle on the microphone. This disables the coded squelch system and permits all calls to be heard. 1 i O I EPP 01-3.1
- Rev. 6 Page 15 of 16
- - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- _ _ -- _ e-w-e,,--.wmme--,-,-.,m,-,_w-_w----r..--, - . , _ - - - - .,-,,.-_,-.-,,m_,,.,,,,_ _ _, gym.,-m-ev,-,mm,
ATTACHMENT 6.0 2 . CODE WORD INSTRUCTIONS [a) 1.0 GENERAL The code ward is to be used for telephone communications between the WCGS Emergency Response Organization and coffey County (Sheriff's Office Dispatcher) only. The code word is placed in an envelope and taped to the bottom of the phone in the Control Room and to the bottom of the Coffey County Sheriff Office Dispatcher's phone. The same code word will be used throughout the emergency and will be replaced during recovery operations. 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Initial Use The Control Room Communicator contacting the Coffey County Sheriff's Office Dispatcher by telephone shall provide the Dispatcher the code word contained in the Control Room Envelope to the Dispatcher at the beginning of the notification. The Dispatcher will verify that. ! the Control Room code word corresponds to the County code word. The notification process will proceed as l specified after this confirmation. 2.2 Subsequent Use
, All subsequent telephone contacts with Coffey County will use the code word at the beginning of the contact.
The code word will be passed on to the TSC and EOF Communicators for their use in telephone conversations , with Coffey County. The code word will still be passed on to the TSC and EOF Communictors even if initial County concact was made via radio and code word was not l!. needed. i l r l 5 l I i l EPP 01-3.1 Rev. 6 Page 16 of 16 i i
s! y
'( /N b
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE FOLLOWUP NOTIFICATIONS EPP 01-3.2 Revision 5 Effective January 1, 1987
~
O
^
M EMERGENC? PLKNNIR CODRDINA
. Lt R' REVIEW V DATE/
a /s u
/
DM //-//-K/ EMERGENCiY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE o) PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION PbIh h DATE
//-/2-Mo
'J 2 2 5 PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATE' [
I R-3l'8h O' RELEASED DATE
e l D l T l.0 PURPOSE l ( , 1.1 This procedure provides instructions for conducting follcwup notifications to State and County authorities in the event of a declared emergency condition at Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS). 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure applies to followup notification methods from the Control Room, Technical Support Center (TSC), and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). This procedure is applicable to Shift Super-visors, Duty Emergency Director (DED), Duty Emergency ' Manager (DEM), Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC) , Radiological Emergency Coordinator (REC) , Oper-ations Emergency Coordinator (OEC), TSC Communicator, Administrative Resources Manager (ARM), Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM), Technical Resources Manager (TRM), EOF Communicator, and other WCGS personnel who l are involved.in making followup notifications to offsite authorities. I 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION i A system used to define the severity of emergencies ! into one of four categories based upon Emergency
- Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity Conditions. Classifications listed in order of increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual
- Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency.
4.0 INSTRUCTIONS i 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 Followup communications with State and County author-ities shall be approved by the DED or, if the EOF is . activated, the DEM. 4.1.2 In the event that the emergency condition requires immediate offsite assistance (e.g., ambulance or firefighting), such assistance shall be summoned prior
- to proceeding with the followup Notification processes. Refer to EPP 01-3.3, "Offsite Support ,
Notification". i i EPP 01-3.2 Rev. 5 Page 1 of 7
, 4.1.3 Notification message forms provided in this procedure are to be used for communications with the State and (, , County emergency response organizations. These message forms are not intended to be used for public information purposes. 4.1.4 Prior to arrival of the DEM at the EOF, the DED is i responsible for communications with offsite organi . zations. i 4.1.5 In the event that an Alert or higher emergency classi-fication is declared at WCGS, State and County authorities shall be provided with periodic radio-logical status updates until such time that the plant , has been placed in a safe, stable condition. I 4.1.6 Periodic updates to the State and County should be made at approximately 30 minute intervals or as soon as more definitive information becomes available. 4.1.7 Followup Notifications shall'be accomplished using commercial telephones. If after two attempts commer-cial telephone lines are unavailable, radio communi-cations shall serve as the backup means of notifi-cations (refer to EPP 01-3.1, Attachments 4.0 and 5.0). , 4.1.8 Followup Notifications shall be accomplished using Attachment 1.0, " Wolf Creek Generating Station Followup Notification Message Form", Form EP 3.2-1. Copies of Attachment 1.0 shall be filed as appropriate. 4.1.9 Verification of followup Notifications is not required.
- 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 1
) 4.2.1 Control Room 4.2.1.1 The Shift Supervisor shall assure followup Notific-ation is performed by completing Attachment 1.0. 4.2.1.2 The Shift Supervisor will then route Attachment 1.0 to the Control Room Offsite Communicator. The Control ! Room Offsite Communicator will contact the appropriate l offsite authorities indicated on Attachment 2.0,
" Followup Notification Call List", Form EP 3.2-2, and l provide the information indicated on Attachment 1.0.
i
)
EPP 01-3.2 Rev. 5
- Page 2 of 7 T-""'"*"- =raWW'e'e="e
- MvfM*==wTre epe W W Ne-D'"wtW"*-wM"r*-
.+s. . = - - - . - . - xa u.- --.. ,x. - - . . -.. a i ,
e 3 4.2.2 TSC 4.2.2.1 The AEC shall complete Attachment 1.0. 4.2.2.2 Attachment 1.0 should be completed using information available from the TSC status boards, or the REC and the OEC. I 4.2.2.3 Attachment 1.0 shall then be routed to the DED for his i review and approval. 4.2.2.4 Attachment 1.0 shall then be routed to the TSC Communicator. The TSC Communicator will contact the appropriate offsite authorities indicated on Attachment 2.0, and provide the information indicated j on Attachment 1.0. i 4.2.3 EOF 4.2.3.1 The ARM shall complete Attachment 1.0. , 4.2.3.2 Attachment 1.0 should be completed using information
! available from the EOF status boards, or the RAM and the TRM. ,
4.2.3.3 Attachment 1.0 shall then be routed to the DEM for his review and approval. ) 4.2.3.4 Attachment 1.0 shall then be routed to the EOF Communicator. The EOF Communicator will contact the i
- appropriate offsite agencies indicated on Attachment
! 2.0 and provide the information indicated on l Attachment 1.0.
f 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.3.1 Control Room j 4.3.1.1 The Shift Supervisor transfers followup notification l responsibility to the DED upon activation of the TSC. I 1 4.3.1.2 Upon activation of the TSC, the Control Room Offsite , Communicator will contact the TSC Communicator with ! information on any followup communications made. I 4.3.2 TSC 4.3.2.1 The AEC shall assure that followup notifications are transmitted to appropriate State and County author-l ities on a periodic basis. i I ' i EPP 01-3.2 Rev. 5 j Page 3 of 7 I
i f 4.3.2.2 Upon activation of the EOF, the TSC Communicator shall transfer followup notification responsibilities to the O's EOF Communicator. A hard copy of the most recent Attachment 1.0 shall be transmitted (telecopy) to the EOF. 4.3.3 EOF 4.3.3.1 The ARM shall assure that followup notifications are transmitted to appropriate State and County authorities on a periodic basis.
5.0 REFERENCES
I i 5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notification" 5.3 EPP 01-3.3, "Offsite Support Notification" 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 3.2-1, " Wolf Creek Generating Station Followup Notification Message Form" 6.2 Form EP 3.2-2, "Fellowup Notification Call List" 6.3 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Records Management for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be considered QA records. 6.4 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These i records shall be considered non-QA records. ^ 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Wolf Creek Generating Station Followup Notification Message Forn" l 7.2 Attachment 2.0, " Followup Notification Call List" I l l l 4 i EPP 01-3.2
- Rev. 5 Page 4 of 7 i
s 1 ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 1 of 2) ( WOLF CREEN GENERATING STATION POLLowup NOTIRCATION FORM =,
- 1. SWWW
@ AC1RnL @ DECtSEAnttutWt l
- 2. .. --m l MutTE l WIWs O!IE:Tt0lA FInt M '
W M TWe ISs TJW SFEB ugqq STAS LITT CAEG W MMTW W: ppKtet37tous TW / W fugu WIW
- 3. m GAmurunene MN
@ upftetCMtm or talumaL graft CU maar
- 7. - 8"w m TWesum
@ SITE M 36
@ AR0!MIGI peu!10B!W STSTWt
@ SfWt3 AIALISIS
@ a==vermaner E! 1=Mt== @ cresta rimo Montwa 4om
- 4. W ftAN M @ een Smace re seene1.
g e. mame nem = Tse a IRMA SS CI/SE: RActotCBtm CI/SE:
- 9. SEmW M FEMB SITE N TBS e S. MAN Mme Seen Mtfm Arrt:Tm sr!0sts OMS TDs
@ mas Il foreff!AL
@ tu puoM WF. Doen?!au ses
@ to tung
- 18. DW men (GadmagWl N Tse e me 2 MI 1 Mt 10 Mt aceta a007 (seen) 1Wriet0 (RBee)
- 11. Om IIIsm (uggens FIma Mal M T3e *
(A37tOu 88834 AGIT teses) 1WFleIO (AsMe)
- 12. 14hfE5B N M N T3e e RAS 2 Mt 1 MI Le Mt tems amt IIce=3 1tffEID1 6 )
L3. m e
- 14. upttramagou asgueues, (usa, a mam NamsfTLue/TimmeDate LS. 4 padsfEM ese m Wetytes Q < rem couver m ==omstopor mmer._
EPP 01-3.2 Rev. 5 Page 5 of 7
i i ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 2 of 2) FORM EP 3.2-1 NUMBERING INSTRUCTIONS ; Form EP 3.2-1 is used by the Control Room, TSC and EOF for follow-up notifications. To assist in keeping records, each location ) will assign a unique two-part alpha numeric number to each use of the form. The first part of the number will be comprised of two l or three letters indicating originating locations, i.e.: CR - Control Room TSC - Technical Support Center, or EOF - Emergency Operations Facility. The second part of the number is comprised of sequential numbers of three digits starting with 001. EXAMPLE: The first use of Form EP 3.2-1 by the TSC would be: TSC 001. There will be two copies of each form used: one for contacting' the County and one for contacting the State. i l l l I i i l I i EPP 01-3.2 Rev. 5 Page 6 of 7 l l
- m ,
l <1 O Form EP 3.2-2 REV. 2 5,
'V I.
ATTACFMENT 2.0 (Page 1 of 1) FOLLOWUP NOTIFICATION CALL LIST PROVIDED WITH INFORMATION THAT WAS ORGANIZATION PHONE CURRENT AS OF: (From bottom of Form EP 3.2-1) Received by Time /Date Your Name (Name) Coffey County 364-2123 Sheriff Backup is Dedicated Radio Kansas Divi- (913) 296-3176 sion of Ext 301,303 Emergency Preparedness Backup is Dedicated Radio Link O EPP 01-3.2 Rev. 5 Page 7 of 7
E' 4
). ~
f i O 0 . i WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE OFFSITE SUPPORT NOTIFICATION EPP 01-3.3 Ravision 3 l Effective January 1, 1987 h zi a EMERGENRY PLANNI
}
COORDI REVIEW s/om DME / x - EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW n-a DATE bl al OhmIri/ PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATIOT
//-/2-&
DATE
- ^'
PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL
$ 2ff(&
DATE ' / l O RELEASED h 12'3/-fh DATE
y~ 4 y 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides guidelines and call lists used to notify.offsite support organizations in the event of a declared emergency at Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS). 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure applies to offsite support notification from the Control Room, Technical Support Cehter(TSC), and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). This procedure is applicable to Shift Supervisors, control Room Communicators, Duty Emergency Director (DED), Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC), TSC Communicators, Duty-Emergency Manager (DEM), Administrative Resources Manager ~(ARM) and EOF Communicators when calling offsite support organizations with which Wolf Creek Nuclear Operating Corporation (WCNOC) has signed letters of Agreement. This procedure-is also applicable to the DEM for contacting the Chairman of the Board of WCNOC. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 -LETTER OF AGREEMENT A document that explains the emergency services that are available from the support organization and the WCGS responsibilities associated with the services. l 3.2 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION A system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity Conditions. Classifications listed in order of increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency. 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS l 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 The organizations listed in Section II of the WCGS j Radiological Emergency Telephone Directory (RETD) have j agreed to provide assistance but may have other i priorities which could cause a delay or reduction in ! services. i l l EPP 01-3.3 l Rev. 3 i Page 1 of 4 i i 1
4 i , 1 3 ( s_ 4.1.2 Many of the offsite support organizations require WCGS participation in the assistance. l l l I 4.1.3 Requests for offsite support organizations are authorized only by the DEM or DED. 4.1.4 Notification shall be conducted through the commercial i telephone system. If after two attempts, the telephones are inoperative, radios will be employed where possible (refer to EPP 01-3.1, Attachments 4.0 and 5.0). 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4.2.1 Control Room 4 4.2.1.1 If the emergency condition requires offsite support, the Shift Supervisor will direct the Control Room Communicator to request such assistance. 4.2.1.2 The Control Room Communicator will make the required request for offsite assistance using the RETD and the following guidelines:
- 4.2.1.2.1 If the need for offsite assistance occurs during .
Immediate Notifications, the Control Room Communicator shall request such assistance coincidentally with the immediate notification process (refer to EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications".) 4.2.1.2.2 If the need for offsite assistance occurs during followup notifications, the Control Room Communicator shall request the offsite assistance prior to proceeding with followup notification process (refer to EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications").
- 4.2.1.2.3 Provide the following information as appropriate
- Emergency condition and classification,
- Equipment or systems involved,
- Injuries and radiological complications,
- Contamination and radiological exposure problems,
- Urgency of assistance needed, and
- Personnel to contact for detailed information.
4.2.2 TSC 4.2.2.1 The AEC shall verify the status of any offsite
- assistance requested from the Control Room Communicator. The AEC shall inform the DED of this
- status.
l 4 I EPP 01-3.3 Rev. 3 Page 2 of 4
3-t O 4.2.2.2 The DED shall determine if additional offsite assistance is needed and direct the TSC Communicator to request such assistance.- 4.2.2.3 The TSC Communicator will make the required requests for offsite assistance using the RETD and the following guidelines: 4.2.2.3.1 If the need for offsite assistance occurs during followup notifications, the TSC Communicator shall request the offsite assistance prior to proceeding with the followup notification process (refer to EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notification"). 4.2.2.3.2 Provide the following information as appropriate:
- Emergency condition and classification,
- Equipment or systems involved,
- Injuries and radiological complications,
- Contamination and radiological exposure problems,
- Urgency of assistance needed, and
- Personnel to contact for detailed information.
4.2.3 EOF l 4.2.3.1 The ARM shall verify with the TSC Communicator the ! status of any offsite support requested from the Control Room and/or the TSC. The ARM shall inform the DEM of this status. 4.2.3.2 The DEM shall determine if additional offsite support is needed and direct the EOF Communicator to request such assistance. l 4.2.3.2.1 The DEM shall direct the EOF Communicator to notify the Chairman of the Board of WCNOC of the emergency, using phone numbers identified in the RETD. 4.2.3.3 The EOF Communicator will make the required request for offsite support using the RETD and the following guidelines: 4.2.3.3.1 If the need for offsite assistance occurs during followup notifications, the EOF Communicator shall request the offsite assistance prior to proceeding with the followup notification process (refer to EPP 01-3.2 " Followup Notification"). EPP 01-3.3 Rev. 3 Page 3 of 4 l
P <6 t 1 [ 'N 4.2.3.3.2 Provide the following information as appropriate: b - Emergency condition and classification,
- Equipment or systems involved,
- Injurit s and radiological complications,
- Contamination and radiological exposure problems,
- Urgency of assistance needed, and
- Personnel to contact for detailed information.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications" 5.3 EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications" 5.4 WCGS Radiological Emergency Telephone Directory 6.0 RECORDS NONE 7.O ATTACHMENTS 7.1 NONE l EPP 01-3.3 Rev. 3 Page 4 of 4 L
i to s
! l V
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE ONSITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION MANUAL CALL-OUT EPP 01-3.4 Revision 4 l Effective January 1, 1987 b G
- _ m P _u nb,/l E. .A.a bbys A z _y _.INA,en_Ld -- '
EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE 0D I h ll-l?~ h PSRC APPRO7AL REOOMMENDATION DATE
': e' ///W( $
PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATY l RELEASED 12-Al'N DATE i
j 4 1.O PURPOSE This procedure provides guidance for manually calling out members of the Onmate Emergency Response > Organization (ERO).
-2.0 APPLICABILITY 2.1 This procedure shall be implemented to ensure suffi-cient personnel are available to staff onsite Emergency Response Facilities.
2.2 This procedure.is applicable to the Shift Supervisor / Duty Emergency Director (DED), Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC), Control Room Communicator , (CR Communicator), and the Non-Responding Emergency Communicators A-D (NRECs A-D). $ 3.0 DEFINITIONS
- 3.1 CALL-OUT Call-out is the methodology that is implemented to ensure proper staffing of the Emergency Response Facilities.
. 3.2 RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY TELEPHONE DIRECTORY (RETD) 1 i WCGS Radiological Emergency Telephone Directory (RETD) contains the phone numbers for members of the ERO in five (5) divided sections. , 3.3 PRIMARY EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL ! Primary emergency response personnel are those person- ! nel that will be called upon first to staff Emergency j Response Facilities. Primaries are designated with a j "P" in the RETD. 3.4 ALTERNATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL Alternative emergency response personnel are those
- personnel that will be called upon to staff Emergency j Response Facilities in the event Primaries are unavailable. Alternates are designated with an "A" in the RETD.
( I EPP 01-3.4
- Rev. 4 l Page 1 of 8 i
d
j- 1 3.5 POSITION PAGER A position pager is an emergency pagar assigned to an emergency response position and which may be carried by any individual assigned to that position in the ERO. Position pagers are identified by listing the paging code next to the emergency response title in Section IV of the RETD.
, 3.6 PERSONAL PAGER f
A personal pagar is an emergency pager assigned to an individual within the ERO. Personal pagers are identified by listing the paging code next to the individual's name in Section IV of the RETD. 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS
, 4.1.1 Notification by commercial telephone is not success-ful unless contact is actually made with the appro-priate emergency response personnel.
4.1.2 Verify that contact is made with the correct ERO
- personnel before an emergency message is stated.
4.1.3 Individuals with an asterisk adjacent to their name in Section IV of the RETD shall be called first or as noted in the procedure. 4.1.4 Alternates listed in Section IV of the RETD, are in order of call-out preference. 4.1.5 Extension numbers listed in Section IV of the RETD, use the General Office in Wichita as a reference and , include one digit access coden. These codes need only i be used if applicable. 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS l 4.2.1 Shift Supervisor / Duty Emergency Director (DED) l 4.2.1.1 Upon the necessity of staffing Emergency Response Facilities, the Shift Supervisor /DED shall perform the following actions: I l t EPP 01-3.4 , Rev. 4 i Page 2 of 8 i _ .. .m_-___.,--,_,__._____._,....__.._.-_-,-.. . - - - - - . - _ . - - _ . - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - -
, t -'s 4.2.1.1.1 Assign a CR Communicator the responsibility of call-I out initiation.
4.2.1.1.2 Direct the CR Communicator to initiate the call-out of personnel in accordance with Step 4.2.2. 4.2.2 Control Room (CR) Communicator 4.2.2.1 Complete Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message", with the required information. NOTE: The applicable parts of the message are to be i read when contact is made with ERO personnel via commercial telephone or the personnel paging system. 4.2.2.2 Notify System Operations and request that they 4 initiate the applicable call-out process per EPPOl- l 3.5, " EOF, HOEC and Public Information Emergency Response Organization Call-Out", for the emergency classification declared. 4.2.2.3 Notify the Plant Manager via commercial telephone utilizing Section IV of the RETD. 4.2.2.4 Notify the Call Superintendent via commercial tele - l phone if unable to contact the Plant Manager. 4.2.2.5 Upon an Alert or higher emergency classification notify both NRECA and NRECC via commercial telephone utilizing Section IV of the RETD. 4.2.2.5.1 Notify alternate individuals if unable to contact the primaries. 4.2.3 Non-Responding Emergency Communicator (NREC) A and C i 4.2.3.1 Upon notification of ERO Call-Out NRECs A and C shall perform the following actions: 4.2.3.1.1 Complete Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message," with the required information. 4.2.3.1.2 Contact NRECs B and D, as applicable, utilizing Section IV of the RETD as indicated by your NREC number. 4.2.3.1.3 Read the applicable message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." O EPP 01-3.4 Rev. 4 Page 3 of 8
1 4.2.3.1.4 Contact individuals with an asterisk adjacent to their name listed in Section IV of the RETD. , 4.2.3.1.5 Complete notification of primary individuals listed in Section IV of the RETD as indicated by your NREC , number. 4.2.3.1.6 Contact alternates to staff emergency response posi-tions if unable to notify primary individuals. 4.2.3.1.7 Document successful notifications by recording the ' names of the individuals contacted, emergency response positions and contact time on Form EP 3.5-3, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet." 4.2.4 Non-Responding Emergency Communicator (NREC) B and D 4.2.4.1 Upon notification of ERO personnel, Call-Out NRECs B and D shall perform the following actions: 4.2.4.1.1 Complete Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message," with the required information. 4.2.4.1.2 Contact individuals with an asterisk adjacent to their name listed in Section IV of the RETD. i 4.2.4.1.3 Read the applicable message over the paging system as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." 4.2.4.1.4 Complete notification of primary individuals listed in Section IV of the RETD as indicated by your NREC number. ! 4.2.4.1.5 Contact alternates to staff emergency response posi-i tions if unable to notify primary individuals. l l 4.2.4.1.6 Document successful notifications by recording the names of the individuals contacted, emergency response positions and contact time on Form EP 3.5-3, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet." 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.3.1 Control Room Communicator (CR Communicator) 1 4.3.1.1 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Massage" and Form EP 3.5-3, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet," to the WCGS Site Emergency Planning Administrator, and report call-out results to the Administrative Emergency coordinator. s EPP 01-3.4 Rev. 4 Page 4 of 8 u _. _ _ . . _ _ _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .._____ _ _
\
4.3.2 Non-Responding Emergency Communicator (NREC) A-D j l 4.3.2.1 Report the results of the manual call-out of the ERO l to the AEC at the TSC. l l 4.3.2.2 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" and Form EP 3.5-3, "WCGS Emergency l Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet," to the WCGS ' Site Emergency Planning Administrator. 4.3.3 Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC) 4.3.3.1 Compile the call-out results from the following per-
- sonnel as they call in their results
Non-Responding Emergency Communicators (NREC) A-D 4.3.3.2 Report the results of the manual call-out of the ERO to the DED.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 WCGS Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 WCGS Radiological Emcrgency Telephone Directory 2 5.3 EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications" ' 5.4 EPP 01-3.5, " EOF, HOEC and Public Information Emergency Responsa Organization Call-Out" 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 3.4-1, " Emergency Call-Out Massage" 6.2 Form EP 3.5-3, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet" l 6.3 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Records 4 Management for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be considered QA records. , 6.4 The records generated by this procedurs during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records. EPP 01-3.4 - Rev. 4 Page 5 of 8 l
._.___,.,.__..__.-._.,.,._.____.__..,_-.,___.,-..___.___r,. ..._.,_.m.._.,___, , _ _ _ . . . , , , , . . _ , . , _ - _ _ . . - . _ _ _ _ _ , , _ , , . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , _ _ . .
- s 7.0 ATTACHMENTS ;
I 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, "Pager Activation" 1 i 4 l i 4 t l l 4 L I
\
EPP 01-3.4 l Rev. 4 ) . Page 6 of 8 . l I l
t 1 FORM EP 3.4-1 REV. 1 Attachment 1.0 (Page 1 of 1) ) l Emergency Call-Out Message NOTE: The message to be read is determined by the means of notification, either by paging or commercial telephone. Paging Only "This is a utility notification, I repeat, this is a utility notification." COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE "This (is/is not) a drill. This is of the WCGS (Circle One) (Name) - Emergency Responsa Organization. At on (Time) (Date) a/an (Unusual Event / Alert / Site Area Emergency / General Emergency) i (Circle One) was declared at Wolf Creek Generating Station. You are being notified to assume your Emergency Response Organization position of . Are you able to staff this (ERO position from RETD) position (record response on Form EP 3.5-3)? This (is/is not) (Circle One) a drill." EPP 01-3.4 Rev. 4 Page 7 of 8
s b ATTACHMENT 2.0 (Page 1 of 1) Pager Activation NOTE: The geographical area of paging transmissions is determined by the footnotes A, B, C, D, or E, as listed by the paging code. A: Wichita (System Operations) : B: Wolf Creek (System Operations) C: Wolf Creek (Wolf Creek) D: Emporia (Wolf Creek) E: Ottawa (Wolf Creek) 4 Reception is adequate within a 25 mile radius about the transmitter. To activate a pagar or group of pagers proceed as follows:
- 1. Locate pager access telephone numbers, as deter-mined by the footnotes, A, B, C, D, or E, next to the paging codes in Section IV of the RETD.
- 2. Dial a pager access telephone number, via touch
- tone dialing.
l 3. Key punch in paging code or group paging code and listen for a constant tone indicating the trans-mission of an alert beeping through the pagers.
- 4. Broadcast your message (approximately 10 seconds) immediately after the alert tone ceases, j 5. Repeat the paging process until all indicated pager access telephone numbers have been accessed for paging.
l 1 i i l
)
l EPP 01-3.4 Rev. 4 Page 8 of 8
Is i ( V) l WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EOF, HOEC AND PUBLIC INFORMATION EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION MANUAL CALL-OUT EPP 01-3.5 Revision 5 l Effective January 1, 1987 O i L EMERGENCY' PLAN COORDI OR REVl W
.4 n DATF/
/
L si D - EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW
//r/ 4 s DAT'E BOT 3 al @'Phn,Td/ //- /2- %
PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMINDATION DATE N dt ' PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATY ofw/rs [ l V RELEASED i A ~3/ Th DATE
s. 4 l.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance for manually calling out members.of the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) , Home i Office Emergency Center (HOEC), and the Public l Information Organization. 2.0 APPLICABILITY 2.1 This procedure shall be implemented to ensure sufficient personnel are available to staff Offsite Emergency Response Facilities. 2.2 This procedure is applicable to the System operators, l Non-Responding Emergency Communicators (NRECs) 1-4, Advisory Resource Manager (Adv RM), Public Information i Organization, and the Administrative Resource Manager (ARM). ; i 3.0 DEFINITIONS r 4 3.1 CALL-OUT , call-out is the methodology that is implemented to ensure proper staffing of the Emergency Response , Facilities. 3.2 VERIFICATION CALLBACK A return telephone call acknowledging the receipt of an emergency notification. Verification callbacks are employed-during the emergency paging of personnel and during reservations of a helicopter for emergency '
- transportation.
3.3 EMERGENCY DIRECTORY WCGS Radiological Emergency Telephone Directory (RETD) contains the phone numbers for members of the ERO in ' five (5) divided sections. 3.4 PRIMARY EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL Primary emergency response personnel are those person-nel that will be called upon first to staff Emergency Response Facilities. Primaries are designated with a "P" in the RETD. EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 1 of 20
4 3.5 ALTERNATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL ( ,) Alternate emergency response personnel are those personnel that will be called upon to staff Emergency Response Facilities in the event Primaries are un-available. Alternates are designated with an "A" in the RETD. 3.6 POSITION PAGER A position pager is an emergency pager assigned to an emergency response position and which may be carried by any individual assigned to that position in the ERO. Position pagers are identified by listing the paging code next to the emergency response title in Section IV of the RETD. 3.7 PERSONAL PAGER A personal pager is an emergency pager assigned to an individual within the ERO. Personal pagers are identified by listing the paging code next to the individual's name in Section IV of the RETD. 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 Notification by the personnel paging system is not successful unless a verification callback is received from the appropriate emergency response personnel. 4.1.2 Paging of personnel via commercial telephone systems requires a touch tone phone. 4.1.3 Notification by commercial telephone is not successful unless contact is actually made with the appropriate emergency response personnel. 4.1.4 Verify that contact is made with the correct ERO personnel before an emergency message is stated, by cross-checking their stated ERO position with their name in the RETD. 4.1.5 Alternates listed in Section IV of the RETD are in order of call-out preference. l
%J EPP 01-3.5 l Rev. 5 l Page 2 of 20 l
_ _ _ . . __ __ _ _ _ . ~ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _- -
4 1
; f-~.y 4.1.6 Extension numbers listed in Section IV of the RETD, use the General ~ Office in Wichita as a reference and
('s) include one digit access codes. These codes need only
, be used if applicable.
4.1.7 Individuals with an asterisk adjacent to their name in Section IV of the RETD shall be called first or as noted-in the procedure. 4.1.8 The possibility exists that multiple individuals may be notified for each of the following emergency re-sponse positions: WC Public Information Officer-(WC PIO) Non-Responding Emergency Communicator #1 (NREC #1) No.. -Responding Emergency Communicator #2 (NREC #2) Non-Responding Emergency Communicator #3 (NREC #3) The first individual notified for each of the above positions should assist in manual call-out and sub-sequent individuals notified should remain on standby to prevent duplicating manual call-out functions. 4.1.9 Individuals contacted by commercial telephone must be ' s -informed of the ERO position they are being asked to staff. 4.1.10 Individuals.should not be contacted to staff more than. one'ERO position. 4.1.11 Results of the call-out of ERO personnel should be reported to the Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC) if the Administrative Resource Manager is not available at the EOF. 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4.2.1 System Operators l 4.2.1.1 Upon declaration of a Notification of Unusual Event
- Classification (NUE), KG&E System. Operators shall i perform the following actions
4.2.1.1.1 Complete Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Massage," Form EP 3.5-1, with the required information. j \ EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 3 of 20
_. . -- - = . . . . . 4 G 4.2.1.1.2 Activate the following position pagers per Attachment
. i 4.0, "Pager
" System Activation,"
Operations, NUE"and paging codes in Section IV of the listed RETD:under l Duty Emergency Manager (DEM)/90 Duty Emergency Manager (DEM)/60 Wolf Creek Public Information Officer (WC PIO) DEM/WCGS Residence l 4.2.1.1.2.1 Read the paging message over the paging system as determined by Attachment 1.0 " Emergency Call-Out Message." - NOTE: Upon receiving verification callbacks from paged individuals, including those individuals paged by the WC PIO, read the applicable commercial telephone message. 4.2.1.1.3 Contact the primary DEM/90 min., DEM/60 min. and WC PIO by commercial telephone utilizing Section IV,
" System Operations, NUE" of the RETD. l 4.2.1.1.3.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message."
4.2.1.1.4 Contact alternates, if a DEM/90 min., DEM/60 min. and/or WC PIO fail to verify the pagar message within approximately 5 minuten and the primaries cannot be reached by commercial telephone. 4.2.1.1.4.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." 4.2.1.1.5 Document successful notifications by recording the f names of individuals contacted, emergency response positions, contact times, and ability to staff on Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet," Form EP 3.5-3. NOTE: If the individual contacted responds that he/she is unable to staff their position, continue to contact alternates until a "Yes" i answer is received for ability to staff. 4.2.1.2 Upon declaration of an Alert (A), Site Area Emergency (SAE), or General Emergency Classification (GE), i System Operators shall perform the following actions: l j l l l
?
EPP 01-3.5 l Rev. 5 Page 4 of 20 l I
l l 1
- 4.2.1.2.1 . Complete Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call Out Message " - 'C/} Form EP 3.5-1 with the required information.
V 4.2.1.'2.2 Reserve helicopter transportation per Attachment 2.0,
" Helicopter Reservation," Form EP 3.5-2. A
. verification call-back.from the helicopter services is required for a successful notification.
4.2.1.2.3 Activate the following position pagers per Attachment 4.0, "Pager Activation," and paging codes liste'd under
" System Operations, A/SAE/GE" in Section IV'of the- l .
RETD: Duty Emergency Manager (DEM)/90 min. Duty Emergency Manager (DEM)/60 min. Technical Resources Manager (TRM)/90 min. Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM)/90 min. WC.Public Information Officer (WC PIO) Non-Responding Emergency Communicator #1 (NREC #1) , Non-Responding Emergency Communicator #2 ' (NREC #2) Non-Responding Emergency Communicator #3 (NREC #3) DEM/WCGS Residence TRM/WCGS Residence l g-'s - () 4.2.1.2.3.1 Read the paging message over the paging system as determined by. Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." NOTE: Upon receiving verification callbacks from 1 paged individuals, including those individuals paged by the WC PIO and NREC #2, read the
- applicable commercial telephone message.
l NOTE: Inform the individuals contacted for each of the following emergency response portions of the availability of helicopter transportation: Duty Emergency Manager (DEM)/90 min. Technical Resource Manager (TRM)/90 min. Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM)/90 min. 4.2.1.2.4 Contact all individuals with an asterisk adjacent to their name as listed in Section IV, " System l Operations, A/SAE/GE," of the RETD. i 4.2.1.2.4.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as l determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." , l EPP 01-3.5 . Rev. 5 t Page 5 of 20 ( i 4
-,-,..,--.,....,,-wwumcem, -
. , - ~ , e,-n--,,.--,--,m..r- mm r-r.-.-r-.-- - . . - . . . - , . , . - - . . . - . . . . . . . . . - - . - - , . - - - - - . , -
m 6 _j_s NOTE: Inform individuals of the availability of
/ helicopter transportation pt 4.2.1.2.3.1 of this procedure.
4.2.1.2.5 Contact.the primary individuals for each emergency response position listed in 4.2.1.2.3 of this pro-cedure by commercial telephone utilizing Section IV
" System Operations, A/SAE/GE," of the RETD. l F
4.2.1.2.5.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." NOTE: Inform individuals of the availability of helicopter transportation per 4.2.1.2.3.1 of t this procedure. 4.2.1.2.6 Contact alternates, if individuals fail to verify pager messages within approximately 5 minutes and primaries cannot be reached by commercial telephone. 4.2.1.2.6.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as 1 determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out l Message." NOTE: Inform individuals of the availability of L 'N helicopter transportation.per 4.2.1.2.3.1 'of this procedure. 4.2.1.2.7 Document successful notifications by recording names of the individuals contacted, emergency response positions, contact times, and ability to staff on Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet." i NOTE: If the individual contacted responds that-he/she is unable to staff their position, continue to contact alternates until a "Yes" answe: is received for ability to staff. 4.2.2 Non-Responding Emergency Communicator (NREC) 1, 3 and 4 4.2.2.1 Upon notification of ERO call-out, NREC 1, 3 and 4 I shall perform the following actions: 4.2.2.1.1 Complete Attachment . 0, " Emergency Call-Out Message," Form EP 3.5-1, with the required information. l I O EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 6 of 20 h
4.2.2.1.2 Contact individuals with an asterisk adjacent to their E name as listed under your NREC number, in Section IV of the RETD.
. NOTE: NREC #3 should notify NREC #4 before notifying individuals with asterisks.
4.2.2.1.2.1: Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." 4.2.2.1.3 Contact the primary individuals listed in Section IV of the RETD as indicated by your NREC number. NOTE: NREC #1 should. contact HOEC Security and inform i then that emergency response personnel will be reporting to the HOEC. 4.2.2.1.3.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." i 4.2.2.1.4 Contact alternates to staff emergency response posi-tions if unfilled by primary individuals. ' - 4.2.2.1.4.1-Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out' Message." 4.2.2.1.5 Document successful notifications by recording the names of the individuals contacted, emergency response positions, contact times, and ability to staff on Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet," Form EP 3.5-3. 4.2.3 Non-Responding Emergency Communicator (NREC) 2 4.2.3.1 Upon notification of an ERO call-out NREC 2 shall perform the following actions: 4.2.3.1.1 Complete Attachment 1.~0, " Emergency Call-Out Message," with the required information. 4.2.3.1.2 Activate the following position pagers per Attachment 4.0, "Pager Activation," and paging codes listed under "Non-Responding Emergency Communication-2" in Section IV of the RETD: , Technical Resources Manager (TRM)/60 i Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM)/60
- Radiological Assessment Supervisor (RAS)/60 Administrative Resource Manager (ARM)/60 g N.
EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 , Page 7 of 20
4.2.3.1.3 Read the pager message over the paging system as
, [y de.termined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out
( ,/ Message," Form EP 3.5-1. NOTE: Verification callbacks will be received by System Operations. l 4.2.3.1.4 Contact individuals with an asterisk adjacent to their name as listed in Section IV, "Non-Responding Emergency Communicator-2", of the RETD. 4.2.3.1.4.1. Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." 4.2.3.1.5 Contact the primary individuals by commercial telephone utilizing Section IV of the RETD as indicated by NREC-2. 4.2.3.1.5.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." 4.2.3.1.6 Contact System Operations to verify that the Emergency l Response personnel paged have acknowledged receiving the paged message, if unable to contact primary individuals via commercial telephone. - 4 O 4.2.3.1.7 Contact alternates to staff emergency response posi-tions if unfilled by primary individuals or if indi-viduals fail to verify pager messages through system operations.
- 4.2.3.1.7.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message."
, 4.2.3.1.8 Document successful notifications by recording the names of the individuals contacted, emergency response ! positions, contact times, and ability to staff on Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel
- Call-Out Log Sheet."
4.2.4 Advisory Resources Manager (Adv RM) 4.2.4.1 Upon notification of ERO call-out, the Adv RM shall l perform the following actions: f 4.2.4.1.1 Complete Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message," Form EP 3.5-1, with the required information. EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 8 of 20
. , - - , . , , - ~ , - , , , , - - - - , , - - , . , . - , - _ - , , . . , ~ . , , . , , , . , , - - , - - - . . , - . . . - - , - - - - , , - - . . , ..,,,,_,_-----e. .-..--.n-.- , , , , - , , , - , _ . , _ , . ,.,.,-n,, .-_.r
4.2.4.1.2 Contact primary' individuals by commercial telephone utilizing Section IV,-"HOEC Advisory Resource l Manager," of the RETD. 4.2.4.1.2.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." 4.2.4.1.3 Contact alternates to staff emergency response posi-tions if unfilled by primary individuals. 4.2.4.1.3.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as
, determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message."
4.2.4.1.4 Document successful notifications by recording the names of the individuals contacted, emergency response F positions, contact times, and. ability to staff on Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet," Form EP 3.5-3. 4.2.5 Wolf Creek Public Information Officer'(WC PIO)
- 4.2.5.1 Upon declaration of a Notification of Unusual Event (NUE) classification, the WC PIO shall perform the following actions:
- <4.2.5.1.1 Complete Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out. Message,"
Form EP 3.5-1, with the required information. 4.2.5.1.2 Activate the following position pager per Attachment 4 4.0, "Pager Activation," and paging codes listed under "WC Public Information Officer, NUE," in Section IV of the RETD: Onsite Public Information Coordinator (Onsite PIC) 4.2.5.1.2.1 Read the pager message over the paging system as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out i Massage." , NOTE: Verification call back will be received by System Operations. l 4.2.5.1.3 Contact the Onsite PIC by commercial telephone utilizing Section IV, "WC Public Information Officer , NUE," of the RETD.
- 4.2.5.1.3.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as j determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message."
EPP 01-3.5 l Rev. 5 Page 9 of 20 4----s, --,.-e ,-n-e ,-,-,.-m, ,,----,---..n-,-- , + - . , , - . . ww _ m . _ wn-no, ,-ww-em,-,r--,, m,,-..,,-n--
1 gN 4.2.5.1.4 Contact System Operations to verify that an.Onsite PIC i g ) has acknowledged receiving the paged message if unable
'/ to contact the primary Onsite PIC via commercial telephone.
4.2.5.1.5 Contact alternates to staff the emergency response position if unfilled by primary individuals. 4.2.5.1.5.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." 4.2.5.1.6 Document successful notifications by recording the names of the individuals contacted, emergency response positions, contact times, and ability to staff on Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Personnel Call-Out Log
, Sheet."
4.2.5.2 Upon declaration of an Alert (A), Site Area Emergency (SAE) or General Emergency (GE) classification, the WC PIO shall perform the following actions: 4.2.5.2.1 Complete Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message," Form EP 3.5-1, with the required information. 4.2.5.2.2 Activate the following position pager per Attachment 4.0, "Pager Activation," and paging codes listed under "WC Public Information Officer, A/SAE/GE," in Section IV of the RETD: Onsite Public Information Coordinator (Onsite PIC) 4.2.5.2.2.1 Read the pager message over the paging system as determined by Attachment 1.0, Emergency Call-Out Message." NOTE: Verification callback will be received by System Operations. l 4 4.2.5.2.3 Contact the primary individuals by commercial tele-phone utilizing Section IV, "WC Public Information Officer, A/SAE/GE," of the RETD. 4.2.5.2.3.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone massage as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." f 4.2.5.2.4 Contact System Operations to verify that an Onsite PIC l
, acknowledged receiving the paged message if unable to contact the primary Onsite PIC via commercial telephone.
t O EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 10 of 20
. _ __._ ...__. _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ _ ~ . . _ _ _ _ . . . _ , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ . _ . . . - . _
l f l 4.2.5.2.5 Contact alternates to staff emergency response posi- l tions if unfilled by primary individuals. ) 4.2.5.2.5.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as ! determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." 4.2.5.2.6 Document successful notifications by recording the names of the individuals contacted, emergency response , positions, contact times, and ability to staff on Attachment 3.0, " WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet." 4.2.6 Public Information Organization + 4.2.6.1 Upon notification of ERO call-out, the following emergency response personnel shall assist in the call- , out process: i General Office Information Coordinator i Media Release Center Manager Public Concern Coordinator Rumor Control Coordinator Media Inquiry Coordinator Media Monitoring Coordinator 4.2.6.2 Those individuals listed in 4.2.6.1 shall perform'the following actions: 4.2.6.2.1 Complete Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call Out Message " - Form EP 3.5-1, with the required information. 4.2.6.2.2 Contact primary individuals by commercial telephone 3 utilizing the applicable page in Section IV of the l RETD, as designated by your emergency response title. 4.2.6.2.2.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as , determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out 1 Message." ,. 4.2.6.2.3 Contact alternates to staff emergency response positions if unfilled by primary individuals. 4.2.6.2.3.1 Read the applicable commercial telephone message as determined by Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message." 4.2.6.2.4 Document successful notifications by recording the names of the individuals contacted, emergency response positions, contact times, and ability to staff on Attachment 3.0, " WCGS Emergency Response Personnel 1 Call-Out Log Sheet," Form EP 3.5-3. (' l EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 11 of 20
- - . -~ , -a~w,_.,,m...--,., - .,--.,,,--rw,,-mmmmy.-,--,.-c,-..y--,v.- .-., ,.;,..-..., , . - , . - - _ , - . - . - , . - - - . - - - -
\ 'g 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS \ ,) 4.3.1 System Operators g 4.3.1.1 Upon declaration of a_ Notification of Unusual Event Classification, System Operators shall perform the I following actions:
4.3.1.1.1 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the DED in the Wolf Creek Control Room. J 4.3.1.1.2 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message," Attachment 2.0, " Helicopter Reservations" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets" to the Emergency Planning Coordinator. 4.3.1.2 Upon declaration of an Alert ~, Site Area Emergency, or l General Emergency Classification, System Operators I shall perform the following actions: ! 1 4.3.1.2.1 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the ARM in the EOF. 4.3.1.2.2 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message," Attachment 2.0, " Helicopter
) Reservations" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency, Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets" to the Emergency-Planning Coordinator.
4.3.2 Non-Responding Emergency Communicator (NREC) 1 4.3.2.1 Report to the HOEC to support communications for the ARM. 4.3.2.2 Compile the results of the ERO call-out from NRECs 3 and 4. 4.3.2.3 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the ARM in the EOF. 4.3.2.4 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message," arid Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets" to the Emergency Planning Coordinator. 4.3.3 Non-Responding Emergency Communicator (NREC) 2 4.3.3.1 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the ARM in the EOF. EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 12 of 20
h. 4.3.3.2 Submit.all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-
.,7-s) Out Message" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emcrgency \s ,/ response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets" to the Emergency Planning Coordinator. 1 1
4.3.4 Non-Responding Emergency Communicators (NREC) 3 and 4 l 4.3.4.1 Report to the HOEC after completing call-out notifica- I tions to support communications for the ARM. 4.3.4.2 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to NREC 1, after arrival at the HOEC. 4.3.4.3 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets" to NREC 1. 4.3.5 Advisory Resources Manager (Adv RM) 4.3.5.1 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the ARM in the EOF. 4.3.5.2 Ensure that completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets" are entered into the HOEC Emergency Response and Recovery Binder. 4.3.6 Wolf Creek Public Information Officer (WC PIO) 4.3.6.1 Compile the results of the Public Information Organization call-out from the GO Information Coordinator and the MRC Manager. 4.3.6.2 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the ARM. 4.3.6.3 Ensure that completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets" are entered into the PIO Emergency Response and Recovery Binder. 4.3.7 MRC Manager 4.3.7.1 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the WC PIO. 4.3.7.2 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Cal -Out Log Sheet" to the Emergency Planning Cocrdinator. 4 EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 13 of 20
f-~x 4.3.8 GO Information Coordinator ss 4.3.8.1 Compile the results of the Public Information Organization call-out from the Rumor Control Coordinator and the Public Concern Coordinator. 4.3.8.2 Report results of-the call-out of ERO personnel to the WC PIO. 4.3.8.3 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" and Attachment 3.0,."WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets" to the Emergency Planning Coordinator. 4.3.9 Public Concern Coordinator 4.3.9.1 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the GO Information Coordinator. 4.3.9.2 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets," to the GO Information Coordinator. , 4.3.10 Rumor Control Coordinator 4.3.10.1 Compile the results of the Public Information Organization Call-Out from the Media Inquiry Coordinator and the Media Monitor Coordinator. 4.3.10.2 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the GO Information Coordinator. 4.3.10.3 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency-Call-Out Message" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets" to the GO Information Coordinator. 4.3.11 Media Inquiry Coordinator and Media Monitor Coordinator 4.3.11.1 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the Rumor Control Coordinator. 4.3.11.2 Submit all completed Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" and Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheets," to the Rumor Control Coordinator. t i EPP 01-3.5 l Rev. 5 j Page 14 of 20
p-~s 4.3.12 Administrative Resource Manager (ARM) s, 4.3.12.1 Compile the call-out results from the following per-sonnel as they call in their results: System Operator ' l Non-Responding Emergency Communicator (NREC) #1 Non-Resopnding Emergency Communicator (NREC) #2 Advisory Resources Manager (Adv RM) Wolf Creek Public Information Officer (WC PIO) NOTE: Check with the Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC) in the Technical Support Center to see if any of the positions listed above reported their results to the AEC. 4.3.12.2 Report results of the call-out of ERO personnel to the DEM.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 WCGS Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 WCGS Radiological Emergency Telephone Directory. 5.3 EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications" 5.4 EPP 01-3.4, "Onsite Emergency Response Organization Manual Call-Out" 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EPP 01-3.5-1, " Emergency Call-Out Message" 6.2 Form EPP 01-3.5-2, " Helicopter Reservations" 6.3 Form EPP 01-3.5-3, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet" 6.4 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency i Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Records Management. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be considered QA records. l EPP 01-3.5 l Rev. 5 Page 15 of 20 1
- .._ ~_.,_ ___
6.5 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon Os termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Emergency Call-Out Message" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, " Helicopter Reservations" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet" 7.4 Attachment 4.0, "Pager Activation"
)
EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 16 of 20
FORM EP 3.5-1 RFV. 2
~s, Attachment 1.0 I Page 1 of 1 \s ') EMERGENCY CALL-OUT MESSAGE l
NOTE: The message to be read is determined by the means of notification, either by paging or commercial telephone. Paging Only
" Call System Operations. Repeat, please call System Operations."
Commercial Telephone O' This _Lis/is not) a drill. (Circle One) This is (Name) of the Emergency Response Organization. l At on a/an (Time) (Date) (Unusual Event / Alert / Site Area Emergency / General Emergency) was (Circle One) declared at Wolf Creek Generating Station. You are being notified to assume your Emergency Response Organization position of
. Are you able to staff this position (ERO position from RETD)
(record response on Attachment 3.0)? This (is/is not) a drill." (Circle One) NOTE: Inform DEM, TRM, and RAM of the availability of helicopter fs transportation during their verification call-back per 4.2.1.1.5 of this procedure. (} EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 17 of 20
.. FORM EP 3.5-2 REV. 2 l fN Attachment 2.0 Page 1 of 1 HELICOPTER RESERVATIONS Life Watch of Wesley Medical Center Jabara Airport 3512 N. Webb Rd.
1-800-362-3299 or 1-800-362-3292 Reservation Message "This (is/is not) a drill. This is , (Circle One) (Name) System Operations Dispatcher for the Wolf Creek Generating Station. We require the immediate use of a helicopter for the transport of three (3) individuals in response to emergency conditions at Wolf Creek Generating Station. Please call back for confirmation on reservations." Reservation Response Reservations confirmed'for on . (Time) (Date) l i l EPP 01-3.5 l Rev. 5 Page 18 of 20
e FORM EP 3.5-3 REV. 1 i ,
, Attachment 3.0 L- Page 1 of 1 "WCGS Emergency Response Personnel Call-Out Log Sheet" Ability Emergency Response Time To Staff Position Contacted Individual Contacted Contacted Yes No Emergency Response Position of Caller
/
Signature /Date c. q/ EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 19 of 20
- s 4-ATTACHMENT 4.0 Page 1 of 1 Pager Activation NOTE: .The geographical area of paging transmissions is deter-mined by the footnotes A, B, C, D, or E, as listed by the paging code'in the RETD.
A: Wichita (System Operations) B: Wolf Creek (System Operations) C: Wolf Creek (Wolf Creek) D: Emporia (Wolf Creek) , E: Ottawa (Wolf Creek) Reception is adequate within a 25 mile radius about the transmitter. To activate a pager or group of pagers procede as follows:
- 1. Locate pager access telephone numbers, as determined by.
the footnotes, A, B, C,LD, or E, next to.the paging codes in Section IV of the RETD. ' l.
- 2. Dial the desired pager access telephone number, via touch tone dialing allowing for the return of the dial tone wherever an "*" is encountered in the number.
- 3. Key punch in paging code or group paging code and listen for a constant tone indicating the transmission of an alert beeping through the pagers.
- 4. Broadcast your message (approximately 10 seconds) immedi-i ately after the alert tone ceases.
l
- 5. Repeat the paging process until all indicated pager access telephone numbers have been accessed for paging.
l l l EPP 01-3.5 Rev. 5 Page 20 of 20 l
s
- g n
4
/ i V '
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION AUTOMATIC CALL-OUT l EPP 01-3.6 Revision 1 l Effective January 1, 1987
\
(G
/j EMEKGENISY PLANNIN 2 ARA 4 l $ +m-%
DATE ORDINATO{ REVIEW Sm ' mes EMERGENCY P'LANNING ADMINISTRATO N VIEW Y LHmfd DATE 0GTha0?hmid f PSRC7PPROVAL RECCMMENDATION Il-12-Rin DATE eJ Ph2SIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL NfUffb DATK / l RELEASED M /4L 'd/-8b DATE
. . _ - -_ . ~ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ __ _
3 O\ 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance for callout of the Emergency Responsa Organization utilizing the l Automatic Dialing System (ADS). 2.0 APPLICABILITY 2.1 The Duty Emergency Director (DED) is responsible for ensuring that this procedure is initiated. 2.2 This procedure is only utilized during off-normal working hours. 2.3- For callout from the Control Room, the designated communicator is responsible for implementing this procedure. 2.4 For callout from the Technical Support Center (TSC), the TSC communicator is responsible for implementing 4 this procedure. 3.0 DEFINITIONS None - 4.O INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 General Instructions 4.1.1 During normal working hours, callout of the Onsite Emergency Response Organization is made using the plant Gaitronics and alarm systems. This is accom-plished per Attachment 1.0 of Procedure EPP 01-2.2,
" Activation of the Emergency Plan / Organization".
4.1.2 During backshift hours, the ADS is the preferred method for callout of the Emergency Response l Organization. The backup method is a manual callout which is described in Procedure EPP 01-3.4, "Onsite Emergency Response Organization Manual Callout", and Procedure EPP Cl-3.5, EOF, HOEC, and Public Information Emergency Responsa Organization Callout. 4.2 Initial Actions - Control Room 4.2.1 Callout of the Emergency Response Organization from l the Control Room is performed as follows: l 4.2.1.1 The Shift Supervisor /DED assigns a Control Room Communicator to perform the callout. ( ( EPP 01-3.6 Rev. 1 Page 1 of 5 i
.---, - .-.- ~ .- -.. .-- , . ,
FS T 3 4.2.1.2 The Communicator initiates callout by activating the ADS per Attachment 1.0. 4.2.1.2.1 If the Control Room ADS is not functioning and upon concurrance of the DED, the Communicator should proceed to the TSC and activate the TSC ADS. 4.2.1.2.2 If the TSC ADS is not functioning, the Control Room Communicator shall notify the DED and implement Procedure EPP 0-3.4, "Onsite Emergency Response Organization Manual Callout". 4.3 Initial Actions - TSC 4.3.1 Upon direction from the DED, the TSC Communicator will perform callout as follows: 4.3.1.1 Activate the TSC ADS in accordance with Attachment 1.0 of this procedure. 4.3.1.2 If the TSC ADS does not function, notify the Control Room Communicator to activate the Control Room ADS. 4.3.1.3 If both the Control Room and TSC ADS do not func-tion, implement Procedure EPP 01-3.4, "Onsite Emergency Responsa Organization Manual Callout".
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 ADS Users Manual 5.3 Procedure EPP 01-2.2, " Activation of the Emergency Plan / Organization" 5.4 Procedure EPP 01-3.4, "Onsite Emergency Response Organization Manual Callout" 5.5 Procedure EPP 01-3.5, " EOF, HOEC and Public Informa-tion Emergency Response Organ-ization Callout" 6.0 RECORDS None 7.0 ATTACHMENTS I 7.1 ADS Callout of the Emergency Response Organization l l EPP 01-3.6 l Rev. 1 i Page 2 of 5 l l I
<t
( Attachment 1.0 Page 1 of 3 ADS CALLOUT OF THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORAGNIZATION l A. -AUTOMATIC NOTIFICATION MODE - To start sequence for system operations " Locally Through Front Panel Key Pad."
- 1. Press 9, 2, 4, 7
- a. When system tells you "The system is ready for operation".
- 2. Press (*) for-Phone List selection mode. The phone light on the front panel will illuminate.
- 3. Press 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 as appropriate to select the proper phone list based on the emergency classification as follows:
- a. Phone List-(1) - Emergency declared, report to your emergency response station.
() b. c. Phone List (2) - Fire Brigade response is required. Phone List (3) - Emergency declared, remain on standby.
- d. Phone List (4) - Emergency de-escalated, no need to standby.
- e. Phone List (5) - Unplanned trip or problem, your assistance is required at the site. !
- 4. Press the number (s) of the selected phone list, the phone list (s) indicated on the front panel will illuminate for the selected phone list (s).
- 5. Press (#) for message selections mode. The message light on the front panel will illuminate.
- 6. Select the proper message (s) based on the emergency classification as follows:
EPP 01-3.6 Rev. 1 l Page 3 of 5 _ ,.__._ _ . ~ _ . _.- . - _ _ _ - _ _ _ - . _ _ _ _ . , . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ . . _
e
\ \
ATTACHMENT 1.0 Page 2 of 3 ADS CALLOUT OF THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION
- a. Message (1) - Emergency declared, report to your emergency response station.
- b. Message (2) - Fire Brigade response is required,
- c. Messege (3) - Emergency declared, remain on standby
- d. Message (4) - Emergency de-escalated, no need to standby.
- e. Message (5) - Unplanned trip or problem, your -
assistance is required at the site.
- 7. Press the number (s) of the message. The message i
number (s) on the front panel will illuminate.
- 8. Press (*), (*) to terminate the selection mode, and O
begin automatic notification.
- 9. Verify the following:
- a. Message repetition count is correctly set at four (4).
- b. The notification attempt count is correctly set at three (3).
- c. The acknowledgement code is 9247.
B. Automatic Notification Mode Using Data Terminal - To start sequence for System Operators " Locally Through Data Terminal": NOTE: To activate the automatic notification mode using the terminal requires that the ADASV1 be powered-on and initialized to its first menu level. This is accomplished by pressing the 9, 2, 4, 7 on the front key pad.
- 1. Press "5" on the terminal key board, the phone list on the front panel will illuminate.
1 EPP 01-3.6 Rev. 1 Page 4 of 5
9
't i
ATTACHMENT 1.0 Page 3 of 3 ADS CALLOUT OF THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION
- 2. Select the proper phone list (s) based on the emergency classification. Refer to Step A.3, A.4. Press Return.
- 3. Select the proper message list (s) based on the emergency classification. Refer to Step A.6, A.7.
Press Return.
- 4. Verify the following:
- a. Message repetition count is set at four (4).
- b. The notification attempt count is set at three (3).
- c. The acknowledgement code is 9247.
C. Resolution of System Operating Problems - Contact Telecommunications, ext. 2303, 2350. EPP 01-3.6 Rev. 1 Page 5 of 5
s I !
.l l $ j
( : WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTTNG PROCEDURE TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ACTIVATION EPP 01-4.1 Revision 5 l Effective January 1, 1987
~
O i n
~
EMERGENCY PLANN G CCORD ATOR REVIEW / DKTE/
& SD-EMERGENCY PLANNING ADriII:iSTRATOR REVIEW x-us c DATE 0 oD hfnl ll-l[~S&
PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION DATE ,
- N E// b l PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATE.' l O ReLEAeED = ,2-s,-ec DATE
a -m 1.0 PURPOSE I (m,/) This procedure provides guidelines for the activation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure shall be implemented following the declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency classification, and is applicable to the Duty Emergency Director (DED) and his staff. During an emergency condition classified as a Notifi-cation of Unusual Event, the DED, at his discretion, may direct activation of the TSC. TSC personnel shall refer to EPP 01-1.1, "WCGS Organization" for responsi-bilities and duties of the TSC staff. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) The TSC is the onsite emergency response facility located east of the Turbine Building at ground level. The TSC shall provide plant management and technical support to Control Room personnel during an emergency condition at WCGS. It is provided with the same [} habitability conditions as the Control Room. The TSC ( j layout is illustrated in Attachment 1.0. 3.2 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS Situations occurring which cause~or may threaten to cause radiological hazards affecting the health and safety of employees or the public, or which may result in damage to property. 3.3 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION A system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity conditions. Classifications listed in order of increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency, General Emergency. 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 In the event that emergency conditions preclude activ-ation or warrant evacuation of the TSC, TSC personnel may be directed by the DED to relocate to the Emer- [ h gency Operations Facility (EOF) or other location.
\m / .
EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 5 Page 1 of 12
e The Radiological Emergency Coordinator (REC) should
~'\ consider evacuation using the following radiological
,) criteria:
A dose of 500 mrem for any individual contin-uously occupying the TSC Dose rates equal to or greater than 100 mR/hr Airborne radioactivigy (excluding noble gases) in excess _9f 3 x 10 uCi/cc gross beta-gamma-or 1 x 10 uCi/cc iodine 4.1.2 Emergency response personnel assigned to the TSC are required to activate the TSC and assume their respon-sibilities within one hour post-classification of Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. The TSC is considered activated when the DED, the REC and the Operations Emergency Coordinator (OEC) are present and have completed their respective items on Attachment 2.0, "TSC Activation Checklist," Form EP 4.1-2. 4.1.3 Entry by WCGS personnel into the TSC shall be limited l to the assigned personnel only. The Security Emer-gency Coordinator (SEC) is responsible for obtaining DED or Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC) ' approval for authorizing access of additional personnel. NOTE: If required by Health Physics, TSC personnel shall perform a whole body frisk at a desig-nated frisking station. 4 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4 .~ 2 .1 Upon notification of Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency, the on-duty Security Shift Lieuten-ant shall dispatch an officer to: 4.2.1.1 Assure the main exterior TSC door, is unlocked and 4.2.1.2 Assure the appropriate interior doors are unlocked. 4.2.2 Upon arrival, all TSC personnel shall sign in on the "TSC Staffing Status Board" located on the north wall 4 of the TSC and write their badge bin number on the Personnel Accountability Sign-In Board. 4.2.3 TSC personnel shall obtain their appropriate position i binder from the TSC Document Room and proceed to their
- work station.
I
\
EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 5 Page 2 of 12
I
- s. l 4.2.4 The Duty Emergency Director (DED) shall initiate fS and/or assure the completion of the following items:
*./
4.2.4.1 Verify the activation of the TSC in accordance with the completion of Attachment 2.0. 4.2.4.2 Notify all TSC personnel, the on-duty Shift Supervisor and Operations Support Center (OSC) Supervisor when the TSC is operational and he has assumed the respon-sibilities of the DED. 4.2.5 The OEC shall initiate and/or assure the completion of the following items and complete Attachment 2.0: 4.2.5.1 Verify the operational status of the Emergency Re-sponse Facility Information System (ERFIS) and the Safety Analysis System (SAS). 4.2.5.2 Assure communications are established with the Control Room per EPP 01-11.1, " Communications." 4.2.5.3 Assure the clocks in the TSC and Control Room are synchronized. 4.2.6 The REC shall initiate and/or assure the completion of the following items and complete Attachment 2.0: CT 4.2.6.1 ( J Assure the initiation of habitability surveys of the
' s' Control Room, TSC, and OSC.
4.2.6.2 Assure implementation of local air sampling and count-- ing. 4.2.6.3 Verify the operational status of the Radioactive Release Information System (RRIS) per EPP 01-7.1,
" Radiological Release Information System (RRIS)."
4.2.7 The AEg shall initiate and/or assure the completion of the foAlowing items: 4.2.7.1 Verify that the normal power supply to the TSC is operable. If inoperable, start the Diesel Generator in accordance with the instructions in Attachment 3.0, "TSC Diesel Generator Startup." 4.2.7.2 Notify the SEC of TSC staffing for accountability purposes per EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability." 4.2.7.3 Verify that all telephones are properly placed at their designated locations, in accordance with Attach-ment 1.0. y
}
4.2.7.4 Verify the operability of all TSC communications equipment per EPP 01-11.1 " Communications." EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 5 Page 3 of 12
4.2.7.5 Verify the comple'fon of the TSC activation in accor- i [N dance with Attachment 2.0 and notify the DED upon '(,). completion. 4.2.7.6 Assure proper personnel are designated for relief ! assignments and are mobilized in a timely fashion. 4.2.7.7 Assure communications are established with offsite < organizations as directed in EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications" and EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifica-tions." 4.2.8 The Maintenance Emergency Coordinator (MEC) shall initiate and/or assure the completion of the following items: 4.2.8.1 Verify communications with the OSC per EPP 01-11.1,
" Communications."
4.2.8.2 Verify the OSC properly staffed and activated in accordance with EPP 01-4.2, " Operations Support Center Activation." 4.2.9 The Operations Assessment Coordinator (OAC) shall: 4.2.9.1 Establish communications with the Control Room per EPP 01-11.1, " Communications."
"' / 4.2.9.2 Verify that the TSC iodine monitor and air supply High Efficiency Particulate Filter (HEPA) are online. If not, switch them online in accordance with the in-structions in Attachment 4.0, "TSC HEPA Filtration and Iodine Monitoring Startup Instructions."
4.2.10 The Technical Support Coordinator and Engineering Team shall: 4.2.10.1 Initialize the ERFIS and the SAS per EPP 01-4.7,
" Emergency Response Facility Information System (ERFIS)."
4.2.11 The Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) shall: initiate and/or assure the completion of the following items and complete Attachment 2.0. 4.2.11.1 Verify communications with the Onsite Survey Team Director (OSTD) at the OSC. 4.2.11.2 Establish frisker counting station, verify bac'. ground readings, and establish radiological control es.nt(s) as necessary.
/ 4.2.11.3 Draw and count an initial TSC air sample per HPH 03-( )N 003 " Airborne Radioactivity Surveys."
EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 5 Page 4 of 12
. 4.2.11.4 Determine the radiological status of the Control Room
\ using information obtained through the OAC.
' U 4.2.11.5 Checkit he status of the iodine monitor in the mechani-- cal'and electrical equipment room of the TSC once every hour. 4.2.11.6 Check the habitability of the TSC once every hour by , verifying that the count rate on the general area frisker is-less than 100 cpm above initial background and that the General Atomics iodine monitor reading is background. 1
-NOTE: If readings greater than 100 cpm above back-ground on the general area frisker or greater than background on the General Atomics iodine
- monitor are noted, an air sample will be taken in accordance with HPH 03-003, " Airborne Radioactivity Surveys," to determine habitability.
4.2.11.7 If the General' Atomics iodine monitor at the TSC is inoperable during HEPA filter operation, the REC will
- initiate measures to conduct portable iodine sampling by utilizing sampling techniques identified in EPP 01-l 8.2 "Offsite Radiological Monitoring", Section f
4.3.3.5.4 and 4.3.3.5.6. Sampling frequency wil] b'e g performed hourly or more as conditions warrent. 4.2.11.6 Verify the radiological status of the TSC and OSC per HPH 03-003, " Airborne Radioactivity Surveys," and HPH 03-002, " Radiation Survey Methods." 4.2.12 The Dose Assessment Coordinator (DAC) and the RRIS operators shall: , 4.2.12.1 Initialize the RRIS in accordance with EPP 01-7.1, 4
" Radiological Release Information System (RRIS)."
4.2.13 The TSC Clerk /Logkeeper shall: i
; 4.2.13.1 Log entries shall be made based on guidance given in EPP 01-11.3, " Logs and Record Keeping."
4.2.13.2 All logs and records shall be filed in an " Emergency Response and Activities Binder," as per EPP 01-11.3,
" Logs and Record Keeping."
4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.3.1 TSC personnel shall perform emergency response func-tions in accordance with EPP 01-1.1, "WCGS Organization." EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 5 Page 5 of 12 1 4 l
s. 4.3.2 Operation of the TSC shall continue until such time (% that the DED directs its deactivation or implementing ( ,) and meeting recovery actions per EPP 01-12.1, " Reentry . and Recovery Operations."
.4.3.3 Following deactivation of the TSC, the AEC-shall assure that the TSC is restored to its pre-emergency condition, if not evacuated.
5.0 -REFERENCES 5.1 EPP'01-1.1,'"WCGS Organization" 5.2 EPP 01-3.1, "Immediate Notifications" 5.3 EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications" 5.4 EPP 01-4.2, " Operations Support Center Activation" 5.5 EPP 01-4.7, " Emergency Response Facility Information System (ERFIS)" 5.6 EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability" 5.7 EPP 01-7.1, " Radiological Release Information System j . (RRIS) , ( 5.8 EPP 01-8.2, "Offsite Radiological Monitoring" 5.9 EPP 01-11.1, " Communications" 5.10 EPP 01-11.3, " Logs and Record Keeping" 5.11 EPP 01-12.1, " Reentry and Recovery Operations" 5.12 HPH 03-002, " Radiation Survey Methods" i , 5.13 HPH 03-003, " Airborne Radioactivity Surveys" 6.0 RECORDS ] 6.1 Form EP 4.1-2, "TSC Activation Checklist"
- 6. 2. The record generated by this procedure during an
, actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency ; Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the record to Management Systems for storage. This record will be retained for the life of the plant. This record shall be consid- , ered a QA record. l
\
4 j EPP 01-4.1 i Rev. 5 i- Page 6 of 12
, - . . _ _ _ _ . _ . ~ . . - _ . _ . . . . . , . _ . _ _ . . _ _ . . _ _ . . _ _ _ . . . _ _ . - . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . _ _ _ _ . _ ~ _ . ___ _
-s 6.3 The record generated by this procedure during drills O
I and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain this record for at least one year. This record shall be considered a non-QA record.
; 7.O ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, "TSC Layout" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, "TSC Activation Checklist" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, "TSC Diesel Generator Startup" 7.4 Attachment 4.0, "TSC HEPA Filtration and Iodine Monitoring Startup Instructions" 4
i i I l l I I EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 5 . i Page 7 of 12 i
4 O ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 1 of 1)
, (
l g
= 1l: l
./ d ll!l!!!!!!l;!
l,!!! !! 3 r' inviiii !iiiiiviis,i l +5+Ev nst:::::::ssas y
; -ESU p
- t It s l CQ O Jd a..
.g m E
!! l , y Oy 0 0 g{ $
l g 00 Oe g l
=
{ n 'e al g O g- 8
~ ~
0 0~ 00
!! i O* 0$ rmisaina,- a f CO LJ _ q It O
Jj g cg g
' W
~
i!E i : i i !! il 8" 1 -' il e la! la!
. : y ., :
8 g
< g ..
r 4
!b y nl '
$' /
ll l '. i il i '.,
!! l .b l EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 5 Page 8 of 12
FORM EP 4.1-2 REV. 1 (Page 1 of 2) (GA2
) ATIACHMENI 2.0 (Page 1 of 2)
TSC Activation Checklist VERIFIED OR
-ACTIVATION ITEM RESPONSIBIIIIY CXMPIEIED
- 1. Unlock Security
- a. TSC Main Outer Door Officer
- b. TSC Inner Doors
- 2. Position telephones in AEC proper locations per Attachment 1.0, "TSC Iayout"
- 3. Assure ccamanications estab- OEC lished with the control Roca per EPP 01-11.1, "Comm1nications."
- 4. Verify comunications equip- AEC ment functioning properly per EPP 01-11.1, "Camunications."
- 5. Establish imarilate and AEC followup notification
( ccumunications per EPP 01-3.1, " h =ilate Notification" and EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications."
- 6. Verify comtunications with RAC OSTD at the OSC
- 7. Perform TSC personnel AEC accountability check and furnish report to Security per EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability."
- 8. Establish frisker counting RAC station and control point (s) for TSC.
- 9. Draw and count an initial RAC l air sample for TSC per i HPH 03-003, " Airborne Radioactivity Surveys."
l EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 5 Page 9 of 12 l
s FORM EP 4.1-2 REV. 1 (Page 2 of 2)
,x
( ) ATTACEMENT 2.0 (_/ (Page 2 of 2) TSC Activation Checklist VERIFIED OR ACTIVATION ITEM RESPONSIBILITY COMPIETED
- 10. Verify SAS & ERFIS Technical operational status Support per EPP 01-4.7, Coordinator
" Emergency Response Facility Information System (ERFIS)."
- 11. Verify habitability status REC of OSC, Control Rocan and TSC.
- 12. Verify RRIS functioning REC properly per EPP 01-7.1,
" Radiological Release Information System (RRIS)."
- 13. Synchronize TSC and OEC Control Room clocks A
- 14. Notify the DED that the AEC TSC is ready for activation.
- 15. TSC activated, Shift IED Supervisor, OSC Supervisor and TSC personnel notified. / /
Date Time EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 5
% Page 10 of 12 .mm--- ---c . - , -
e r---,.e- --,.-n~- e -w- www,----r- ,-r
- s. ,
r ( ATTACHMENT 3.0 TSC DIESEL GENERATOR STARTUP f. l Location: The diesel generator startup panels are located in the northeast corner of the Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Room of the TSC. Instructions: 1. Verify that the Diesel Room INTAKE DAMPER is OPEN, or that the door to the Diesel-Room and the outside door of the HVAC Room are blocked open.
- 2. Verify that the generator OUTPUT BREAKER is OPEN.
- 3. Toggle the START SWITCH on the lower right i hand corner of the control panel to START.
- 4. Check the following parameters:
RPM - approximately 1800 OIL PRESSURE - between 50 - 100 psig . VOLTAGE - 450 to 500
- 5. OPEN the MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
- 6. Turn OFF Breakers F-4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
- 12, 13
- 7. CLOSE the GENERATOR BREAKER I 8. Turn ON Breakers F-4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13 l 9. Turn ON Breaker F-9 Maintenance: Follow normal operating procedures for lubricant checks and additions, etc., during prolonged use.
i EPP 01-4.1 Rev. 4 Page 11 of 12 t 't i
- . - - - . . . . _ . , _ . - . _ _ ~ _ _ _... _ _. _ _. _ _ _ _ _ ,
t l
-l l ~
I ATTACHMENT 4.0 TSC HEPA FILTRATION AND IODINE I MONITORING STARTUP INSTRUCTIONS , HEPA FILTRATION STARTUP INSTRUCTIONS 1 Location: The HEPA filtration startup panels are located in the 3 northwest corner of the Mechanical and Electrical i Equipment Room of the TSC. Instructions: 1. Toggle the FILTER / NORMAL SWITCH to FILTER.
- 2. Verify by lit indicator lights that D-1 and D-2 are CLOSED and that D-3 is OPEN.
NOTE: If-dampers D-1 and D-2 fail to clost, or D-3 fails to open, use manual damper controls located in the ductwork. Damper D-1 is located in Janitor Supply Room. Dampers D-2 and D-3 are located in the TSC Diesel Room in the overhead above the j Diesel Control Panel.
- 3. Turn HEPA filtration FAN SWITCH to HAND position to start fan.
IODINE MONITORING STARTUP INSTRUCTIONS
- Location
- The iodine monitor startup panels are located on the iodine monitor skid in the Mechanical and Electrical
- Equipment Room of the TSC.
i
- Instructions
- 1. Verify "PWR ON" indicator is LIT.
' 2. Press START button. Green "ON" light goes on. ! 3. After pump starts " LIMIT" light should extinguish. I ! EPP 01-4.1 ! Rev. 4 i Page 12 of 12
\
.\
~}
- C;),
n i U l WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY R2SPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER ACTIVATION / OPERATION EPP 01-4.2 Revision 5 l Effective January 1, 1987 O Q) ll 0/ N. EMER(fENCY' PLANNING'-- ORDINAT REVIEW DATE' Y hDM41A EMER(TENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW
//'//$$
DATE o3 CW(Mh ll-l?-S{D PSRC APPROVAL RECOMRENDATION DATE
- -2 PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL
// 3thh DATE / /
O RELEASED /A-5Ll-T([c DATE
.-4 ,- ,-,- , - , - .,
- - - - - + . - - - - - . . - - - . - , - - . ,.-n._ n- ~,e - - - .. , . . _ _ - - , - - - , , - -
.h 5
1.0 PURPOSE ss ,/ The purpose of this procedure is to provide general guidelines for activation and operation of the Operations Support Center (OSC) in response to a radiological emergency condition of the Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS). 2.0 APPLICABILITY
- _ This procedure is applicable to the OSC Supervisor and all other personnel reporting to the OSC. This procedure shall be initiated following the declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at WCGS. The. Duty Emergency Director (DED) , may direct activation of the OSC at the emergency classification of Notification of Unusual Event. OSC 3 personnel shall use EPP 01-1.1, "WCGS Organization" for definition of responsibilities.
3.0 DEFINITIONS i 3.1 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) i The OSC is the onsite emergency response staging area, separate from the Control Room and the Technical . Support Center (TSC), where designated WCGS emergency , response support personnel shall report in an emergency to support emergency efforts. The OSC is located east of the Turbine Building at ground level. , The OSC layout is illustrated in Attachment 1.0 to this procedure. t 3.2 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS 4 Situations occurring which cause or may threaten to cause radiological hazards affecting the health and i safety of employees or the public, or which may result in damage to property. 3.3 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION A system used to define the severity of emergencies
- into one of four categories based upon Emergency
- Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity i Conditions. Classifications listed in order of L increasing severity are
- Notification of Unusual
) Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General ! Emergency. EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 3 1 Page 1 of 21
__ _- - _ . ~ . _._ - . . . - _ g: 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS O Y\ . 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 In the event.that emergency conditions preclude 'activ-ation or warrant evacuation of the OSC, the OSC shall be relocated to either the Security Building Basement or other locations as authorized by the DED. : Attachment 6.0, "OSC Relocation' Supplies and ' Equipment," will identify relocation supplies / equipment. 4.1.2 Designated communications uith the TSC are the Health Physics Line (HPL - ash phones) and the Operations Assessment Line (OAL - green phones). Alternative communication will be Gaitronics and Operations radio. 4.1.2.1 Emergency Team primary communication will be the i Operations radio. Back-up communication can be accom-plished by Gaitronics/ plant telephone. During the performance of emergency assignments, 4.1.3 personnel shall be responsible for maintaining their own personnel exposure ALARA. 1 4.1.4 The OSC Supervisor or Onsite Survey Team Director (OSTD) shall contact the Maintenance Emergency Coordinator (MEC) or the Radiological Emergency . t Coordinator (REC) to request evaluation of potential evacuation of the OSC should any of the following be noted: i o A dose of 500 mrem for any individual continu-ously occupying the OSC. o Dose rates equal to or greater than 100 mR/hr I o Widespread contamination outside the reentry step-off pad equal to or greater than 20,000 dpm/100cm l ! o Airborne radioactgvity (excluding noble gases) in exc9ss of 3 x 10 uCi/cc gross beta-gamma or 1 x 1 10 uCi/cc iodine. , 4.1.5 Returning Emergency Teams to the Emergency Response i Personnel Access area shall follow directions from the Health Physics (HP) personnel. 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS l 4.2.1 Essential OSC personnel, upon arriving, will sign l their WCGS security bin number on the OSC Accountabil-ity Board located at the south entrance to the OSC. l EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 2 of 21 !
4.2.2 Health Physics personnel shall proceed to the OSC H.P. [) Activation Task Status. Board and perform the assigned 3s_) task as defined in Attachment 4.0, " OSC Health Physics Activation Task Status Board." 4.2.3 Support personnel (i.e., Chemistry Technicians, Mech-anics, Electricians, I&C, Non-Licensed Operator) shall proceed to the OSC Support Activation Status Board and perform tasks as defined in Attachment 5.0, "OSC Support Activation Task Status Board." All other essential personnel shall report to the Maintenance Shop assembly area to begin an equipment status briefing.
- NOTE: If required by Health Physics OSC personnel
- shall perform a whole body frisk at established OSC locations, and report any detected contamination or abnormal background readings to the OSTD.
4.2.4 Upon completion of emergency response tag assignment, team personnel shall inform the OSTD of their state of readiness.
- 4.2.5 The OSTD shall complete the activation checklist,
, Attachment 3.0, "Onsite Survey Team Director Check. list", Form EP 4.2-2. ! 4.2.6 The OSC Supervisor shall complete the activation checklist, Attachment 2.0, "OSC Supervisor Checklist", Form-EP 4.2-1. 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.3.1 The OSC Supervisor shall: 4.3.1.1 Assure OSC habitability is checked at least once every hour, and results are reported to the MEC.
- 4.3.1.2 As required to support emergency response operations, i brief and prepare for dispatch, Emergency Repair Damage Control (ERDC) Teams, Offsite Monitoring Teams, i Onsite Survey Teams, Search and Rescue, and other personnel, as appropriate, in accordance with EPP 01-j 9.4, " Emergency Team Formation".
4.3.1.3 Where response actions are expected to be required over a long period of time: o Evaluate staffing needs and establish a rotating work schedule to assure adequate coverage. , i i i EPP 01-4.2 2 Rev. 5 4 Page 3 of 21 _me,,,..-,..,.-,-.-,-_en--ma,-- n-m,n,,_ ,
,-, ,,-e . . , , - - - - - - - -__-,-,,,_..,,,,.,,.w_n__,,,,,.-,.,
. . - -. . . . .. . . = . - -
o Identify the need, and recommend to the MEC O additional staff support capabilities and services which should be obtained. o Direct'the OSC Clerk to perform periodic account-ability checks.
~ 4'.'3.1.4 In the event that the OSC becomes uninhabitable, direct the OSTD to gather required supplies and equipment as specified in Attachment 6.0 to be
,- transported along the best route to the relocation ' area specified by the MEC. 4.3.2 Operation of the OSC shall continue until such time that the DED directs the deactivation. F 4.3.3 Following deactivation, assure that the OSC is restored to the pre-emergency response configuration. 4.3.2 The OSTD shall:
; 4.3.2.1 Assure dose rate surveys are performed at least hourly ,
4 (or more frequently during' rapidly changing condi-tions) in the OSC. 4.3.2.2 Direct air sampling to commence when OSC habitability monitor (frisker) alarm becomes continuous. [ 4.3.2.3 Assure performance of initial and followup habitabil-ity surveys in the OSC and reporting the results to the OSC Supervisor and thefRadiological Assessment Coordinator.(RAC). 4.3.2.4 Assure frisker or other suitable monitor is placed in operation outside of the OSC Supervisor's office to provide continuous indication of habitability.
- NOTE
- Following OSC activation, this unit should not
- be used for frisking and should be checked hourly for habitability.
5.0 REFERENCES
l
- 5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-1.1, "WCGS Organization" ,
i l 5.3 EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability" l
- 5.4 EPP 01-8.2, "Offsite Radiological Monitoring" !
I j 5.5 EPP 01-9.4, " Emergency Team Formation" i l EPP 01-4.2 ! Rev. 5 j Page 4 of 21 m--- m , ,m.. --- - ,. .,,,..--.-.--,--,,,,,-,.r..,-r-- ,.,,..-..mm.,,,,,w. - . - , , - ,w-,,~~.w--,. ,,,.mm.,,.
i f-s .6 5 EPP 01-11.3, " Logs and Record Keeping" 6.O RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 4.2-1, "OSC Supervisor Checklist" 6.2 Form EP 4.2-2, "Onsite Survey Team Director Checklist" 6.3 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency.shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Management Systems for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be considered QA records. 3 6.4 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records, i 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, "OSC Layout"
'[ 7.2 Attachment 2.0, "OSC Supervisor Checklist" 7.3- Attachment 3.0, "Onsite Survey Team Director Checklist" i
7.4 Attachment 4.0, "OSC Health Physics Activation Task Status Board" 7.5 Attachment 5.0, "OSC Support Activation Task Status Board" 7.6 Attachment 6.0, "OSC Relocation Supplies / Equipment" t EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 5 of 21
1 O k*/ ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 1 of 1) OSC LAYOUT EPLM FS 308 t, REW S/86 30eOP BULBest GROWees FLOOst LAYOUT
!*I O O N O O [
O O & s_ .... .. O O O O O'I I L-t O 00 : i - O O_ ( .-. 000 "fo o a I cao o
' $O
...............@r----
.u..... ......
1 a w
'" 8 ' ll, _ '
C3 C
. . . . . . . . . . . - --o ,..... cm c3 g,
~] ,
- (((({l:. *= ,x ,
A .---- -
. =:." :':= -
.:::,::.:::. :::""=iE".'::"..
_l p- -
==,- a 2
N -.m.. l g A A! i u.a _ y ~ ~ ~
? r"
*l.,.i ,
[# -
\. , .
I I I / a.w -- EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 6 of 21
___ _ _ _ . . . ._ _ ~ __ . _ _ _ -
.m __. . . . . _ '1*- FORM EP 4.2-1 REV. 1 ATTACHMENT 2.0 OSC Supervisor Checklist Initial Time .Date
- 1) Verify that initial' habitability / / /
surveys have been taken, and results e reported.to MEC.
- -- NOTE
- Announce that there will be no eating, drinking or smoking until habitability has been established.
- 2) Assign the OSC Communicator to / / /
initiate accountability as per EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability".
- 3) Establish communications with the / / /
Maintenance Emergency Coordinator (MEC) at the Technical Support i Center (TSC) and verify equipment
; operability.
2 .
- 4) Determine the nature and status of / / /
the declared emergency classification and make an initial announcement. 1
- 5) Conduct an initial assessment on the / / /
r need for emergency teams with the MEC. , t '
- 6) Verify that key OSC positions are / / /
staffed and that adequate support staff is available.
- 7) Assure that the OSC (Emergency / / /
Response and Recovery activities) , logbook is initiated. ,. 8) Synchronize OSC clock with TSC. / / /
- 9) Verify designated OSC communications / / /
lines are established and functioning properly.
- 10) Declare the OSC activated and notify / / /
the MEC.
- 11) Assure habitability verified by air
- sample. / / /
l l EPP 01-4.2 , Rev. 5 Page 7 of 21
FORM EP 4.2-2 REV. 1 kQ,/ 1 , ATTACHMENT 3.0 1. 4
.ONSITE SURVEY TEAM DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Initial Tine Date
! 1) Verify initial habitability surveys / / / , have been completed and air sample initiated.
- 2) Es'tablish communications with the / / /
RAC in the TSC.
- 3) Obtain current radiological / / / /
meterological data from the RAC. o Wind Speed o Wind Direction o Release in progress / projected 1 i 4) Verify that the OSC H.P. Activation / / / Task Status Board is properly manned.
\ s
- 5) Assure adequate transportation is / j_ / /
obtained and fueled for Offsite Monitoring Teams. ~
- 6) Advise the OSC Supervisor that the / / /
Onsite Survey Teams and Offsite Monitoring Teams are ready for dispatching. 1 i 1 t i EPP 01-4.2 ' Rev. 5 Page 8 of 21
.,----,,.--,,-n,,---~-.c-----,v,,,-- ,.,-w.-m,,m,n,,-_..,n.,._--n
ATTACHMENT 4.0 (Page 1.of 7)
' ' ('~'
OSC HEALTH PHYS.'.CS ACTIVATION TASK STATUS BOARD i Task #1 OSC HABITABILITY SURVEY
- 1. ' Sign on H.P. Activation Task Status ' Board for task. .
- 2. Remove personnel friskers. Turn one on and report
'~
immediate habitability results to Onsite Survey Team Director.
- 3. Locate'one frisker in the shop area:for incoming OSC personnel monitoring and a second frisker near the OSC Supervisor's Office for HP personnel frisk.
- 4. Commence 10-minute air sample for iodine and ,
particulate activities at 2 cfm to 4 cfm in hallway outside OSC office area.
- 5. Replace task on status board. Sign for completion of task.
- 6. Perform next task. If all tasks are in. progress or ,
completed, report to Onsite Survey Team Director for j assignment. i l 4 i l 4 4 EPP 01-4.2
- Rev. 5 i i Page 9 of 21 w-- t- y 9 m,-v y _ 9 y -7 gy yy y g, wwe-g w - WN-* W w- + wef-w w -es t-ve
ATTACHMENT 4.0 - (Page 2 of 7) Task #2 HEALTH PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT CHECK i.
- 1. Sign on H.P. Activation Task Status Board for task.
- 2. If radio communications have not been established with I the TSC, perform operability check of radio in the l emergency cabinet by communicating with TSC. l NOTE: Batteries for radios are maintained in the OSC Supervisor's office.
- 3. Assure a radio is on and volume turned up in OSC Supervisor's Office.
- 4. Report completion of task and results to Onsite Survey Team Director or OSC Supervisor.
- 5. Replace task card on Status Board and sign for completion of task.
- 6. Perform next task. If all tasks are in progress or complete, report to the Onsite Survey Team Director for assignment. .
4 4 i + e i l l EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5
- Page 10 of 21
ATTACHMENT 4.0 , (Page 3 of 7) l Task #3 ONSITE/OFFSITE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEAM PREPARATION TWO CARDS REQUIRED (Two people minimum)
- 1. Sign on H.P. Activation Task Status Board-for task.
4
- 2. Obtain an emergency equipment trunk.
- 3. Inventory trunk's contents.
NOTE: If seal is intact, inventory is not requir de.
- 4. Perform operability checks on instruments and air
' sampler.
t
- 5. Report to Onsite Survey Team Director for briefing and assignment of team leader.
- 6. Obtain proper dosimetry and sign name on dosimeter 9
sheet (0-5 R and 0-500 mR dosimeters).
- 7. Complete applicable sections of "Offsite Monitoring 9
Team Checklist". '
- 8. When manned and ready, sign for completion of task and j replace card on Status Board.
i 9. Stand by for dispatching by Onsite Survey Team Director. 4 9 e EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 11 of 21 v wo s - y e ,a e -, m s. ---~-e-,--.------- -www*-vw s---v--- * * ~ ~ = - - m--==w=~-n=---a--*-w-~+, m-+-=~-~~rmws we~ww--r-rw-e*~-es+mwm-w -we - m -e
I
- I ATTACHMENT 4.0 '
(N i (Page 4 of 7) ; Task #4 POWER BLOCK MONITORING TEAM PREPARATION ! TWO CARDS REQUIRED. (Two people minimum.) !
- 1. Sign on H.P. Activation Task Status Board for task.
- 2. Perform operability checks on necessary survey equipment:
Beta-Gamma Survey Meter, High-Range Survey Meter, Air Sampler.
- 3. Don protective clothing (PC) (complete PC's; two sets or as directed by Onsite Survey Team Director) .
- 4. Obtain and check out required self contained breathing apparatus (SCEA).
- 5. Obtain and zero required dosimetry and log name on dosimeter sheet.
- 6. Complete applicable sections of "Onsite Radiological Monitoring Team Checklist".
- 7. When manned and ready, sign for completion of task and replace card on Status Board.
N EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 12 of 21
ATTACHMENT 4.0 [q) (Page 5 of 7) U Task #5 PREPARE DOSIMETRY EQUIPMENT
- 1. Sign on H.P. Activation Task Status Board for task.
- 2. Remove dosimetry equipment from emergency cabinets.
Inspect dosimetry and zero as rsquired at table near, or in, the electric shop. Prepare at least 10 sets of 0-500 mR and 0-5R dosimeters.
- 3. Obtain the most recent dose update listing and identify the responding personnel's remaining quarterly dose and deliver to the onsite Survey Team Director.
- 4. Label and put aside any dosimetry suspected of malfunctioning.
- 5. Prepara dosimetry sheet so only required entries left cre time issued and person issued to.
- 6. Replace task card on status board and sign for completion of task.
- 7. Report completion of task and status of dosimetry to
(N i Onsite Survey Team Director.
- 8. Stand by to issue and record dosimetry issued unless otherwise directed by onsite Survey Team Director.
O EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 13 of 21
ATTACHMENT 4.0 e (Page 6 of 7) Task #6 CONTAMINATION CONTROL ENTRANCE
- 1. Sign on H.P. Activation Task Status Board for task.
- 2. Remove the necessary equipment from the 55-gallon drums or emergency cabinets. Perform operability checks on personnel friskers.
- 3. Establish contamination control entrance and personnel monitoring station in accordance with Attachment 1.0, "OSC Larmut" of EPP 01-4.2, "OSC Activation / Operation",
at location designated on status board.
- 4. Get first aid kit out and place at the contamination control entrance second step off pad.
- 5. Report completion of task and results to Onsite Survey Team Director or OSC Supervisor.
- 6. Replace task card on Status Board and sign for completion of task.
- 7. Perform next task. If all tasks are in progress or
(~'s complete, report to the Onsite Survey Team Director"for t
) assignment.
l ~x EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 14 of 21 i
, . - - . - - - - - . - . . - - ~ , - - - , . - - . - , - . . , - , . . . . - - - , _ - . , -, v,. . . . - -
, ~* l ATTACHMENT 4.0 (Page 7 of 7) 4 Task #7 ESTABLISHMENT OF COUNTING STATION' l
- 1. Sign on H.P. Activation Task Status Board for task.
- 2. Obtain equipment and forms necessary for counting smears and air samples.
- 3. Perform equipment operability and background checks.
- 4. Set up counting station at location designated on status board.
- 5. Replace task on status board and sign for completion. ,
- 6. Report task completion to Onsite Survey Team Director.
Man counting station unless directed otherwise by Onsite Survey Team Director. 4 ) i 1 i 7 EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 15 of 21
i 1 , ATTACHMENT 5.0 OSC SUPPORT ACTIVATION TASK STATUS BOARD (Page 1 of 5) TASK #1 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL TECHNICIANS
- l. Print your name on the blank provided next to the tag.
- 2. Provide the OSC Supervisor with pre-emergency equipment status.
1
- 3. Dress out in~ full protective clothing.
- 4. Inform the OSC Supervisor that an Instrumentation and Control Technician is prepared to be dispatched.--
- 5. Remain in Emergency Locker area until otherwise directed by the OSTD or OSC Supervisor.
k i ) i EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 16 of 21
-- -----. ,,w------,.-n-.-,- -w .,,w.,,_-w.,y+,,-,m-mam,,,_-,._,mwm.-w---, ,. .-- --_ _ , _ _ - . , . . , _ , ,_,,,,mw-,---_,w_,-,
,-,,,._-w, --
. . . . .. . . . . = . . - - . . . ._ -. - . .. . . . .
ATTACHMENT 5.0 OSC SUPPORT ACTIVATION TASK STATUS BOARD (Page 2 of 5) TASK #2 NON-LICENSED OPERATOR
- 1. Print your name on the blank provided next to the tag.
- 2. Provide the OSC Supervisor with pre-emergency equipment status.
- 3. Dress out in full protective clothing.
- 4. Inform the OSC Supervisor that a non-licensed Operator is prepared to be dispatched.
- 5. Remain in Emergency Locker area until otherwise directed by the OSTD or.OSC Supervisor.
a 4
\
i-1 i i EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 i Page 17 of 21
4 f e^g ATTACHMENT 5.0 ( j OSC SUPPORT ACTIVATION TASK STATUS BOARD
'd (Page 3 of 5)
TASKS #3 and #4 ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE
- 1. Print your name on the blank provided next to the tag.
- 2. Provide the OSC Supervisor with pre-emergency equipment status.
- 3. Dress out in full protective clothing.
- 4. I;ttorm the OSC Supervisor that an electrical maintenance individual is prepared to be dispatched.
- 5. Remain in Emergency Locker area until otherwise directed by the OSTD or OSC Supervisor.
O i l l l O EPP 01-4.2 l Rev. 5 Page 18 of 21 l
s i ATTACEMENT 5.0 O OSC SUPPORT ACTIVATION TASK STATUS BOARD (Page 4 of 5) TASKS #5 AND #6 MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE l
- 1. Print your name on the blank provided next to the tag.
- 2. Provide the OSC Supervisor with pre-emergency equipment status. l
- 3. Dress out in full protective clothing.
- 4. Inform the OSC Supervisor that a mechanical maintenance individual is prepared to be dispatched.
- 5. Remain in Emergency Locker area until otherwise directed
- by the OSTD or OSC Supervisor.
O l l l l EPP 01-4.2 I Rev. 5 l Page 19 of 21 1 1 _ . -.-- - . . - - . . . - . . - . . - . .a
l l ATTACHMENT 5.0 O OSC SUPPORT ACTIVATION TASK STATUS BOARD (Page 5 of 5) TASK #7 CHEMISTRY TECHNICIAN
- 1. Print your name on the blank provided next to the tag. -
- 2. Provide the OSC Supervisor with pre-emergency-equipment status.
3 .- Dress out in full protective clothing.
- 4. Inform the OSC Supervisor that a Chemistry Technician is prepared to be dispatched.
- 5. Remain in Emergency Locker area until otherwise directed by the OSTD or OSC Supervisor.
\
i l l l i i i EPP 01-4.2 l- Rev. 5 Page 20 of 21
5
-s ATTACHMENT 6.0 OSC RELOCATION SUPPLIES / EQUIPMENT
- 1. Portable Survey Instruments o Air samplers o Frisker
- 2. Personnel Dosimetry o TLD o SRD o Issue logs
-3. Emergency Procedures / Forms
- 4. Protective Clothing
- 5. Decontamination Supplies
- 6. First Aid Kit
- 7. Communication Equipment
- 8. Controlled Area Supplies -
o Step off pads o Radiation signal ropes
- 9. Respiratory Protection o Full face o SCBA
- 10. Health Physics Survey Supplies o Zeolite cartridges o Smears o A/S filters O
EPP 01-4.2 Rev. 5 Page 21 of 21
- (
~
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EMERGENCf OPERATION FACILITY ACTIVATION EPP 01-4.3 Revision 5 l Effective January 1, 1987 (
/
sunk EMERGERCY'FLANNI OORDIN: OR REVIEW DAT2 a n/n
//
R gp- ea-u EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE o) bMfd /f-[2- b PSRC APPROVAL RECOMM2KDATION - DATE PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL
//f&
DATY / 7 l ( ) RELEASED 1 W El Y DATE
1.O PURPOSE I I (s,/ This procedure provides guidance for the activation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). 2.0 APPLICABILITY l This procedure shall be initiated following the declaration of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. The Duty Emerge,ncy Director (DED) may direct activation of the EOP at a lower emergency classification based on actual or projected plant conditions. This procedure is applicable to the Duty Emergency Manager (DEM) and his staff. EOF personnel shall use EPP 01-1.2, " Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Organization", for definition of responsibilities. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 EMERJENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY The EOF is the near-site emergency response facility from which the management of the overall Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS) emergency response will be (~'S conducted. This includes coordinating with Federal', ( N- ) State, and local authorities, offsite support-organizations, performing WCNOC organization command l and control functions, plant assessment support, and Protective Action Recommendation decision making. The EOF is located 2.8 miles northwest of WCGS. The EOF layout is illustrated in Attachment 1.0. 3.2 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS Situations occurring which cause or may threaten to cause radiological hazards affecting the health and safety of employees or the public, or which may result in damage to property. t l 3.3 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION l A system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity Conditions. Classifications listed in order of increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual l Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency. l l l
/~N 1
\ l 1 0 1 EPP 01-4.3 l Rev. 5 i Page 1 of 22 l t
,-- 3.4 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EAL's)
(x ,/) m Specific parameters or conditions that may be used as thresholds for declaring a particular emergency classification. 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 If radiological conditions warrant evacuation of the EOF, EOF personnel shall be directed by the DEM to relocate to the Beto Inn at the intersection of Interstate 35 and Highway 75. 4.1.2 The EOF is required to be setup for operation within 1 hour post classification of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. 4.1.3 The EOF is required to be staffed by EOF emergency response personnel, prepared to assume their responsibilities within 90 minutes post classification of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. 4.1.4 The EOF is considered activated when the DEM, TRM, RAM, RAS and EOFC are present and have completed the ['T/ appropriate items on their respective checklists.
'# Entry into the EOF shall be limited to the assigned essential personnel only. The EOF Security Officer is responsible for obtaining Administrative Resources Manager (ARM) or DEM approval for authorizing access of additional personnel.
4.1.5 The EOF Coordinator shall check the status of the iodine monitor in the mechanical and electrical equipment room of the EOF once every hour. l 4.1.6 The EOF Coordinator shall check the habitability of the EOF once every hour by verifying that the count rate on the genera' area frisker is less than 100 cpm above background a; that the general atomics iodine monitor reading is 'kground. t NOTE: If readings .ater than 100 cpm above background c he general area frisker or greater than ckground on the general atomics iodine monit . are noted, an air sample will be taken in accordance with HPH 03-003 to determine habitability. i O
'q,/
EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 2 of 22
4.1.7' If the general atomic iodine monitor is inoperable l ('x,,/ b during HEPA filter operation, the RAM will initiate measures to conduct portable iodine sampling by util-l izing sampling techniques identified in EPP 01-8.2 Section~4.3.3.5.4 and 4.3.3.5.6. Sampling frequency will be performed hourly or more often, as conditions warrant. 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4.2.1 Upon arrival at the EOF, all EOF. personnel shall sign in on the " EOF Staffing Status Board" located in the southeast corner of the EOF. 4.2.2 EOF personnel shall then obtain.their appropriate position binder from the. EOF' Document Cabinet located in the EOF Document Room and proceed to their work station / area. 4.2.3 The following personnel / staff shall complete their appropriate checklists: 4.2.3.1 EOF Coordinator - (Attachment 2.0). 4.2.3.2 Duty Emergency Manager - (Attachment 3.0). 4.2.3.3 Administrative Resources Manager - (Attachment 4.0)". 1 4.2.3.4 Radiological Assessment Manager -(Attachment 5.0). I 4.2.3.5 Technical Resources Manager - (Attachment 6.0). 4.2.3.6 Radiological Assessment Supervisor - (Attachment 7.0). 4.2.3.7 Security Officer - (Attachment 9.0). 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS l 4.3.1 Upon declaring EOF deactivation, the DEM shall: i ( 4.3.1.1 Direct the EOF personnel delineated in Steps 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.7 to implement the deactivation portion of their checklists. 4.3.1.2 Assure that appropriate responsibilities are transferred to the Technical Support Center (TSC).
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-1.2, " Emergency Operation Facility Emergency Organization" l [ EPP 01-4.3 j Rev. 5 Page 3 of 22
9'
~s, 5.3 EPP 01-8.2, "Offsite Radiological Monitoring" ,
_, 5.4 HPH 03-003, " Airborne Radioactivity Survey Methods" 5.5 HPH 03-010, " Radiological Control Point Set-Up and Operation" 5.6 STN KAF-001," EOF Diesel Generator'Startup Operation" 4 6.0 . RECORDS 6.1- Form EP 4.3-2, " EOF Coordinator Checklist" 6.2 Form EP 4.3-3, " Duty Emergency Manager Checklist" 6.3 Form EP.4.3-4, " Administrative Resources Manager checklist" , 6.4 Form EP 4.3-5, " Radiological-Assessment Manager Checklist" 6.5 Form EP 4.3-6, " Technical Resources Manager Checklist" 6.6 Form EP 4.3-7, " Radiological Ascessment Supervisor Checklist" l 6.7 Form EP 4.3-8, " Activation of the EOF Iodine Monito'r" 6.8 Form EP 4.3-9, " Security Officer Checklist" 6.9 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Management Systems for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be
- considered QA records.
6.10 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon
. termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records.
7.0 ATTACHMENTS I ! - 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " EOF Layout" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, " EOF Coordinator Checklist" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, " Duty Emergency Manager Checklist" (\j
T 7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Administrative Resources Manager Checklist"
, EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 i Page 4 of 22 4
-, .-..n,,._,~---r._ . - ..,--_, -,m._,~, . , - . _ _ - - _ . . . . - - - _ - - - - - , - - _ , - - , . _ , ~ . _ , , , . . . . , -
-e 7.5 Attachment 5.0, " Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist" 7.6 Attachment 6.0, " Technical Resources Manager Checklist" 7.7 Attachment 7.0, " Radiological Assessment Supervisor Checklist" ;
7.8 Attachment 8.0, " Activation of the EOF Iodine Monitor" 7.9 Attachment 9.0, " Security Officer Checklist" l l l l EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 5 of 22
~
r / (%)e
%d
] E PLN P s-300-2, RE V 6'84 STATE SFOGNG 15COS SFQf MCE
& EVENTS eOAFD oF EVE.NTS poA@ p I
p,Q. ?
, i e ii I. i pb. ' ' ,
*-"==
d . r,j % -
- w E E., . .
n,es ====="' _ Raowm oocAL E LEGEND
' p p. ,
s - swus soAse . . in -
.'sNac
k,D3 [
, 83 2. FfoEnAL EWRGENCY MANAGEMNT AoENCv g;.- r y .
' 8 neScEtt Awous
,o 6. E E,,
2,g' 0g . y'm .. ' * ' for coMuu,acAfoRs l Qg , M FJ @ 4 orERAM . < p ,,,, o,,,,,o,, U RAosATK14 ,M W 9g
- e.'nAoioloacAt swus soAno nEconoER
- * * 'oa t.3 rg a }d ' Tu . '// DOSE ASSESSMENT SUPERVISOR w 4 <* 6i M ;r 8"' "^a
,, I oF F SITE,4NG o kM e -'i l oPERATIo dS STATUS soAnD 8 ' RAoeoloGCAL cooRoINAYoR
'!Y HPN CohaduMICAToR 5
- ill RAoloLoGICAL ASSESSWNT SL7TRVISoR
- ] FIELO TEAM Conaa,eCAToRS
.\ ] L8RAoloLOGICAL ASSES $wNT MANAGER gqq
".I e h /
w DEM
!? TECH,8 CAL RESOL 7tCEs MANAGER g p g g 1
i
" ~ g j '3 mj 'Is eof CLEnK/LooKEEPER oury EwnarNcv MANAaEn g
! -j for $) ,Q '!*d
'! ENGodEE,4NG TEAwfRFts H:
- l swus soAm swresa _4 L -} '!* swE nErnEsENwrvE POM C *2:
l ( ', V " " 'd ~ ,'* . } j Ts
<!* couNTv comannecAfon N O8H N
coa , 7.,o, l 6,AoupesinAwE nEscuncEs MANAGER o. eg-
. ,,,,c oF .cE > s,,,. ,.
,- u. Lie - Tio coono oR en E,,s co,a oocuwNT cwgNCE i
? f, ;f
,,c,0,,
Room U OPERAfloNs TREND REComoER g ?4 ops swus soAno nEconoEn EnE' r-;nur Kns sEcnfiAnv g, i a 28 sECus=Tv suPEarson
, I ]
' 5"nl:s' "
"" - m,, [ i '" '
c' f-w.]. '{-owN l A - TETE ===
- a==
7 Tm-,,
^
( l conacoa
/ \ '
mmM ' I \' wam J m<m (D
- L \.
T o ! GAnAGE LAs STATE OFFICE
& US H LuMCM Room I
O b ^ n . u j N.f N N EOF N M
4 FORM EP 4.3-2 REV. 1 ATTACHMENT 2.0
/ (Page 1 of 3)
( EOF COORDINATOR CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1) Duty Emergency Director (DED) notified of arrival and initiation of EOF activation time.
NOTE: If normal power supply to the EOF is not available, start the emergency diesel generator in accordance with Procedure STN KAF-001, " EOF Diesel Generator Startup Operation". The key to the Mechanical Equipment Room may be obtained from either the Education Center Security Officer or the
- Simulator Supervisor.
- 2) Response and Recovery Activities Record Sheet initiated (time)
- 3) Record EOF area radiation monitor reading.
(N-- reading (time) NOTE: If monitor reading excaeds 20 mr/hr, notify the DED or the Duty Emergency Manager (DEM)
- 4) Activate EOF Iodine Monitor " Activation of i the EOF Iodine Monitor" (Attachment 8.0).
I I Record Iodine Monitor reading: i reading (time) l
- 5) Initiate EOF HEPA ventilation by switching on the HEPA Filtration Unit and positioning dampers for HEPA operation.
- 6) Perform EOF habitability check:
a) Establish frisker counting station ! for EOF per HP 03-010, " Radiological l Control Point Set-Up and Operation". b) Draw and count an initial air sample
T for EOF per HPH 03-003, " Airborne
{Q Radioactivity Surveys". EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 7 of 22
-. . - -. - .~ - - --. - - = - - - . . - - _ - . - . - - . . . . - - . . .
FORM EP 4.3-2 REV. 1 s ATTACHMENT 2.0 (Page 2 of 3) EOF COORDINATOR CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 7) General EOF layout verified and equipment energized or made ready:
- a. Telephones g. Air Monitor
- b. Radios per Procedure
- c. ERFIS HPH 03-003
- d. RRIS h. Emergency Cabinets
- e. Copiers i. Status Boards
- f. Telecopiers j. Furniture
- 8) EOF Staffing Status Board initiated.
- 9) Assure distribution of binders, containing forms and procedures, to appropriate personnel.
- 10) Checklist complete 1
(time)
- 11) Administrative Resources Manager, or, if not
-available, Technical Resources Manager notified (time)
- 12) Report to Radiological Assessment Manager for further duties.
EPP 01-4.3 ' Rev. 5 Page 8 of 22
FORM EP 4.3-2 REV. 1 A
\,) ATTACHMENT 2.0 (Page 3 of 3)
EOF COORDINATOR CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION
- 1) Deactivation directed by Duty Emergency Manager (time)
- 2) Equipment or supplies de-energized or restored.
- a. Telephones g. Emergency Cabinets
- b. Radios' h. Ventilation System
- c. ERFIS 1. Iodine Monitor
- d. RRIS j. Furniture
- e. Copiers k. Status Boards
- f. Telecopiers
- 3) EOF deactivated
(N -(time)
- 4) EOF staff relieved of duties.
, 5) Duty Emergency Director informed of EOF deactivation.
- 6) Records collected and forwarded to the ARM
/
EdF COORDINATOR DATE EPP 01-4.3 O Rev. 5 Page 9 of 22 't 1
,p..-----,--c,- -- ----,.e ,n, - .,w -,-,,,w., , , - . , . . - , ,, _ , , , , , . -
---.,,_.,n.- -n,.-m,-.v,- , - , -
FORM EP 4.3-3 REV. 1 V ATTACHMENT 3.0 ' (Page 1 of'2) DUTY E:-!ERGENCY MANAGER CHECKLIST 4 INITIAL TASK COMPLETE , 1) Arrival at EOF (time)
- 2) Received briefing by Duty Emergency Director,
- a. Operational statuc
- b. Radiological status'
- c. Protective Action Recommendations
- d. Notification status
- 3) EOF activation status report received from either Administrative Resources Manager or Technical Resources Manager
- \
- 4) Responsibilities assumed from TSC:
- a. Notification
- b. Request for outside assistance
- c. Emergency Classification
- d. Dose assessment and field monitoring
- e. . Protective Action Recommendations
- f. ' 10 CFR exposure authorizations I g. Authorizing press releases
- 5) EOF declared operational (time) i a. Announced to EOF staff 1 l
- b. Duty Emergency Director informed
- c. Control Room Shift Supervisor informed
- d. Advisory Resources Manager (HOEC) informed
- e. Offsite agencies informed l
l EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 10 of 22 i.
- y=-~g--r+w-- ----+-r--i-+ et7e W y e g -W > g - w e m e w-* g -
FORM EP 4.3-3 REV. 1 ATTACHMENT 3.0 (Page 2 of 2) DUTY EMERGENCY MANAGER CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION
- 1) Direct transfer of responsibilities to the TSC.
- 2) Overall direction and control transferred to the Duty Emergency Director.
- 3) Direct EOF Coordinator to initiate facility deactivation.
l 1 l / ! DUTY EMERGENCY MANAGER DATE ( l l l EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 11 of 22
r" FORM EP 4.3-4 REV. 2 l (x ATTACHMENT 4.0 (Page 1 of 2) ADMINISTRATIVE RESOURCES MANAGER CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1) Arrival at EOF (time)
- 2) Duty Emergency Manager (DEM) informed of arrival.
- 3) Response and Recovery Activities Record Sheet initiated (time)
- 4) Contact Administrative Emergency Coordinator (AEC) i to discuss status of offsite notification.
- 5) Communications established with Coffey County, State of Kansas, System Operations and the l NRC.
- 6) Verify EOF. staffing and assure EOF accountability has been performed.
- 7) Assure EOF access control has been established.
8)' AEC contacted and administrative operations status discussed.
- 9) Received completed facility activation checklists (if not already submitted to the TRM) from:
- a. EOF Coordinator (EOFC)
L
- b. Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM)
I i
- c. Technical Resources Manager (TRM) _ _ _ _
- 10) DEM notified of completed checklists (time)
\
EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 12 of 22
jq FORM EP 4.3-4 REV. 2 U ATTACHMENT 4.0 (Page 2 of 2) ADMINISTRATIVE RESOURCES MANAGER CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION
- 1) Upon direction of the DEM, assist with EOF deactivation.
- 2) Responsibility for notification and coordination with offsite assistance organizations transferred to the TSC.
- 3) Assure administrative equipment and supplies are restored and/or replenished.
- 4) Assura documents are collected and forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator. -
l
\s
/
ADMINISTRATIVE RESOURCES MANAGER DATE 1 I i l D EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 13 of 22 I
~
1 l
~ FORM EP 4.3-5-REV. 1 \j ATTACHMENT 5.0 (Page 1 of 2)
RADIOLOGICAL' ASSESSMENT MANAGER CHECKLIST INITIAL-TASK COMPLETE
- 1) Arrival at EOF (time).
- 2) Administrative Resources Manager (ARM) or, if not available, Technical Resources Manager (TRM) notified of arrival.
- 3) Response and Recovery Activities Record Sheet initiated (time)
- 4) Radiological Emergency Coordinator (REC) contacted and radiological status dicussed.
- 5) Duty Energency Manager (DEM) briefed on radiological status.
l l 6) Assure EOF habitability assessment and establish- [ ment of appropriate radiological controls by the EOF Coordinator
- 7) Received completed checklist from Radiological Assessment Supervisor (RAS).
1
- 8) Radiological assessment functional and ARM or, TRM, if not available, notified
) (time) I t l
'g EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5
( Page 14 of 22
y FORM EP 4.3-5 REV. 1 l ATTACHMENT 5.0 (PAGE 2 OF 2) FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION TASK INITIAL COMPLETE
- 1) Upon direction of the DEM, assist with EOF deactivation.
- 2) Responsibility for dose assessment and field monitoring transferred to the TSC.
- 3) Assure radiological assessment equipment and supplies are restored and/or replenished.
'4) Assure that documents are collected and forwarded to the. ARM. ,
/
RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT MANAGER DATE l EPP 01-4.3 C. Rev. 5 i l Page 15 of 22 l l
. ., ..-,,,,,,,-----.,-,-.-.-,,.--,,....,-.,,--.er-,-- - ---- - ,~.- . - - + = . - - - - . ~ - - - ~ , - - - - - - ~ - - - = - - - - - - -
-FORM EP 4.3-6 REV. 1 u)
ATTACHMENT 6.0 (Page 1 of 2) TECHNICAL RESOURCES MANAGER CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1) Arrival at EOF (time)
- 2) Administrative Resources Manager (ARM) notified.
If the ARM is not available, the TRM shall implement the ARM's checklist prior to implementing this checklist.
- 3) Response and Recovery Activities Record Sheet initiated (time) f) Technical assessment furniture and equipment in place and/or energized.
~
- 5) Technical Support Coordinator or Operations
( Emergency Coordinator (OEC) contacted and plant status discussed.
- 6) Technical assessment status board updated.
- 7) Technical assessment functional and ARM notified
. If the ARM is not available, notify (time) the Duty Emergency Manager (DEM).
EPP 01-4.3 q~ Rev. 5 Page 16 of 22
~i.
. FORM EP 4.3-6 REV. 1 ATTACHMENT 6.0 (Page 2 of 2)
,. TECHNICAL RESOURCES MANAGER CHECKLIST FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1) Upon direction of the DEM, assist with EOF deactivation.
- 2) Assure that technical support equipment and supplies are restored and/or replenished.
- 3) Assure that documents are collected and forwarded to the ARM. '.
O
~
/
TECHNICAL RESOURCES MANAGER DATE J EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 17 of 22
e.
- r. FORM EP 4.3-7 REV. 1 l
ATTACHMENT 7.0 (Page 1 of 2) RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT SUPERVISOR CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1) Arrival at EOF (time)
- 2) Administrative Resources Manager (ARM) and/or '
Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM) notified.
- 3) Response and Recovery Activities Record Sheet initiated (time)
- 4) Assure EOF personnel are provided dosimetry, as appropriate.
- 5) Radiological assessment furniture and equipment i
in place and/or energized. - l
- 6) Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) contacted and radiological status discussed.
- 7) Radiological assessment status boards updated.
- 8) Radiological assessment functional and RAM notified (time) l I
l EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 18 of 22
_ _ _ . . ~ . FORM EP 4.3-7 REV. 1 ATTACHMENT 7.0 (Page 2 of 2) RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT SUPERVISOR CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION
- 1) Upon direction of the RAM, assist with deactivation.
- 2) Assure dose assessment equipment or supplies
.are restored and/or replenished.
- 3) Assure that documents are collected and forwarded to the ARM.
RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT SUPERVISOR DATE l l i l EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 19 of 22 l
i fs FORM EP 4.3-8 REY. O l ( ATTACHMENT 8.0 l (Page 1 of 1) ACTIVATION OF THE EOF IODINE MONITOR INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1) Verify that the "PWR" Light is illuminated.
- 2) Open the two inlet valves a quarter turn each.
- 3) Press " START" Button on the Motor Control Module. Verify that the green "ON" light is illuminated.
- 4) Verify that the " LIMIT" light is extinguished.
- 5) Verify that the flow is between 1.9 and 2.1 scfm.
- 6) Verify that the vacuum is 1.0 in. Hg or less.
s -
/
EOF COORDINATOR DATE i l i r ( l l EPP 01-4.3 ! Rev. 5 l l Page 20 of 22 l
.t
~ FORM EP 4.3-9 REV. 1 ATTACHMENT 9.0 (Page 1 of 2)
SECURITY OFFICER CHECKLIST INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1) Lock all outside doors to the building except the door on the southwest side of the building (the one next to the garage door) . This door will serve as the entrance to the EOF during the emergency.
- 2) Place a sign at the main entrance instructing people-to use the southwest entrance.
- 3) Secure the inside double doors between the EOF and the main entrance reception area.
- 4) Establish a security _ post outside the environmental laboratory, by the southwest 3
entrance corridor.
- 5) Initiate a security log for the EOF. ,
- 6) Establish and maintain. personnel accountability.
i l EPP 01-4.3 Os Rev. 5 Page 21 of 22 l . .- . , _ _ , _ _ _ _ , _ _ . _ _ . _ , _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ . , . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _
.o g FORM EP 4.3-9 REV. 1 ATTACHMENT 9.O !
(Page 2 of 2) j SECURITY OFFICER CHECKLIST FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1) Deactivate security post.
- 2) Secure EOF per_ normal operating security procedures.
- 3) Sign security logs and forward them to the ARM.
/
SECURITY OFFICER DATE EPP 01-4.3 Rev. 5 Page 22 of 22 4 c,m-,-,c- - - - ...--,--_.--,.,---,--____,..,,,,,.,,-.,,--....,w,, . ---,-...-.--,.w-,~-,~,i ,--,-m. c. g. .m.v..-, ,_. ... , ,, .- . - - n .-...--.._,m. ,
s, . .i . O '() WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE HOME OFFICE EMERGENCY CENTER ACTIVATION EPP 01-4.4 Revision 2 l Effective January 1, 1987 O s EMERGENCY PLAN $G COORDIRATDR REVIEW DATE / # A J EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW n ec DAT2 0nYo3 On%idl PSRC APPROVAL RECOMKENDATION DATE ll-12-% J N N) PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATE/ / l RELEASED OC44 1 A -3 l- f h DATE
~
q i . l l 1;0 ' PURPOSE ' The purpose of this procedure is.to provide guidance O. for activating the Home Office Emergency Center (HOEC)~ in the event of an emergency classification of Site
'l Area Emergency or General Emergency.
2.0 APPLICABILITY , This procedure shall be initiated following the declaration of a Site Area Emergency-or General Emergency at Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS), or upon request of the Duty Emergency Manager (DEM).
.This procedure applies to the Advisory Resources Manager (Adv RM) and his staff.
3.0 ' DEFINITIONS 3.1 HOME OFFICE EMERGENCY CENTER (HOEC) The HOEC is the emergency response facility in Wichita from which operations, technical, and communications personnel advise the Technical Resources Manager (TRM) through the Adv RM on technical' concerns and perform selected tasks as directed. The HOEC is located in the 4th floor conference room in the Home Office at 110 S. Main, Wichita, Kansas. 3.2 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS
-Situations occurring which cause or may threaten to cause radiological hazards affecting the health and safety of employees or the public, or which may result in damage to property.
. 3.3 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION i A. system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency Action Sevels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity . Conditions. Classifications listed in order of l increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual l Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General l Emergency. l [ 3.4 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EAL's) Specific parameters or conditions that may be used as thresholds for declaring a particular Emergency Classification. l EPP 01-4.4 Rev. 2 Page 1 of 5
.-, ,_-- ,- -. -.-,,--..... .-,.--.,_,- - ~--..m
'1
i . l 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS
] 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 The HOEC is activated following declaration of a Site Area Emergency or Geheral Emergency or upon request by l the Duty Emergency Director (DED) or DEM. !
4.1.2 Notification of the Adv RM concerning the emergency' during business hours may be accomplished by either normal business channels or Non-Responding Emergency Communicator-(NREC) #1. This notification during off-hours will occur by NREC #1 only. 4.2 IMMEDIATE ACTIONS 4.2.1 Upon arrival at the HOEC, all HOEC personnel shall inform the Adv RM of their arrival. 4.2.2 The Adv RM shall ensure personnel to staff the HOEC are notified including General Office Engineering and HOEC Engineering Team members through the use of EPP 01-3.5 and the WCGS Radiological Emergency Telephone Directory (RETD) . 4.2.3 The Adv RM shall ensure that items on the "HOEC Checklist", Attachment 1.0, are completed. 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS p~s k ,) 4.3.1 Deactivation 4.3.1.1 Upon HOEC deactivation the Adv RM shall ensure that the1 deactivation portion of Attachment 1.0 is completed.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-3.5, " EOF, HOEC and Public Information j Emergency Responsa Organization Manual Call-Out" 5.3 WCGS Radiological Emergency Telephone Directory 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 4.4-1, "Home Office Emergency Center" 6.2 The records generated by this procedure during an l actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency l Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the ! emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Records l EPP 01-4.4 i s Rev. 2 Page 2 of 5 i
. , .~ . _ - . . _ . . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ ~ _
d
._ . ~ . . _ , . _ __ .__ . -__ _ _ . _ _ _ ,
Management for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be considered QA records. . 6.3. The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded.to the.EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall l maintain these records for at least one year.- These 1 records shall be considered non-QA records.
- 7. 0 ' ATTACHMENTS 7.1- Attachment 1.0, "Home Office Emergency Center Checklist" e
t' i i i ) A i I i i , EPP 01-4.4 t
- Rev. 2 Page 3 of 5
- a
- FORM EP'~.4-1 4 REV. 0
' ~
ATTACHMENT 1.0
\,,, (Page 1 of 2)
HOME OFFICE EMERGENCY CENTER CHECKLIST-FOR FACILITY ACTIVATION INIIIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1. Initiate Response and Recovery Activities Record Sheet
- 2. Initiate HOEC Staffing Status Sheet
- 3. Contact Document Control to place telecopier and provide support
- 4. Place telephones and test communications with TSC and EOF
- 5. Designate' individual as HOEC Communicator
- 6. Place overhead projecter and administrative
\s_ supplies from file cabinet
- 7. Contact Security to establish access a
control
- 8. Adv RM contact TRM to inform HOEC activated and receive briefing
- 9. Contact General Office Information Coordinator (GOIC) to inform that HOEC is activated and assess need to send an Engineering Team member to the GO for technical support i
Home Office Advisory Resources Manager Date/ Time EPP 01-4.4 Rev. 2 i Page 4 of 5 I L \s l
FORM.EP 4.4-1 REV. 0 - ATTACHMENT 1.0 d (Page 2 of 2) HOME OFFICE EMERGENCY CENTER CHECKLIST l i FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION
, INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1. Upon direction from DEM or TRM perform HOEC deactivation
- 2. Restore HOEC to pre-emergency layout
- 3. Restore /rsplenish administrative supplies
- 4. Forward all records to the Emergency Planning Coordinator Home Office Advisory Resources Manager Date/ Time i
i l EPP 01-4.4 I Rev. 2 I Page 5 of 5 O
& _s:
~
,OT V
l. WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE GENERAL OFFICE ACTIVATION EPP 01-4.5 Revision 4 l Effective Jarmary 1,1987 i t l N
- DEM EMERGENCY PLAN
/ // 20 Sb COORDINAT REVIEW' DATE / '
M //-// d d ~~ EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE OOT PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION O'rhmidd DATE
/I-/2-Ro PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATE /
llf3fffS / l RELEASED l A ~3 / 'flo DATE
1.0 PURPOSE Ns ,/
) This procedure provides instructions for the acti-vation of the General Office (GO) in the event of an emergency at Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS).
2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure shall be implemented following the declaration of an Emergency Action Level. This procedure is applicable to the Wolf Creek Public Information Officer (WC PIO),.and the General Office Information Coodinator (GOIC) and his staff. During an emergency condition classified as a Notification of Unusual Event or an Alert, the WC PIO will staff the GO at his discretion, depending on the amount of inquiries from the public and media. During an emergency condition classified as a site Area Emergency, General Emergency, or the activation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) , the GO is fully activated. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALS) Specific parameters or conditions that may be used as thresholds for declaring a particular emergency classification. 3.2 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION A system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity Conditions. Classifications listed in order of increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency. 3.3 PUBLIC INFORMATION COORDINATOR (PIC) The member of the WCGS Emergency Response Organization who is responsible for gathering all technical , information to be released during an emergency. The l I PIC obtains approval for the technical content of news releases from the Duty Emergency Director (DED) or Duty Emergency Manager (DEM) depending on the
- Emergency Classification.
\m- EPP 01-4.5 Rev. 4 l Page 1 of 9
. . _ . ._ - , . _. _ . _ _ . . . ,. . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _. 1 _ _ .__ , _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _
3.4 WOLF CREEK PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER (WC PIO)- l The member.of the WCGS Emergency Response Organization who directs the Public Information Organization' .; activities during an emergency. This includes-notification, news releases,_ news conferences, and
- rumor control. -
t 3.5 RUMOR CONTROL , i l' The Rumor Control operation includes, Public Concern-for public' inquiries, Media Inquiry for, media phone calls, and Media Monitoring for identification of , rumors'or_ misinformation. This operation is a l l cooperative effort with the State of Kansas, Coffey County and WCGS. The Rumor Control functions are activated at a Site Area Emergency, General. Emergency, 4 or at the discretion of the WC PIO. 3.6 GENERAL OFFICE INFORMATION COORDINATOR (GOIC) The member of the WCGS Emergency Response Organization who is responsible for the activation and operation of ! the GO emergency organization. 3.7 PUBLIC CONCERN
' The phone team with designated telephone lines used to answer questions and dispel rumors from the public during an emergency at WCGS.
! 3.8 MEDIA INQUIRY The phone team designated to respond to questions and l' dispel rumors from the news media during an emergency at WCGS. l E3 . 9 MEDIA MONITORING i The rumor control team designated to monitor elec-tronic and print media for rumors, misinformation, and trends during an emergency at WCGS. 3.10 DUTY EMERGENCY DIRECTOR (DED) I, i The designated onsite individual having the responsibility and authority for implementing the WCGS
- Emergency Plan during Notification of Unusual Event,
_ Alert, or prior to activation of the EOF. } EPP 01-4.5 i Rev. 4 Page 2 of 9
,-,..m.. -.i%,,..-, ,. .w, ,,~.m ,, ,,--,1 ; . - - . -,, _ ,.. - ,__,,, -
.q 3.11 DUTY EMERGENCY MANAGER (DEM) ;
l The designated onsite individual having the responsibility and authority for implementing the WCGS Emergency Plan upon activation of the Emergency
- Operations Facility (EOF) .
4.O INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS-
'4.1.1 Employees and/or agents who distribute information l regarding an off-normal event at the WCGS to the general public or the media through casual conversation or unauthorized interviews will be subject to disciplinary action. All inquiries for
- . information should be directed to the WC PIO,'or upon -
full activation of the GO to the appropriate phone team. 4.1.2 The Emergency Planning Coordinator should, on a semi- l annual basis, verify the availability of an adequate number of emergency background information notebooks, logs, news release notebooks, news release forms, and status boards for the GO. Since the level of public and medis interest to any given event cannot be i determined beforehand, and because the GO is not required to be activated within a specific time frame, i the level of supplies to be maintained will be determined by the Emergency Planning Coordinator. l 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4.2.1 When notified of a Notification of Unusual Event or Alert, the WC PIO shall: 4.2.1.1 Report to the GO, 4.2.1.2 Assess the public and media interest, 4.2.1.3 Staff the facility as necessary. 4.2.2 When notified of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or upon activation of the EOF, the WC PIO shall: l 4.2.2.1 Notify the GOIC to fully activate the GO, 4.2.2.2 Proceed to the Information Clearinghouse (IC) . t EPP 01-4.5
.4 Rev. 4 l Page 3 of 9 i
)
4 3'
-4.2.3 When' notified of e Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or upon activation of the EOF, the GOIC
\
shall: 4.. .1 Proceed immediately to the GO, 4.2.3.2 Assure activation of the GO by completing Attachment 2.0, " General Office Activation Checklist," Form EP 4.5-2, 4.2.3.3 Coordinate the development and release of emergency information to the public, with the State and .
- County Public Information Officers, until the !
j WC PIO arrives at the IC, 4.2.3.4 Assure the status boards ~are maintained, i j 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.3.1 The GOIC shall: 4.3.1.1 Coordinate the operation of the GO, 4.3.1.2 Assure distribution of all news releases from the IC to the various teams, 4.3.1.3 Deactivate the GO upon notification from the WC PIO. 4.3.2 The GO Security Officer shall: 4.3.2.1 Provide copies of news releases to the media who arrive at the GO, 4.3.2.2 Provide information to the media-about the location of the Media Release Center (MRC) in Topeka.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 WCGS Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 'EPP 01-1.4, Public Information Organization 4 5.3 EPP 01-4.6, Information Clearinghouse / Media ' Release Center Activation 1 5.4 EPP 01-10.3, Release of Emergency - Related Information to the Public 4 i 3 1 EPP 01-4.5 i Rev. 4 Page 4 of 9
- _ - . , _ . - . . . _ . . . ~ . _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ . . _ _ ____,;,__.-_._._._
6.0 RECORDS
- 6.1 Form EP 4.5-2 " General Office Activation Checklist" i
6.2 The records generated by this procedure during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termi-nation.of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Management Systems for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be considered QA : records. 6.3 _The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC ! upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one , year. These records shall be considered non-QA records. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " General Office Layout" ' 7.2 Attachment 2.0, " General Office Information Coordinator. checklist" , i 1 l 4 1 i . i 1 O () EPP 01-4.5 Rev. 4 I
, Page 5 of 9 i
w-*, --ew,.e-w ,.m4r.,,w-.re.--,,w.we..m..,wwer.-% ww.g.-e~--,-w,,-..w.,,,-,e.,-ry-,w-w-
l ATTACHMENT 1.0 (Page 1 of 2) GENERAL OFFICE LAYOUT m i: !
! E I OLLf !
4 l ' O O i ' I ! 3 J q l J O O s
.' O O __
!!j
~~
-- O O E5 l
l,i..l ll i
'o 4 ej 2
li! g
=_ -
I O O I I I O O L -- J- y .- Q gg l i riill
;g ,,......
~!
N EPP 01-4.5 Rev. 4 Page 6 of 9
ATTACHMENT 1.0 O (Page 2 of 2) G."NERAL OFFICE LAYOUT 1 S I
![l!
l !! : I
@6: 8 I
I I h- . gg . .
,hf W% <
see Cl is e I I-
- 7 '4 1 l
- ~
s eQ* I I E ~~ @
@ll- O i Di
" ~
][liG:
I
, n ._ __ . . . a .9 ao !
ht \I Is i O O O' i e E E i 8' f g N !!ij "D , 0 -
! !li .I -
s
- %d '
EPP 01-4.5 Rev. 4 Page 7 of 9
FORM EP 4.5-2 REV. 1 A ( 1 Q' ATTACHMENT 2.0 (Page 1 of 2) GENERAL OFFICE INFORMATION COORDINATOR CHECKLIST - INITIAL TASK COMPLETE FOR FACILITY ACTIVATION ,
- 1. Establish communications with Information Clearinghouse as soon as the WC PIO has arrived at the IC.
- 2. Notify General Office, Informa-tion Clearinghouse, and Media Release Center staff of the declared emergency and to report -
to the appropriate facility.
- 3. Verify the General Office has been properly set up.
4.- Verify the emergency phones, , equipment, and supplies have been properly positioned and are functioning -l
- 5. Notify the WC PIO when the General Office is staffed and operational and telecopy the emergency staff roscar .
Time 4
/
i General Office Information Coordinator Date EPP 01-4.5 Rev. 4 Page 8 of 9
FORM EP 4.5-2 REV. 1 ATTACHMENT 2.0 (Page 2 of 2) GENERAL OFFICE INFORMATION COORDINATOR CHECKLIST j l i INITIAL TASK COMPLETE FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION
- 1. Upon direction of the WC PIO,
. initiate GO deactivation.
- 2. Assure documents are collected-
.and forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator
/
i / General Office Information Coordinator Date 4 J b i l l l i l l l l l i EPP 01-4.5 Rev. 4 l Page 9 of 9 l
- r ,
L'v0 A l WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE / MEDIA RELEASE CENTER ACTIVATION EPP 01-4.6 Revision 4 l Effective January 1, 1987
/
) A $ '
~
// 0 EMERGENCV PLANN COORDI:tATOR REVIEW /
DATE/ a la m EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW
//~//
DATE h ol / /l-((-b PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION DATE l N
' PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL N/W/dT.
DATE / / l RELEASED i A -SI- f'b DATE
.i
. s 1.0 PURPOSE
( ( ,/' This procedure provides instructions for^the.acti-vation of the Information Clearinghouse / Media Release Center (IC/MRC) in the event of an emergency at Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS). 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure shall-be initiated following the declaration of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency, of activation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) . .This procedure is applicable to the Wolf Creek Public Information Officer (WC PIO), the Information Clearinghouse (IC), the Media Release Center (MRC) and those assigned to staff the facilities. ' 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS (EALS) Specific parameters or conditions that may be used as . thresholds for declaring a particular emergency classification. 3.2 EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION A system used to define the severity of emergencies into one of four categories based upon Emergency Action Levels and Fission Product Barrier Integrity Conditions. Classifications listed in order of increasing severity are: Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency. 3.3 PUBLIC INFORMATION' COORDINATOR (PIC) The member of the WCGS Emergency Organization who is responsible for gathering all technical information to be released during an emergency. The PIC obtains l approval for the technical content of news releases from the Duty Emergency Director (DED) or Duty Emergency Manager (DEM) depending on the Emergency Action Level. ( EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 1 of 13 i
~ _ , _ . . . . _ _ _ . - . . _ - ..~.........,,__,.._,__..,.___.__..__..__.__._.__..___...;j__,.__. _ _ _ . -
<T? 'Y 3
}
3.4 WOLF CREEK PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER-(WC PIO) i s-m 'The member of the WCGS Emergency OrganizationLwho
-directs the Public Information Organization activ-ities during an emergency. This includes notifica-tion, news releases, news conferences, and rumor .
control. l 3.5- MEDIA RELEASE CENTER (MRC) The facility at 2722 Topeka Avenue, Topeka, Kansas, used jointly by WCGS, State of Kansas, and Coffey County to disseminate emergency related information to the public and news media. It is activated coincidently with the IC a'nd has facilities for news conferences and a news media work area. i 3.6 INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE (IC) The facility at 2800 Topeka Avenue, Topeka, Kansas, used jointly by WCGS, State of Kansas, and Coffey County for development of news releases and-coordination of information during an emergency at WCGS.- This facility is activated upon notification of EOF-activation or when sufficient interest by the news media-warrants it. 3.7 GENERAL OFFICE (GO) Ox The facility in Wichita, Kansas, where WCGS public information activities take place during less severe emergency classifications. It is the location for the joint Rumor Control operations during all emergency classifications. 3.8 DUTY EMERGENCY MANAGER (DEM) The designated onsite individual having the responsibility and authority for implementing the WCGS Emergency Plan upon activation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) . 3.9 MEDIA RELEASE CENTER MANAGER The member of the WCGS Emergency Organization who assures the proper set-up of the IC and MRC and who is responsible for the management and proper operation of the MRC. EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 2 of 13
. s I
4.0 INSTRUCTIONS s 4.1 PRECAUTIONS I 4.1.1 Routine news releases, which do not involve a declared emergency classification at the WCGS, are not covered by this procedure. 4.1.2 Employees and/or agents who distribute information l regarding an off-normal event at the WCGS to the general public or the media through casual conversation or unauthorized interviews will be subject to disciplinary action. All inquiries for information should be directed to the WC PIO or upon full activation of the GO to the appropriate phone team. 4.1.3 The Emergency Planning Coordinator should, on a semi- l annual basis, verify the emergency supplies located at both the IC and MRC are adequate and available. Since the level of public and media interest to any given event cannot be determined before-hand and because the IC and MRC are not required to be activated within a specific tiue frame, the level of supplies to be maintained will be determined by the Emergency Planning Coordinator. 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4.2.1 When notified of a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or upon activation of the EOF, the WC PIO shall: 4.2.1.1 Direct the General Office Information Coordinator (GOIC) to begin notification of the Public Information Emergency Responsa Organization, 4.2.1.2 Verify the State and County Public Information Officers (Pios) have been notified, 4.2.1.3 Verify the IC activation has been initiated, 4.2.1.4 Proceed to the IC, 4.2.1.5 Obtain status report from the PIC and GOIC upon arrival at the IC. 4.2.1.6 Complete the appropriate sections of Attactament 3.0, "Information Clearinghouse Checklist," Form EP 4.6-3. EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 3 of 13 i
7~ .
. s
. 4.2.2 The MRC Manager shall:
/~'N k' ') 4.2.2.1 Assure the IC and MRC are set up according to Attachments 1.0 and 2.0, 4.2.2.2 Complete the appropriate sections of Attachment 3.0, "Information Clearinghouse Checklist," Form EP 4.6-3 and Attachment 4.0, " Media Release Center Checklist," Form EP 4.6-4, 4.2.2.3 Notify the Recording Editor when the MRC is fully staffed and operational.
4.2.3 The Recording Editor shall: 4.2.3.1 Notify the WC PIO when the MRC and IC is fully staffed and operational. 4.2.3.2 Complete the appropriate sections of Attachment 3.0, "Information Clearinghouse Checklist," Form EP 4.6-3. 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.3.1 Operation of the IC and the MRC shall continue until such time that the WC, State and County PIOS, with the concurrence of the DEM, determine that the public and news media interest in the event has O diminished and operation of the facility is no 4 ( ,)% longer required. 4.3.2 The WC PIO shall assure the completion of the deactivation portions of Attachments 3.0 and 4.0. 4.3.3 Deactivation of the IC and the MRC shall include returning all emergency materials and logs to the Recording Editor. The Recording Editor will in turn assure all copies of logs, news releases, video and audio tapes are forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-1.4, Public Information Organization 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 4.6-3 "Information Clearinghouse Checklist" 6.2 Form EP 4.6-4 " Media Release Center Checklist" EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 4 of 13
, s
- 6.3 The records generated by this procedure during an x\ - actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to Management Systems for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. .These records shall be considered QA records.
6.4 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercises shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC' shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records. 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, "Information Clearinghouse Layout" 7.2. Attachment 2.0, " Media Release Center Layout" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, "Information Clearinghouse Activation Checklist" 7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Media Release Center Activation Checklist" s i i l i l-l l EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 5 of 13
- . - . - . . - . . - . . _ . . - . . . . _ _ _ . , - - . _ .._-.u.__.-----..-,--. - . - . - .._
(= 1 j ATTACHMENT 1.O
~/
Page 1 of 1 INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE LAYOUT SLACKSOARO PE p A NAC 1 ee , COFFEY CO.
## e ECHNICAL SUPPOnT Q e D ,
SOV. A Y O i SeenSO , p LEGENO U
..l T.
G G e 3n06, LP.,CREE.K 3 S.U. m S AC=-up *aOa= La S m T. a .5< @* STORES PHONE EOUIPMENT* PMOne nEOueneo E C,',","'"' E S.p.e SeeAKan pwOese OO PSS N I w YY STATUS SOA804 1
- i I
- PMOtet AS8*T.tTELECOPY G e G '
Q e STATE DEFENSE SulLDING LOWER LEVEL EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 6 of 13 l J _ ,. . . _ - . . . _ - _ . ~ . . . , . _ . _ _ _ _____;_____.___.,_-_...... , _ ._.___ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . . . . . . , , , _ . . _ _ _ . . .
g ,
.. =
' ATTACHMENT 2.0 O)
\,
~U Page 1 of 3 MEDIA RELEASE CENTER IAYOUT ,
I i
? "
HALLW AY I RUDM A3 I "AO MEDIA M OR. ggggg g g b MRC ASSIST. . MOR. WE01A NEwg WORK MOVA,SLE CURTAIN W A,%d CONFERENCE AREA CENTER
& EOU8P.
TASLE r e AY SUPPORT WORM AREA _7 i LEGEND
,,,, g g @ ' STORED PHONE EOuePMENT*
PHCNE REQUIRED FOR COURT REPORTERS r i ROOM A1E .. MRC MANAGER STAFF & WORK AREA NICKELL MEMORIAL ARMORY EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 7 of 13 _ __ u . . . _ . . . _ . - _ . _ , _ _ _ . . - . _ . _ . . - . . _ ._:_. _ ,_.__ _ . . _ . _ . . . _ . _ _ . , _ , . _ . , _ - -
r^ I l l 7 ( ATTACHMENT 2.0 Page 2 of 3 MEDIA RELEASE CENTER LAYOUT u... u... I u M MM w. n U I IIIII IIIIII IIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIII 4 I .s m. ( ).se.m. IIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIII I I I I
,.m....
I I NEWE C00frERENCE CEBFFER l MCEELt. arrannarar AmasceT l
\ EPP 01-4.6 '
Rev. 4 Page 8 of 13 I _ . . _ . . _ _ . _ . _ . , _ _ _ _ _ . . _ __. ._ . _ . . . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . . _~ ._._._
. s ATTACHMENT 2.0
'" Page 3 of 3 .
MEDIA RELEASE CENTER LAYOUT sensa assaams currum mean amenean asmecerr . a m k,l I c= l ii it i W g 1 3 l l I E g =%'= i G ! D . I D Inc AUDET0 ERNE I w I i l' ,
~ .c2 ca m , - -
,, ' NO" it l
EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 9 of 13 l
r- +
.. s .
FORM EP 4.6-3 REV. 1 fN ATTACHMENT 3.0 l !
'As/ (Page 1 of 2)
INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE CHECKLIST FOR FACILITY ACTIVATION INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1. Position the emergency phones, MRC Manager equipment, and supplies in the Information Clearinghouse and assure they are functioning.
- 2. Establish communications with WC PIO the Emergency Operations Facility, General Office and Media Release Center.
- 3. Synchronize clocks with the EOF WC PIO
- 4. Verify Information Clearing- WC PIO house has been properly set up.
7-~ (/
- 5. Notify the WC PIO when the Recording Information Clearinghouse is Editor staffed and operational.
- 6. Notify the Duty Emergency WC PIO Manager when the Information Clearinghouse, Media Release Center, and General Office are staffed and operational.
/
Wolf Creek Public Information Officer Date/ Time i N EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 10 of 13
p-e % FORM EP 4.6 REV. 1 ATTACHMENT 3.0 k ,/ s (Page 2 of 2)
. INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE CHECKLIST FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1. Upon notification from the DEM WC PIO and concurrence from the State and County Pios, initiate de-activation of the IC and MRC.
- 2. Assure all equipment, phones, Recording etc.-are returned to their Editor ,
original locations.
- 3. Notify GO of IC/MRC deactiva- WC PIO tion and have them commence GO deactivation.
l
- 4. Collect all IC/MRC records Recording
/ and forward them to the Editor
\ Emergency Planning Coordinator
/
Wolf Creek Public Information Officer Date/ Time i I i 4 I l EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 11 of 13 l l L
F
. ^s FORM EP 4.6-4 REV. 1 , ATTACHMENT 4.0 t
(Page 1 of 2) MEDIA RELEASE CENTER CHECKLIST FOR FACILITY ACTIVATION INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1. Position the emergency phones, MRC Manager equipment, and supplies in the Media Release Center and assure they are functioning.
- 2. Establish communications with MRC Manager the Information Clearinghouse.
- 3. Synchronize clocks with MRC Manager Information Clearinghouse.
- 4. Verify the Media Release Center MRC Manager has been properly set up.
- 5. Notify the Wolf Creek Public MRC Manager Information Officer when the Media Release Center is staffed and operational.
Media Release Center Manager DATE/ TIME ( j EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 12 of 13
r FORM EP 4.6-4 REV. 1
) ATTACHMENT 4.0 J (Page 2 of 2)
MEDIA RELEASE CENTER CHECKLIST FOR FACILITY DEACTIVATION INITIAL TASK COMPLETE
- 1. Upon notification from the MRC Manager WC PIO, initiate deactivation of the MRC.
- 2. Assure all equipment, phones, MRC Manager etc., are returned to their original locations.
- 3. Collect all records and for- MRC Manager ward them to the Recording Editor.
- 4. Notify WC PIO when MRC is MRC Manager deactivated.
\
Media Release Center Manger Date/ Time EPP 01-4.6 Rev. 4 Page 13 of 13
o la b
'r)
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (ERFIS) EPP 01-4.7 Revision 1 Effective Jarmary 1, 1987 s, n v F
/ 0-Yl b '
EMERGENC M LANNI COORDINJITOR REVIEW DATE / ' A J EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW i~o.x DATE 01 9YIb PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION DATE' ll-l?~k 0 b PRESIDERT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATE ' l M O - RELEASED 12. - 31*S h DATE
[y' 1.0 PURPOSE Thic procedure provides guidance to activate and operate the Emergency Response Facility Information System (ERFIS). 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure is applicable to designated Technical Suppdrt Center (TSC) and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) technical / operations personnel during and after a radiological emergency. It shall be implemented as part of the TSC and EOF activation and as necessary. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 ERFIS Emergency Response Facility Information System - a data display system which accesses parameters in the , Balance of Plant (BOP) computer. 3.2 FUNCTION KEYS The keys on the ERFIS keyboard which initiate the data display functions; located on the top three rows. [( 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 BRINGING UP THE ERFIS 4.1.1 Flip the toggle switch labeled PWR to the "up" position. This switch is located inside the Keyboard console near the entry point of the power supply . There are two keyboards in the TSC and two in the EOF. 4.1.2 Depress the button labeled " POWER" on each CRT display. The buttons are located on the lower left 4 corner of each CRT display unit. There are 4 CRT displays in the TSC and 4 in the EOF. 4.1.3 The master CRT associated with each keyboard should display a blinking cursor. If the cursor does not appear and the unit is plugged in, contact a computer i Technician. I i i
'y/ EPP 01-4.7 Rev. 1 Page 1 of 6
.: s 4.1.4 Depress the ERFIS AIARMS Key to determine the quality of the data available to the ERFIS. The CRT should
. display " Process Data Available".
~
If an alarm is
'_.- displayed which indicates data link failure, system -
failure, etc.,. contact a Computer Technician. 4.1.5 ' Display functions associated with ERFIS are initiated I by depressing the appropriate function key. The operator responses are sent to ERFIS by depressing SHIFT LEFT or SHIFT RIGHT'and the XMIT CURSOR Key at the same time: 4.1.6 Attachment 1, "ERFIS Functions" provides a brief description of the operations performed by each function. 4.1.7 WCGS Computer Setpoint Document available at each ERFIS Keyboard provides a list of point ids associated with each parameter available through ERFIS. 4.1.8 The ERFIS Users Manual, available at each ERFIS Keyboard provides detailed instructions on operator actions for each function. 4.1.9 Attachment 2, " Predefined Groups" lists the point ids assigned to each predefined group for display or trending. O 4.1.10 The colored keys in the fourth row enable the user to change the color of the input display. . This function is activated by depressing the key with the desired color. 4.1.11 Undefined groups five, six, and seven for each function are assigned for use by the TSC and groups eight, nine and ten are assigned to the EOF. 4.1.12 The REPEAT key enables the operator to " repeat" a function more quickly and efficiently. 4.2 DISPLAY OPERATION j 4.2.1 Each CRT display has a " region location" associated with it during the input prompting. Designations are l alpha / numeric, three characters long, and prompted for i by the' master CRT when a function is being carried i out. T designates TSC, E designates EOF, 1 thru 4 j designates which CRT, U designated upper portion of the ! display, L designates the lower portion of a screen, j and F designates a full screen display. T4L is the CRT i region in the TSC on the fourth CRT displayed on the I ' lower half of the screen. I EPP 01-4.7 Rev. 1 Page 2 of 6 i k
O 4.2.2 Depress GROUP DISPLAY to display group number 1 on CRT display number 4. 4.2.3 Depress VIDEO TREND to display group number 1 on CRT display number 3. 4.2.4 Depress GROUP DISPLAY to display group number 4 on CRT display number 2. 4.2.5 Depress SYSTEM INDEX DISPLY to display system BB1 on CRT display number 1. 4.2.6 ERFIS Operator should display points, systems, groups, 4 and trend points as requested by utilizing Attachments 1.0 & 2.0; and the ERFIS Users Manual. i 5.0 ATTACHMENTS 5.1 Attachment 1, "ERFIS Functions" i ) 5.2 Attachment 2, " Predefined Groups" l I l i i . 1 i 4 1 i I i I ] 4 i i j EPP 01-4.7 l Rev. 1 j Page 3 of 6 1 1 i
_ . , _ - _ . . - - _ _ _ . . . _ _ _ .. _ . _ _ __. _ _ . - - _ ___.m _ _ _ . . _ __. 4
; -r :v
-i
[\ Attachment 1.0 ERFIS FUNCTIONS '
- 1. Point Display is used to view, on the CRT, any point in the system. Information displayed included point ID, ;
~
point status, point name, value, value status and engineering units. The information is automatically
- j. scanned and updated every five seconds.
J'
- 2. Point Print is used to print the value and status of any designated point. The information printed includes time, line identifier, point status, point ID, point i name, value, value status, engineering units and
[: i millivolt value. ! 3. Point Trend shows the pattern of any given point by 1 l updating and printing the following information at five : i second intervals. Information includes time, line !
!_ identifier, point status, point ID, value status, l engineering units and millivolt value. !
f ! 4. Insert Value allows the engineer to enter a substitute ' value for an input, a calculated value or a constant. ; i- 5. Restore Peripheral returns the identified peripheral to
- service.
t l 6. Device Test allows testing of the peripherals (i.e. ! printers, trend pens, video screens, decimal displays, ! j etc.). CAUTION: This function can impact sys performance if
- used incorrectly. The test must be .
t ! cancelled when desired result is obtained. i 7. The Repeat key enables the opcrator to " repeat" a , l function more quickly and efficiently. It can be used in conjunction with most of the other functions. i
- 8. Video Trend allows the operator to select up to four points to be trended on a CRT. Point values are
- displayed as a vertical graph on the indicated screen. .
! i j 9. . Print Region function enables the operator to " print" l
- or " copy" information directly off the CRT to the '
! Versatec Plotter. I i l-I. f I I i EPP 01-4.7 t l Rev. 1 < l Page 4 of 6 i r' I L =-~L. -- .:
g
- 10. System Index/ Display enables the operator to display system graphics. An index of system graphic displays is alos available.
~
- 11. Alarm Review displays the alarms in their sequence of occurance. The first page displays the most recent alarms. Values are updated in accordance with the normal update cycle.
- 12. A Bar Chart displays a set of points, which have been selected by the operator, in horizontal bar format.
The values are updated every five seconds. If a set is displayed, it is automatically updated on the screen. The bar charts are numbered one through ten inclusive. Each bar set has six positions for a total of 60 points. .
- 13. Group Display displays information from an operator assigned group of points. The information displayed includes group number, point ID, point status, point name, value, value status and engineering units. There are ten groups available for a total of 220 points.
- 14. Operator Log allows the printing of an operator selected group of points. The operator has ten logs with ten positions in each log.
- 15. Operator's Loq Summary provides the following information about the operator's logs: log identifier, ,
point ID, point status, point name, value, value status and engineering units or " POINT NOT IN USE" message.
- 16. PASS Print prints latest data available from the Post Accident sampling System on the printer.
- 17. History Data allows for historical data retrieval.
- 18. Video Freeze freezes the screen for 30 seconds to allow the video hardcopier to be used.
EPP 01-4.7 Rev. 1 Page 5 of 6
l l Attachment 2 i PREDEFINED GROUPS l l l 1 i e (To be inserted later) i i 4 I i l
)
l i EPP 01-4.7 Rev. 1 Page 6 of 6
-6 w
_f. . X.sl WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EXCLUSION AREA EVACUATION EPP 01-5.1 Revision 3 l Effective January 1, 1987 L/
) ,.
?Abf ,/- Y k, personnel and verify that the exclusion area is evacuated. In addition the guards should inform personnel to leave the site, via the site access road and designated County evacuation routes.
i l 4 l EPP 01-5.1 I Rev. 3 '
- l. Page 2 of 4 i
L---- ,-n -,,,-,,,n_._ $_ n _,-_-. --n,----,_~.nn,n,__wn.L,nn-,n---._-. ,_
. . ~ . . , , -- _- _ - . = - -- - - _ - . - . _ _ - - .
j- . '(- r NOTE: Security / Health Physics should identify an-offsite reassembly area and inform personnel of its location. 4.2.3.2 At the Security Building, advise evacuating personnel ' to immediately proceed to their vehicles and exit the l exclusion area via the site road and designated route , evacuation routes. 4.2.3.3 Assure segregation and retention of any personnel found to be contaminated until arrival of Health Physics j personnel. Any contaminated personnel should be 5' escorted ta the EOF or station decontamination i facilities as directed by the REC.
! 4.2.3.4 Advise the AEC when the Exclusion Area Evacuation and j Accountability has been completed. ! 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTION j 4.3.1 Security shall establish access control and prevent non-essential personnel from re-entering the Exclusion Area Boundary unless specifically authorized by the DED or his designee.
5
5.0 REFERENCES
I
! 5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Responsa Plan 5.2 EPP 01-2.2, " Activation of Emergency Plan / Organization 5.3 EPP 01-6.1, " Personnel Accountability" l
j 6.0 RECORDS , I i
! 6.1 NONE 1 ; 7.0 ATTACHMENTS l 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Exclusion Area Map" l
t 1 i i EPP 01-5.1 Rev. 3 l Page 3 of 4 t
,, 4 ATTACHMENT 1.0 g (Page 1 of 1)
EXCLUSION AREA MAP m . ... .... .. .n .n. ACCESS IOaD ION
/
Fat 192S L CR K /~ 2 METERS N sanota oam i g T. oma s ' - 1 '
\
SAcoLE oaM tl ,N ' t O (\ I saooLa oam in ('N k A
\! (
~
omeA a
\
t
\
g\ S
'A WOLF CREEK COOLING LAKE
' '0" J .
EPP 01-5.1 Rev. 3 Page 4 of 4
e' ?> b- '\sI WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PERSONNEL ACCOUNTABILITY EPP 01-6.1 Revision 5 Effective January 1, 1987 'u 1 Okhh EMERGENCY P ING CO DINATOR REVIEW
), n .
DAT2 ' 6 xsw
~
EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW
-~c DATE
~
01 QhbM d b /f-/2- b PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION DATE N l PRESfDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATF/ / l RELEASED la .3 l~fb DATE
. 't L 1.O PURPOSE I
l This procedure provides guidance for personnel
! ' accountability in the event of a Personnel f
Accountability Assembly or Exclusion Area Evacuation at Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS). 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure may be implemented at a Notification of Unusual Event by direction from the Duty Emergency Director (DED). This procedure shall be implemented following the declaration of an Alert, site Area Emergency or General Emergency at WCGS. This
' procedure applies to all personnel on site.
3.0 DEFINITIONS l 3.1 PROTECTED AREA That area around the plant which is encompassed by physical barriers and to which access is controlled for security purposes. 3.2 PRIMARY ACCESS CONTROL STATION (PACS) 1 Main Security Building where access to the Protected i Area is controlled. 3.3 NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL All personnel not having emergency response organization assignments. 3.4 PERSONNEL ACCOUNTABILITY ASSSEMBLY j An assembly of all non-essential personnel from the i protected area evacuated to the parking lot adjacent to the PACS. i
- 3.5 EXCLUSION AREA EVACUATION An evacuation of all non-essential personnel within
! that area surrounding the Containment Building to a i distance of 1100 meters. i 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS I 4.1 PRECAUTIONS
, 4.1.1 Individuals requiring an escort shall remain with
, their escort at all times until released by the escort or se'curity personnel upon exiting the PACS. t EPP 01-6.1 Rev. 5 Page 1 of 5 l 1
j 4.1.2 Personnel exiting the Protected Area through the PACS y ' shall use the key card reader-to log out, when f operable. 4.1.3 Personnel accountability, which includes identification of all personnel missing, must be ' accomplished within thirty (30) minutes from the time the accountability process is initiated. I 4.1.4 In the event of an Exclusion Area Evacuation, Security shall dispatch officers to inform personnel and verify
, evacuation of the exclusion area. Non-essential
- personnel should be instructed to leave the site via the site. access road and designated County evacuation routes.
4.1.5 If an Exclusion Area Evacuation is to take place, assure personnel have been notified of potential plume i direction. The Radiological Emergency Coordinator
- (REC) shall inform the Security Emergency Coordinator i (SEC) of appropriate radiological plant data for dissemination to evacuating personnel.
i 4.1.6 All off-duty emergency response organization personnel that are called in response to an emergency at the WCGS shall report to the WCGS Education Center or Emergency Operations Facility (EOF), if activated.
~ 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS l
l 4.2.1 Upon determining the need for initiating the accountability process, the DED shall: 4 4.2.1.1 Notify the SEC at the Secondary Alarm Station (SAS) of
- the decision to conduct a Personnel Accountability Assembly.
4.2.1.2 Instruct the Control Room Operator to sound the plant
- Emergency Alarm and to make the announcement in
- accordance with EPP 01-2.2, " Activation of Emergency Plan / Organization."
l l 4.2.1.3 Once personnel accountability is completed assure that search and rescue operations are initiated for unaccounted personnel. The Maintenance Emergency Coordinator (MEC) performs search and rescue in areas inside the Radiation Controlled Area Radiation l-i Controlled Area (RCA). The SEC directs search and rescue for all areas within the Exclusion Area Boundary excluding the RCA. (See EPP 01-9.4,
" Emergency Team Formation").
EPP 01-6.1 Rev. 5 Page 2 of 5 r --+--~--,v-m- ~
4.2.2 Upon receiving notification to initiate an evacuation and to conduct an accountability of all personnel O 4.2.2.1 within the Protected Area, the SEC shall: Note the time and message in the Security Log. 4.2.2.2 Initiate automatic personnel accountability method. NOTE: In the event the security card reader computer is inoperable, proceed to Manual Personnel Accountability Method, Step 4.2.2.7. 4.2.2.3 Instruct the SAS Operator to obtain a list of all essential personnel within the Protected Area from the Security Computer for comparison with the reports from each emergency response facility of essential personnel present. NOTE: A list of essential personnel not accounted for at each emergency response facility will be added to the master list of all personnel not accounted for, to be reported to the DED. i 4.2.2.4 Instruct Security Officers to assure personnel processing continues in an orderly manner at the PACS, and to segregate and retain personnel who alarm portal monitors. Notify the Radiological Emergency Coordinator (REC) of any contaminated individuals. 4.2.2.5 Upon completion of the out-processing of non-essential personnel through PACS, instruct the SAS Operator to obtain a list from the security computer of all non-essential personnel in the Protected Area and add the names of any visitors not accounted for from the Visitor Log. 4.2.2.6 Upon receipt of the initial accountability report from
- - each emergency response facility Operations Support l Center (OSC), Technical Support Center (TSC) , and l Control Room, shall notify the AEC, if available, or '
the DED of all unaccounted for personnel and last location known. 4.2.2.7 Manual Personnel Accountability Method NOTE: Accountability results shall be reported to the AEC or DED no later than thirty (30) minutes after activation of the evacuation order. l ( I EPP 01-6.1 Rev. 5 Page 3 of 5
r- a s , l l 4.2.2.7.1 Dispatch a sufficient number of Security Officers to !
/ PACS to perform manual badge processing to assure '
Personnel Accountability is performed in an orderly l and timely manner and to separate and isolate any I personnel who alarm portal monitors. Notify the REC of any contaminated individuals. l 4.2.2.7.2 Obtain the list of individuals identified by badge slot number. 4.2.2.7.3 Rack exiting personnel badges in the badge racks under their proper slot numbers. 4.2.2.7.4 Record and identify all unaccounted for individuals by missing badges 4.2.2.7.5 Obtain personnel accountability reports from Cortrol Room, TSC, and OSC. , 4.2.2.7.6 Report any unaccounted for individuals to the'AEC or the DED. 4.2.3 OSC Personnel Accountability 4.2.3.1 Upon arrival, the OSC Supervisor shall: 4.2.3.1.1 Assure that all OSC personnel log in on the Personnel Accountability Board upon arrival at the facility and the results are reported to the SEC. 4.2.3.1.2 Designate an individual to initiate a security log to maintain personnel accountability at the entrance to the OSC. 4.2.4' TSC Personnel Accountability 4.2.4.1 Upon arrival, the AEC shall: 4.2.4.1.1 Assure that all TSC personnel sign in on the TSC Staffing Status Board upon arrival at the facility and the results are reported to the SEC. I 4.2.4.1.2 Designate an individual to initiate a security log to l maintain personnel accountability at the entrance to the TSC. . 4.2.5 Control Room Personnel Accountability 4.2.5.1 Control Room accountability is accomplished through the Security Card Reader system, when operable. l EPP 01-6.1
' Rev. 5 Page 4 of 5
_______._,___.___.____.___.___,.__f _ _, . _ . . _ . _ _ . .
1 4.2.5.2 In the event the Security Computer System is ; inoperable, the Shift Supervisor shall: l 4.2.5.2.1 Report essential Control Room personnel not accounted i for to the SEC. 4.2.6 Upon arrival at the designated facility, Emergency Response Organization Personnel shall: 4.2.6.1 Log-in on the status board for accountability. OSC Personnel Accountability Status Board TSC - Emergency Assignment Board Control Room - Card Reader System 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTION 4.3.1 Upon completion of the initial accountability, the SEC shall assure that personr.el accountability is maintained throughout the duration of the emergency condition. 4.3.2 Accountability shall be maintained throughout the duration of the emergency by establishing access' control and logging entrance and exit via the emergency response facility accountability board. ,
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 Wolf Creek Generating Station Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-2.2, " Activation of Emergency Plan / Organization . 5.3 EPP 01-5.1, " Exclusion Area Evacuation" 5.4 EPP 01-9.4,~" Emergency Team Formation" 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 NONE 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 NONE EPP 01-6.1 Rev. 5 Page 5 of 5
NJ I WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE INFORMATION SYSTEM (RRIS) EPP 01-7.1 Revision 4 l
. Effective January 1, 1987 ~
's._/
) ,
)
EA EMERGENCY PLANNIfT 1 N OORDI! TOR REVIEW DATE / 9
/
,, m }l'//' S b EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE 0 % Yo3 00hnNrll PSRC APPPOVAL RECOIMENDATIOS DATE lH7-Rio
/f l
I& PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL DATE ' RELEASED OC44 i <1- 3 l'8 b o DATE o)
. ~
T l'. O PURPOSE This procedure provides guidance to dose projection / assessment personnel in the operation of the Radioactive Release Information System (RRIS). 2.0 APPLICABILITY This procedure is applicable to designated control Room, Technical Support Center (TSC) and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) dose projection / assessment ~ personnel during and after a radiological emergency. It shall be utilized after the RRIS is operable to automatically project or calculate the radiological doses and dose rates to the public surrounding the WCGS. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 RRIS Radioactive Release Information System 3.2 QKLOOK A fast running model in the RRIS which calculates offsite radiological conditions based on straight line gaussian dispersion equations. A more detailed dispersion model which tracks actual plume location and integrated doses and air concentrations. i' 3.4 X/Q A factor based on meteorological dispersion characteristics which r' elates atmospheric radionuclide release rates to offsite air concentrations. 3.5 EVENT
- i. A condition on the RRIS System, based.on an automatic
! signal from the ERFIS computer, or a manually entered signal, which initiates automatic running of real time QKLOOK and TOTPUF models and recording of pre-event, event and post-event data. EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 1 of 31
. . - - _ - _ - . - - _ , - ~ . ___ _ . - _-_ . - . - - . . - . - _ - . - _ - _ - , .-
l I l 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS ,. V 4.1 . PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 If the RRIS is inoperable, immediately-proceed to EPP 01-7.2, " Manual Datermination of Release Rate" and EPP 01-7.3, " Manual Dose Projection Determination." 4.1.2 Master status, which involves the control of TOTPUF and the editing of input parameters,-will be
, transferred from the Control Room terminal to the TSC terminal to the EOF terminal as these facilities are staffed and activated.
4.1.2.1 Master status transfer should only occur when the receiving facility is activated. 4.1.2.2 Master status should not be requested by a non-master terminal without first contacting the master terminal operator by telephone. 4.1.3 All models begin running using real-time data when the RRIS receives the Initiation of Event signal from the
. ERFIS computer. If the " Event in Progress" alarm is not listed on the RRIS alarm summary and a radiological release is in progress, the operator
, should manually initiate the event from the RRIS
~s function menu. If a radiological release is not in progress, the operator shall not initiate an event until directed to do so by the DAC or DAS.
4.1.4 To assure that input data to the QKLOOK a.nd TOTPUF l models is good, the operator should check the validity , of the Met Tower Data, the Rad Data, Release Rate Data and the Effluent Flow / Fan inputs for each dose calculation update by selecting the data displays from the function menu (in realtime, not historical mode). Validation should be repeated if parameters change
- . significantly.
4.1.4.1 Use the primary (or secondary) values automatically selected by the RRIS if these values are available and i valid. l L 4.1.4.2 If the primary or secondary value is unavailable or known to be incorrect and a correct value or estimate is known manually enter the value. The Control Room must be called for Rad or Effluent Flow / Fan Data. Met Data must be telephoned from Met Tower. [\,,)\~ EPP 01-7.1 l Rev. 4 p Page 2 of 31 i 4
4.1.4.3 If none of these inputs are available, use default Rad [] ( j
- values determined from last " good" quality primary /
secondary value. If there is reason to suspect that actual conditions may be worse, then use Step 4.1.4.4. 4.1.4.4 Use predetermined, conservative release. cases stored in the RRIS in the absence of all the above data (see Attachment 10.0, " Predetermined Release Parameters Stored in RRIS Release Model"). 4.1.5 Once the release point (s) have been identified, the isotopic spectrum being used by the RRIS for a release point should be validated and updated as more recent ; sample information becomes available. I 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4.2.1 Verify the red light on the CRT (health light) and the red light on the reset key on the upper left side of the keyboard are lit. If lights are lit, proceed to Step 4.2.2. If lights are not lit, perform the following: 4.2.1.1 Verify the ON/OFF switches on the right front sides of the CRT and the video generator are in the ON position. 4.2.1.2 Verify the AC cords are plugged in. 4.2.1.3 If Steps 4.2.1.1 and 4.2.1.2 fail to correct the problem, proceed to EPP 01-7.2 and 01-7.3. 4.2.2 To initialize the system, press home key, wait a few seconds and a display should appear. If not, check to see if the key switch on the right side of the keyboard is in the vertical position. If the key switch is in the v$rtical position, RRIS is inoperable. Procee{ltoEPP01-7.2and01-7.3. 4.2.3 ReviewAttachmentIf.0, " Flowchart for RRIS Operator Actions." ; 4.2.4 TOTPUF Model $ . 4.2.4.1 Although not displayed initially, TOTPUF is automati-cally initiated in an event and should be left run-
. t ning, in real time mode only, throughout the event.
ee Predictive or historical modes should not be used for l' TOTPUF during an event. To see results of TOTPUF, i I "TOTPUF" should be selected from the "Model Display 7 i .' Selection" nenu. "TOTPUF CONTROL" should not be ir,
~
' selected from the function menu except as noted in a this procedure or the RRIS User's Manual (see Reference 5.4).
EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 3 of 31
f 4 'N ' 4.2.4.2 Map or tabular displays of:
- Air concentration
- Gamma dose rate (whole body)
{ .- Beta dose rate provides indication of the actual and present location of the plume. Plume location on the site area maps is shown by operator selected isopleths (Attachment 6.0, "Isopleth Value Selection"). Tabular values are at distances of 3/4, 2, 5, 10, and 50 miles and at
- azimuths from 0.0 t.o 337.5 degrees at 22.5 degree increments.
4.2.4.3 Map or tabular displays of:
- Time integrated air concentration
- Gamma dose-(whole body)
- Beta dose
- Thyroid dose integrate these values for all areas of plume passage since the beginning of the TOTPUF model initiation.
4.2.4.4 Hardcopies of tabular data should be made (see Attachments 2.0 through 5.0) when requested by the DAC/DAS or REC / RAM and at half hour intervals during the event to provide real time dose and dose rate information. 4.2.4.5 If the maximum puff limit for the TOTPUF model is
.(~' reached, an alarm is displayed stating that only old puffs will be followed. If this occurs, go to
' ( Attachment 9.0, " Actions following " Maximum Puff Limit Reached - Only Old Puffs will be Followed" Alarm". 4.2.5 QKLOOK Model 4.2.5.1 QKLOOK is automatically initiated and displayed on all 1- terminals (master and non-master) using real time data ! in an event. ("QKLOOK" must be selected on "Model l Display Selection" to see QKLOOK results). 4.2.5.2 The straight line mode of QKLOOK displays isopleth or tabular results for a single time interval (i.e. no integration of successive results) out to 50 miles for:
- X/Q l_
- Gamma dose (whole body)
- Beta dose
- Thyroid dose
- Plume arrival time (tabular display only)
Hardcopy records of tabular results are available. i. I EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 4 of 31 I wn, - - - - - , ,, , , _ . . , . , < , , - - , , . . . , < -
----,------.---a- _, .w,--w -. --, .m,-----
. - - . . ,- --.- - . .- .- - - . ~ ~ _ _ - . ._ -. -
i
/h 4.2.5.3 To project results from future releases, QKLOOK k) (straight line mode).should be used according to Attachment 8.0, "QKLOOK Diffusion and Dose
. Calculations Using Predictive MET and RAD Data." If future conditions can be projected, predictive dose calculations should be performed every half hour.
4.2.5.4 Real time or historical mode may be run on any
- terminal to evaluate the results of a single time interval (Attachment 7.0, "QKLOOK Diffusion and Dose Calculations Using Real Time MET and RAD Data").
4.2.5.5 Segmented mode of QKLOOK uses a single time segment of RAD data and gives resulting X/Q and doses using subsequent intervals of MET data. Real time, predictive, or historical modes and hard copies of inputs and results are available as with the straight line version of QKLOOK. 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS
- 4.3.1 All calculations and results shall be reviewed by the l RAM or REC for accuracy before release.
4.3.2 Following termination of the release, both QKLOOK and TOTPUF may be used in historical or predictive modes to re-evaluate offsite doses and incorporate ! additional information. If new releases begin, TOTPUF should be begun in real time mode immediately.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 WCGS Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-7.2, " Manual Determination of Release Rate" 5.3 EPP 01-7.3, " Manual Dose Projection Determination" 5.4 RRIS-VAXIAA01-M2-U Users Manual for the SNUPPS RRIS 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 For actual emergencies, all hardcopies/ photographs of data produced by the RRIS shall be retained by the REC / RAM. After the emergency has been terminated, these hardcopies/ photographs shall.be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC). The EPC shall forward these to the WCGS vault for storage.- These j records will be retained for the life of the plant. These shall be considered QA records. 4 1 EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 l -Page 5 of 31
6.2 For drills and exercises, all hardcopies/ photographs ('N) g of data produced by the RRIS shall be retained by the After the drill / exercise is terminated, REC / RAM. these hardcopies/ photographs shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) . The EPC shall retain these documents for at least one year. These documents shall not be considered QA records. 7.O ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Radioactivity Release Rate Summary" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, " Display of Tabular Data for X/Q" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, " Display of Tabular Data for Beta-Gamma Dose / Dose Rate" 7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Display of Tabular Data for Thyroid Inhalation Dose" 7.5 Attachment 5.0, " Display of Tabular Data for Plume Arrival Time" 7.6 Attachment 6.0, "Isopleth Value Selection" 7.7 Attachment 7.0, "QKLOOK Diffusion and Dose Calculations Using Real Time MET and RAD Data"
'- 7.8 Attachment 8.0, "QKLOOK Diffusion and Dose Calculations Using Predictive MET and RAD Data" 7.9 Attachment 9.0, " Action ollowing " Maximum Puff Limit R che -
nly Old Puffs will be
,1 ed" Alarm" <
7.10 Attachment 10.0, " Predetermined Release Parameters Stored in RRIS RELEASE Model" 7.11 Attachment 11.0, " Flowchart for RRIS Operator Actions" O EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 6 of 31 O
- - - - ,-,,,,-w,, - ~ ~ y,.,~.--,-=- - - , ,- -,n-, - - , . , , - , . - - - , . --------,-w m , _. - - , , - - - - - -
. . - . - - . . - -- - . . - . . . - . . . - . ~ ..-
. . r
-( ' ATTACHME1TT 1.0 RADIOACTIVITY RELEASE RATE
SUMMARY
, Description , This display shows the release activity, flow rate, and release rate for each release point. Instruction
- 1. To see the display of Radioactivity Release Rate Summary, select with the lightpen the identifier next to " RAD REL RATE
SUMMARY
" on the Function Menu. t
- 2. Note the Function Menu is erased from the scraen and
- the Radioactivity Release Rate Summary display appears on the screen.
- 3. Note that if any parameters were altered in the Radiological Data display or FLOW displays, the new value is shown in the Radioactivity Release Rate Summary, after the next 15 minute update.
! 4. To obtain a hardcopy, depress with the lightpen the fN identifier next to "HARDCOPY" in the lower right hand corner of the screen. g
)
- 5. To return to the Function Menu, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to " FUNCTION MENU" in the lower right hand corner of the screen.
- 6. Validity of the data used in the Radioactivity Release Rate Summary may be assessed by selecting the " RAD
[ DATA" and the "EFF FLOW / FAN" displays from the function menu. l i 1 EPP 01-7.1
) Rev. 4 Page 7 of 31
a %
'~N ATTACHMENT 2.0 DISPLAY OF TABULAR DATA FOR X/Q Description X/Q's (QKLOOK Model only) are displayed for distances of 3/4, 2, 5, 10, and 50 miles from the power plant site and at azimuths of 0.0 to 337.5 degrees, in 22 5 .
degree increments. l' t Instruction
- 1. To see the X/Q display, select with lightpen "X/Q" on the Function Menu.
- 2. Note the Function Menu is erased from the screen and the X/Q display appears on the screen.
f
- 3. To obtain a hardcopy, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to "HARDCOPY" in the lower right hand corner of the screen.
- 4. To return to the Function Menu, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to " FUNCTION MENU" in the
! lower right hand corner of the screen.
EPP 01-7.1 ) Rev. 4 Page 8 of 31 t'
- , - . , - - - - , , , - - . . , - , - - - - , - - - - . - - . - - - , , - - - - - - ---n-.-----...----,nn.--..n.----- --- -- - , - - - ..-,,..--------,n,-. - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - ,
4
% ATTACHMENT 3.0 DISPLAY OF TABULAR DATA FOR BETA GAMMA DOSE / DOSE RATE l
Description ! Gamma Dose Rates (TOTPUF Model only) and Gamma Doses are displayed for distances of 3/4, 2, 5, 10, and 50 miles from the power plant site and at azimuths of 0.0 to 337.5 degrees, in 22.5 degr~ee increments. 4 Instructions
- 1. To see the Whole Body Gamma Dose Rates display, select l with the lightpen the identifier next to " DOSE RATE -
GAMMA" on the Function Manu. ; ! 2. Note the Function Menu is erased from the screen and the Whole Body Gamma Dose Rates display appears on the screen.
- 3. To obtain a hardcopy, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to "HARDCOPY" in'the lower right hand i corner of the screen.
- 4. To return to the Function Menu, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to " FUNCTION MENU" in the ,
lower right hand corner of the screen. ! l S. To see the Whole Body Gamma Dose display, select with the lightpen'the identifier next to " DOSE - GAMMA" on the Function Menu.
- 6. . Note the Function Menu is erased from the screen and the Whole Body Gamma Dose display appears on the screen.
- 7. To obtain a hardcopy, depress with the lightpen, the j identifier next to "HARDCOPY" in the lower right hand corner of the screen.
- 8. To return to the Function Menu, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to " FUNCTION MENU" in the 1 lower right hand corner of the screen. ,
- 9. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for BETA DOSE / DOSE RATE by selecting " DOSE RATE - BETA" and " DOSE - BETA" with the lightpen.
l t EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 l Page 9 of 31 i
- - - . _.- _ - _ - _ . , , . _ . . _ . _ , _ _ . . . _ _ . - - . _ _ . _ ._ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ . ~ . . - _ . _ . . - . . - _ _ . _ . _ _ . _ , , , _ _ . _ _ _ . . _ . . - . -
_ _ _ . _ _ . . ~ _ .. _ _ . _ . _ _ . _ . _ . . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ = _ _ _ _ l s (N
\
ATTACHMENT 4.0 i DISPLAY OF TABULAR DATA FOR THYROID INHALATION DOSE l Description Inhalation Thyroid Doses'(TOTPUF Model only) are displayed'for distances of 3/4, 2, 5, 10, and 50 miles
- from the power plant site and at azimuths of 0.0 to 337.5 degrees, in 22.5 degree increments.
Instruction
- 1. To see the Inhalation Thyroid Dose display, select with the lightpen the identifier next to " DOSE - THYROID" on i the Function Manu.
- 2. Note the Function Menu is erased from the screen and the Inhalation Thyroid Dose display appears on the screen.
- 3. To obtain a hardcopy, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to "HARDCOPY" in the lower right hand ,
corner of the screen. [ 4. To return to the Function Menu, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to " FUNCTION MENU" in the lower right hand corner of the screen. ) ls l i i i j
~
EPP 01-7.1 I . Rev. 4 i ! Page 10 of 31 " i
---n .-. , . - _ . - . _ _ , . - _ - , - - - - - - . . . . _ _ _ - - . . - - , . - , - - - - - . _ - - . ~ . _
-f ATTACHMENT 5.0
{N
, DISPLAY OF TABULAR DATA FOR PLUME ARRIVAL TIME Description Arrival times (QKLOOK Model only) are displayed for distances of 3/4, 2, 5, 10, and 50 miles from the power plant site and at azimuths of 0.0 to 337.5 degrees, in 22.5 degree increments. The plume arrival time indicates the travel time in hours and minutes (for predictive cases) or the actual clock time (for real time cases) at which the plume would contact a particular point. It displays times at the locations described above if the location is within a distance of twice the horizontal dispersion coeffecient of the plume at the point on the plume where the distance from
'the radial location to the plume is measured.
Instructions
- 1. To see the Plume Arrival display, select with the
. lightpen " PLUME ARRIVAL" on the Function Menu.
- 2. Note the Function Menu is erased from the screen and
/ the Plume Arrival display appears on the screen.
- 3. To obtain a hardcopy, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to "HARDCOPY" in the lower right hand corner of the screen.
- 4. To return to the Function Menu, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to " FUNCTION MENU" in the lower right hand corner of the screen.
[ l EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 11 of 31 I
./' Y ATTACHMENT 6.0 j (Page 1 of 3)
ISOPLETH VALUE SELECTION Description The Isopleth Value Selection display allows the user to select up to five isopleth levels for each of the follow-ing: X/Q, Air Concentration, Time-Integrated Air Concentra-tion, Thyroid Dose, Beta Dose, Beta Dose Rate, Gamma Dose, and Gamma Dose Rate. Suggested Isopleth values are shown below. Desired isopleth levels must be selected before a model is run to be displayed on the map (RRIS will not recalculate QKLOOK isopleths after a model has run - see Attachments 7.0 and 8.0). ^ Suggested Isopleth Values Category Suggested Initial Isopleth Values 3 T/Q l.00 E-4 sec/m 1.00 E-5 1.00 E-6 1.00 E-7 1.00 E-8 3 3
- Air concentration, 1.00 E-4 Ci/m or Ci-HR/m Time integrated air 1.00 E-6 concentration 1.00 E-8 l.00 E-10 Beta Dose 1.00 E+00 mR Gamma Dose 1.00 E+1 Thyroid Dose 1.00 E+2 Beta Dose Rate 1.00 E+3 Gamma Dose Rate 1.00 E+4 NOTE
- TOTPUF model run time is dependent on the number of Isopleths selected (i.e., the more Isopleths chosen, the longer the model will take to run).
Instructions , 1. To see the Isopleth value Selection, select with the lightpen the identifier next to " SELECT ICOPLETH LEVEL" on the Function Menu.
- 2. The Function Menu will be erased from the screen and the
! Isopleth value Selection menu display will appear on the i screen. i EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 i Page 12 of 31 9 n-, ---- - - - - - - - , - - - , . _,.,.n, - , , . . . - - -g c,-- ,w, ,-,--,,________._,,.-,,,m - m ,,.,-,,--gn, -,,,e-, -,-, , , -m-.--
/~ ATTACHMENT 6.0
( ,) (Page 2 of 3) ISOPLETH VALUE SELECTION 4 3.- The display will list the following categories of ' isopleths; X/Q, Time-Integrated Air Concentration, Beta-Dose, Gamma-Dose, Air Concentration, Thyroid Dose, Beta Dose Rate, Gamma Dose Rate. Each category may contain up to five isopleth levels.
- 4. All selection identifiers will~be shown as. disabled until you have chosen either " ADD" or " DELETE". ,
- 5. Select with the lightpen the identifier next to " ADD".
i
- 6. Note that the identifier is now highlighted and will stay highlighted until another function selection has been made.
- 7. The identifier beside the next available calculation which you may add in each category is now shown in a solid line versus the dotted lines of the disabled identifiers signifying that it is enabled for addition.
- 8. Select with the lightpen the enabled identifier below one of the displayed model output types for addition of
, isopleth level.
- 9. Note that the identifier is now highlighted and a l prompt is given in the lower portion of the display to j " ENTER THE NEW VALUE".
- 10. Type in the desired isopleth new value on the keyboard as shown on the display.
C Note: The new value will now be displayed and the
- identifier beside it now shows as disabled and is no longer highlighted.
- 11. The next available area, if any, will now show as
, enabled.
- 12. To delete an isopleth value, select with the lightpen the identifier next to " DELETE".
- 13. Note that the highlighting for " ADD" has been removed and the identifier beside " DELETE" is now highlighted.
l t i 1 EPP 01-7.1 ( 1 Rev. 4 , Page 13 of 31
-.-u- *.3 -- ---- - -,.,,ew.,,,-.3,, .
, . . __,..,_.-.m..,,,w, ,,..,.w...g.g.me-,, 9,,,,g. ,%.,n _- .-_,y,
_ p,,,w,,,.y--%. -r- w, ,,7--, ,- ,3,,,7
') ATTACHMENT 6.0 (Page 3 of 3)
ISOPLETH VALUE SELECTION
- 14. Note the selection identifiers with isopleth values are enabled and identifiers without isopleth values are now disabled.
- 15. To make a deletion, select with the lightpen the identifier next to the value you wish to delete.
- 16. The isopleth level selected for deletion will be erased from the display, will no longer be used for model calculations, and the identifier will be disabled.
- 17. To obtain a hardcopy, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to "HARDCOPY" in the lower right hand corner of the screen.
- 18. To return to the Function Menu, depress with the lightpen, the identifier next to " FUNCTION MENU" in the lower right hand corner of the screen.
O ( EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 14 of 31
ATTACEMENT 7.0
)' (Page 1 of 2)
QKLOOK DIFFUSION AND DOSE CALCULATIONS USING REAL TIME MET AND RAD DATA NOTE: The real time, straight line QKLOOK model , starts running automatically when an. event is initiated - no operator action is necessary. This instruction should be used to restart the real time mode after QKLOOK has been used for Historial or Predictive calculations. Description 4 The QKLOOK model computes X/Q and dose values in either straight line mode or segmented modes. 'The model will compute both isopleths and tabular data for the input data. In segmented mode, the model will run for as many time intervals selected or until the combined distance traveled (as computed by wind speed X time), for all intervals, equals fifty miles. In straight line mode, the model will run until it has processed all the intervals requested. , Instructions
- 1. To see the QKLOOK Control Display, select with the lightpen the identifier next to "QKLOOK CONTROL" on the Function Menu.
- 2. -The Function Menu will be erased from the screen and the QKLOOK Control display will appear on the screen.
Note: When each page of model input is complete, a i "DONE" identifier will be displayed at the . bottom of the screen. When the user has l checked all data input for accuracy and has i- made hardcopies of the page (if desired), the ! user should select with the lightpen the identifier next to "DONE". This will' enable the next page of data input (if needed) or a message indicating input is complete will be , displayed. Selecting the ." FUNCTION MENU" identifier before the input complete message , has been displayed will cancel all input. g EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 15 of 31
\ ATTACHMENT 7.0 (Page 2 of 2)
QKLOOK DIFFUSION AND DOSE CALCULATIONS USING REAL TIME MET AND RAD DATA
- 3. A prompt will be displayed to " SELECT PLUME TYPE:".
- 4. Select with the lightpen the identifier next to one of the plume types; segmented.or straight line.
- 5. In segmented mode, the model tracks the radionuclides released during the first interval only, updating the results of that release for subsequent chaning meterological conditions.
- 6. In straight line mode, the model calculates results based on MET and RAD data for one interval at a time.
- 7. A prompt will be displayed to " SELECT RELEASE POINT:".
- 8. Select with the lightpen the identifier for the release point desired.
- 9. A prompt will be displayed to " SELECT TIME FRAME:".
/~'N 10. Select with the lightpen the identifier next to "REAL TIME".
- 11. To obtain a hardcopy, depress with the lightpen the identifier next to "HARDCOPY" in the lo'er w right hand corner of the screen.
12' . After receiving the message "QKLOOK INPUT Complete", return to the Function Menu by depressing with the lightpen, the identifier next to " FUNCTION MENU" in the lower right hand corner of the screen. NOTE: Although doses for a 15 minute time interval (not dose rate) are the displayed results of QKLOOK, dose rates may be estimated by: (dose for 15 minute interval mrem) x (4) = l dose rate in mrem /hr. EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 16 of 31
ATTACHMENT 8.0 (Page 1 of 4) QKLOOK DIFFUSION AND DOSE CALCULATIONS USING PREDICTIVE MET AND RAD DATA NOTE: Only the straight line version of QKLOOK should 1be used for predictive cases. Description The QKLOOK model computes X/Q values and doses using MET and RAD data-for a single interval, calculating both tabular data and isopleths resulting from the input values. Up to ten successive intervals may be run; the model VL7.1 run until it has processed all the intervals requested. . To run the QKLOOK model in predictive mode, the user must enter all data manually. The RRIS System, however, provides default values from the data that is currently selected. Therefore, when preparing to run . QKLOOK in predictive mode, it may be helpful to select a historical period that contains data similar to that desired for the predictive run. The default values are repeated for as many intervals as are selected for the run. The applicable default values from the selected time are:
- 1. Stability,
- 2. 10 meter wind speed and wind direction,
- 3. If Radwaste or Unit Vent is selected, the default RMS values will be those for Noble Gas.
Isotopic spectrum values will be zerced. Instructions
- 1. To see the QKLOOK Control Display, select wit.h the lightpen the identifier next to "QKLOOK CONTROL" on the Function Menu.
EPP 01-7.1 l Rev. 4 l Page 17 of 31 i
'~ h ATTACHMENT 8.0 (Page 2 of 4) I QKLOOK DIFFUSION AND DOSE CALCULATIONS USING PREDICTIVE MET AND RAD DATA
- 2. The Function Menu will be erased from the screen and i the QKLOOK Control display will appear on the screen.
Note: When each page of model input is complete, a "DONE" identifier will be displayed at the bottom of the screen. When the user has i checked all data input for accuracy and has made hardcopies of the page (if desired), the , user should select with the lightpen the identifier next to "DONE". This will enable the next page of data input (if needed) or a message indicating input is complete will be displayed. Selecting the " FUNCTION MENU" identifier before the input complete message has been displayed, will cancel all input.
- 3. A prompt will be displayed to " SELECT PLUME TYPE:".
- 4. Select with the lightpen the identifier next to
" Straight line".
- 5. A prompt will be displayed to " SELECT RELEASE POINT:".
- 6. Select with the lightpen the identifier for the release
{ point desired.
- 7. A prompt will be displayed to " SELECT TIME FRAME:".
~
- 8. Select with the lightpen " PREDICTIVE".
- 9. A prompt will be displayed to " ENTER # OF TIME SLOTS (1-10)".
Note: If the user plans to run RELEASE, the start time will always be valid, but the model will only generate doses using the data for the num-ber of time intervals specified in the release
, case chosen. Specifically, each release case will generate valid isotopic spectra for a pre-defined number of time intervals. For example, a user wants to run release case 1 for 20 his-torical time periods. Release case 1 will only return valid data for 12 time intervals; so the last 8 will return 0 for all nuclides. No warning will be given as to this event.
O EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 18 of 31
ATTACHMENT 8.0 O- (Page.3 of 4) QKLOOK DIFFUSION AND DOSE CALCULATIONS , USING PREDICTIVE MET AND RAD DATA
- 10. Enter the number of predictive segments to calculate on the keyboard. For a single case, one segment should be chosen.
- 11. At the time of the selection, the current display will be erased from the screen and the QKLOOK Control Meterological Data Input menu will be displayed, showing the default values from the time period selected.
I
- 12. A prompt is displayed to " SELECT METEROLOGICAL VALUE TO ALTER:".
- 13. Select with the lightpen the identifier next to the meterological value you wish to alter.
- 14. If you selected a value under wind speed, a prompt'will
. be displayed to " ENTER WIND SPEED".
- 15. Type in the new wind speed value on the keyboard.
m
- 16. If you selected a value under' wind direction, a prompt (s./) will be displayed to " ENTER WIND DIRECTION:".
Type in the new wind direction value on the keyboard. l The range is O degrees to 360 degrees.
- 17. If you selected a value under stability class, a prompt will be displayed to " ENTER STABILITY CLASS:".
Type in the new stability class value'on the keyboard. The valid values are'A through G.
- 18. To obtain a hardcopy, depress with the lightpen, the identifier next to "HARDCOPY" in the lower right hand corner of the screen.
- 19. Select with the lightpen the identifier next to "DONE" in the lower portion of the screen when inputting of meterological data is complete.
- 20. At the time of the selection, the current display will disappear and the QKLOOK Control RELEASE display will appear.
EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 19 of 31 e
-. . .-c.. - - , , . _ _ , . , _ . , _ _ , _ , _ _ _ _
.D ATTACHMENT 8.0 x ,) (Page 4 of 4)
QKLOOK DIFFUSION AND DOSE CALCULATIONS USING PREDICTIVE MET AND RAD DATA
- 21. .A prompt "Do YOU WANT TO RUN RELEASE?" will be displayed.
Select-with the lightpen the identifier next to "YES" or "NO".
- 22. If "YES" was selected, a prompt will be displayed to
" SELECT ONE RELEASE CASE"; following this selection, the "QKLOOK INPUT Complete" mecsage will be displayed.
To view results return to the FUNCTION MENU by selecting the " Function Menu" with the lightpen.
- 23. The Radiological / Flow Data input screen will appear if "NO" is selected. These values may be altered or the default values appearing may be used depending on the desired inputs for the predictive case. When inputs are completed, depress the "DONE" identifier.
- 24. The Isotopic Spectrum Data Input screen will appear (no default isotopic values are given); isotopes should be O entered based on known or predicted isotopic
' concentrations as desired. Select the "DONE" identifier when isotope entry is complete.
- 25. The "QKLOOK INPUT Complete" message will appear on the screen. Return to the Function Menu to choose results i to be displayed.
1 i NOTE: The QKLOOK Model is based on assumed interval lengths of 15 minutes. To project doses for longer periods of time than this, tabular dose results may be multiplied by the number of 15 minute segments in the desired predicted time. (For example, if the predicted dose for the next 3 hours is desired, the tabular QKLOOK doses should be multiplied by 12, which is the number of 15-minute intervals in 3 hours. If total predicted doses are desired, tabular results of QKLOOK projected doses should be < added to the tabular doses at corresponding . locations as obtained by the real time TOTPUF l outputs. l ( EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 20 of 31
N ATTACHMENT 9.0
) (Page 1 of 2)
ACTIONS FOLLOWING " MAXIMUM PUFF LIMIT REACHED - ONLY , OLD PUFFS WILL BE FOLLOWED" ALARM If the Release release rate magnitude is stable or increasing at the time the alarm is received, perform Section "A" below. If the magnitude of the release rate is decreasing rapidly or is significantly less than the peak-value when the alarm is received, perform Section "B". A. Since maximum projected doses and dose rates will be nearest the release point while releases are occurring, it is important'to continue calculating these near-site conditions. 'The effect of " losing" more distant puffs that + have already dispersed is acceptable in this case (these puffs may be added back in at a later time by re-running TOTPUF in historical mode). The steps to be followed, therefore, are:
- 1. Obtain tabular hardcopies of all dose, dose rate, and air concentration values (these tabular results may be added to subsequent tabular results for total resulting doses and integrated i air concentrations).
- 2. Restart TOTPUF in Real Time Mode by:
- a. Selecting "TOTPUF Control" from the Function Menu using the lightpen.
4
- b. Selecting the box next to "REAL TIME" when prompted. Following the display of the "TOTPUF input complete" message, return to the Function Menu by selecting the Function Menu box with the lightpen.
1
- 3. Steps (1) and (2) above should be performed as quickly as possible to prevent the loss of
- information (preferably early in the same i interval in which the alarm is received).
I i i r EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 21 of 31 1
~
ATTACHMENT 9.0 (Page 2 of 2) B. Since no new significant doses or dose rates are being added in this case, it is more important to continue following puffs already released. The steps to be followed are:
- 1. As long as release rates are small, continue.to allow TOTPUF to run until puffs are outside the area of interest (old puff location can be tracked with " Air concentration" or Gamma, Beta, or Thyroid " DOSE" isopleth displays).
Important: Release Rates (on RAD data or Release Rate Summary Displays) should be observed frequently during this time: if release rates begin to increase significantly, immediately . perform Section "A" of this attachment)
, 2. When old puffs are outside the area of interest, hardcopy all tabular results and re-initiate a new real time TOTPUF run as in Section "A" above.
4 4 j l O EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 22 of 31 l
l . 1 O ATTACHMENT 10.0 2 (Page 1 of 8) PREDETERMINED RELEASE PARAMETERS STORED IN RRIS RELEASE MODEL RELEASE CASE 1 Case 1 is a fuel handling accident in the Fuel Building. Table 10.1 lists the assumptions including the initial air concentration > of activity in the Fuel Building. The. accident assumes 1 fuel assembly out of 193 fuel assemblies is involved in the accident. The accident starts when activity from one assembly enters the atmosphere of the fuel handling building. The activity is assumed to be released to the environment via the building exhaust at the i rate of 9000 CFM. Ninety percent of the Iodine is filtered out by the exhaust filters. The noble gases are not filtered. The set up of the release input assumes the activity is initially in the Fuel Building. The flow rate out of the building is equal to 0.593 vol/hr. i d 2 l t i e f 1 i l i EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 23 of 31 l
. ~,-1_- _ _ . , . . ,_..,___w.._.-.a,.._..__ _ . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ , , _ _ _ _ , _ - _ . . , . . , , , - , _ _ _ . - . . . _ . _ _
I ATTACHMENT.10.0
\ .
(Page 2 of 8) TABLE 10.1 ~ , FUEL-HANDLING ACCIDENT IN FUEL BUILDING i i Initial Concentration Initial Activity
-Isotope in Fuel Bldg (uCi/cc) in Fuel Bldg (Curies)
I-131 2.073 E-2 5.34 E+2 I-132 5.465 E-15 1.41 E-10 I-133 2.422 E-3 6.22 E+1 I-134 0 0 I-135 2.031 E-6 5.23 E-2 Kr-83m 7.944 E-17 5.23 E-12 Kr-85 1.454 E-1 3.75 E+3 P y Kr-85m 1.891 E-7 4.87 E-3 Kr-87 0 0 Kr-88 5.151 E-11 1.33 E-6 Kr-89 0 0 Xe-131m 2.413 E-2 6.22 E+2 Xe-133m 4.661 E-2 1.20 E+3 Xe-133 3.846 9.91 E+4 Xe-135m 0 0 Xe-135 3.187 E-3 8.21 E+1 Xe-137 0 0 O Xe-138 0 0 l U Accident Assumptions
~
Volume of building ~ =910,000 ft Building exhaust flow rate = 9,000 CFM Volume release rate = 0.593 Vol/HR Exhaust filter efficiency (for iodines) = 90 % Release is from one assembly out of 193 fuel assemblies Release duration = 2 hours i Initial activity in fuel building is given above. A O EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 24 of 31
. . i
[) ATTACHMENT 10.0 V (Page 3 of 8) 1 RELEASE CASE 2 ; l l Case 2 is a fuel handling accident in the Containment Building. The assumptions for case 2 are given in Table 10.2. The release , model assumes initial activity is in the Containment Building. l Only the leak path from containment to the.environnent via the j Auxiliary Building and filter is calculated. The flow rate from , containment to the Aux Building is 7.50 E-05 Vol/Hr. The flow I rate from the Auxiliary Building to the environment is 0.318 Vol/Hr. s I 4 J J EPP 01-7.1
~
Rev. 4 , Page 25 of 31
c ATTACHMkNT10.'O' ~ (Page 4 of 8) TABLE 10.2 4 FUEL-HANDLING ACCIDENT IN CONTAINMENT Initial Concentration Initial ~ Activity i Isotope in Ctat (uCi/cc) in Ctat (Curies) l
.I-131 9.053 E-3 6.41 E+2 .l I-132 2.387 E-15 1.69 E-10
- I-133 1.058 E-3 7.49 E+01 I-134 0 0 I-135 8.870 E-7 6.28 E-2 Kr-83m 3.470 E-17 2.46 E-12 4
Kr-85 6.352 E-2 4.50 E+? Kr-85m 8.262 E-8 5.85 E-3 Kr-87 0 0 Kr-88 2.250 E-11 1.59 E-6 Kr-89 0 0 ! . Xe-131m 1.0'54 E-2 7.46 E+2 i Xe-133m 2.036 E-2 1.44 E+3 Xe-133 1.680 1.19 E+5 Xe-135m 0 0 + Xe-135 1.392 E-3 9.86 E+1 Xe-137 0 -0 0 0 l ) Xe-138 i Accident Assumptions: i Free volume in containment = 2,500,000 ft 3
= 1,700,000 ft 3 Volume of Aux Bldg Leak rate from containment to environment = 0.02% volume / day Leak rate from containment to Aux Bldg = 0.18% volume / day Aux Bldg flow rate = 9,000 CFM
' Exhaust filter efficiency ( for iodines) = 90% Release is from 1.2 assemblies out of 193 fuel assemblies. Initial activity in containment is given above. EPP 01-7.1 O_/s Rev. 4 Page 26 of 31 ; l i
,, - . , . . _ _ . , _ , . . , , . ,,___._,,,._...,,_,..._,,.____.m._.,___.__._._,._.__, ; _ ._ _._, ,,._____.,,__.._ ,___._
~
[ ATTACHMENT 10.0 i (Page 5 of 8) RELEASE CASE 3 , i i l Case 3 is a loss of coolant accident (LOCA). The assumptions for i case 3 are given in Table 10.3. The leak rate from the containment to the environment is 8.33 E-06 Vol/ day.. All initial
- activity is assumed to be in the Containment Building.
i 4 4 l L . 1: i l 4 EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 27 of 31 i
ATTACHMENT 10.0 s,,, (Page 6 of 8) TABLE 10.3 LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT (LOCA) Initial Concentration Initial Activity Isotope in Ctat (uCi/cc) in Ctat (Curies) I-131 3.157 E+2 2.24 E+7 I-132 4.792 E+2 3.39 E+7 I-133 7.077 E+2 5.01 E+7 I-134 8.278 E+2 5.86 E+7 I-135 6.424 E+2 4.55 E+7 Kr-83m 2.091 E+2 1.48 E+7 Kr-85 2.065 E+1 1.46 E+6 Kr-85m 6.532 E+2 4.62 E+7 Kr-87 1.176 E+3 8.33 E+7 Kr-88 1.612 E+3 1.14 E+8 Kr-89 2.004 E+3 1.42 E+8 Xe-131m 1.307 E+1 9.25 E+5 Xe-133m 6.970 E+1 4.93 E+6 Xe-133 2.831 E+3 2.00 E+8 Xe-135m 7.841 E+2 5.55 E+7 Xe-135 2.701 E+3 1.91 E+8 Xe-137 2.569 E+3 1.82 E+8 O Xe-138 2.404 Accident Assumptions: E+3 1.70 E+8 Free volume of containment =2,500,000 ft 3 Containment leak rate to environment = 0.02%/ day Initial activity in containment given above. EPP 01-7.1
's Rev. 4 Page 28 of 31
[
4 i ATTACHMENT 10.0 (Page 7 of 8) 4 4 RELEASE CASE 4 Case 4 is a waste gas tank rupture. The assumptions for case 4 are listed in Table 10.4. The flow rate from the Radwaste . Building in the environment is found to be 0.640 Vol/HR. All the F initial activity is assumed to be in the Radwaste Building. 90%
- of the iodine is filtered out by the filters.
i-4 + 1 I' i i 1 l i I i 4 i 4 i , EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 29 of 31 l i
= , ~~ -a,>-,,n------,. _.-w,. en,--,---ee- ---w, - _.w,m _e-www-~,---vm,,,,-,wx--
w-
. ATTACHMENT 10.O fi (Page 8 of 8)
TABLE 10.4 WASTE GAS TANK RUPTURE Activity Released to Isotope Radwaste Bldg (Curies) I-131 8.30 E-1 I-132 3.80 E-3 I-133 1.60 E-1 I-134 7.50 E-4 I-135 2.60 E-2 Xe-131m 5.14 E+2 Xe-133m 1.68 E+2 Xe-133 1.25 E+4 Xe-135m 1.40 E-1 Xe-135 3.28 E+2 Xe-138 1.60 E-1 KR-85m 4.35 E+1 Kr-85 7.66 E+3 Kr-87 4.20 E+0 Kr-88 4.25 E+1 Accident Assumptions: 3 Radwaste bldg volume =1,120,000 ft 4 Exhaust flow = 12,000 CFM Exhaust filter efficiency (for iodines) = 90% Volume Release Rate = 0.640 Vol/HR Activity from tank is assumed released to Radwaste Building. l 1 4-EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 30 of 31 I 4
,,--,m --vy.-,--- -r-,,- --,,-m, - , , , , - , - - , - , - - - ,--,.-_,e_--,,,,--,n,,w -,,,,,-r,-,-----,---,------,-----,---.or,----r,,~,--n--,-ws,--- --,w,,,, -e,,,n,--.+-
1 1
-O-
, ATTACHMENT 11.0 FLOWCHART FOR RRIS OPERATOR ACTIONS Assure Terminal Operable Acquire Master Status (if appropriate)
Initiate event if not already initiated by ERFIS Signal (See Step 4.1.3) Assure validity of Input Data (hardcepy results as required) O Reverify for Dose Calculations each dose update Real time: Predictive: TOTPUF (See Step QKLOOK (See 4.3.1) (QKLOOK Step 4.3.2) may also be used) Report / Record results as required EPP 01-7.1 Rev. 4 Page 31 of 31 I l
,ve. *,p._.,,.--.%.-- %- ,,,,m__.--,-,.,-.---~._m.,-rm._,, -,m--.,--e.,-,---, - . , _ . - - - , , , , , - . . . . - , ~ ~ , ,
C?y - (j)
\
WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE MANUAL DETERMINATION OF RELEASE RATE EPP 01-7.2 Revision 7 l Effective January 1, 1987 l O I l 1 l f f ,f _
)/ /h hb EMERGENCY PLANN G COORD{NATOR REVIEW DATE/ '
So M //~//-P 6 1 EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW DATE
% a3 Q '1hrnId h H-12 -b PSRC APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION DATE NL PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL pfzr/rL DATET /
RELEASED _] .2 .3 1 -th DATE I O
l 1.0 PURPOSE l 1.1: This procedure provides guidance and instruction for determining release rates of airborne radioactivity I when the Radiological Release Information System l (RRIS) is inoperable during emergency conditions at I Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS). ~ 2.0- APPLICABILITY l I 4 2.1 .This procedure shall be utilized when the RRIS com-puter is inoperable during emergency conditions. 1 2.2 The estimated release rate and total release values l calculated in accordance with this procedure shall be j used in conjunction with EPP 01-7.3, " Manual Dose Projection Determination" and EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations", as a basis for determining what offsite protective actions should be recommended to State and County officials. 2.3 This procedure will be implemented by WCGS emergency response personnel in the following manner: { 2.3.1 Prior to manning the Technical Support Center (TSC), control Room personnel who are trained in this pro-cedure, shall perform these calculations. 2.3.2 After the TSC is activated, but prior to the activation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF), Dose Assessment coordinator (DAC) shall assure that
, the RRIS Operatre implements this procedure.
I' 2.3.3 Upon activation of the EOF, the Radiological Assess-ment Manager (RAM) shall assure that the RRIS operator implements this procedure. 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 RELEASE RATE The quantity of radioactive material being released to the environment expressed in curies per second (Ci/sec). 3.2 SOURCE TERM 1 The calculated quantity of radioactive material avail-able for release or being released to the environment. i l EPP 01-7.2 Rev. 7 ! Page 1 of 21
l
-~s 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS ;
4.1 PRECAUTIONS i i . 4.1.1 Calculations contained in this procedure should be reviewed by the DED or REC at the TSC, or the DEM or RAM at the EOF, prior to changing the Radiological i Status Board or dissemination of results to other emergency response personnel. 4.1.2 Upon activation of the EOF, the RRIS Operator and/or Dose Assessment Supervisor (DAS) shall have the RAM or DEM review intermediate calculations, when appropriate. 4.1.3 Review of offsite determination of release rates will be performed by the DAC/DAS.
'4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4.2.1 The DAC or DAS, as appropriate, shall:
4.2.1.1 If RRIS is inoperable, assure the completion of , Attachment 1.0, "Onsite Determination of Vent Release Rate," Form EP 7.2-1 i 4.2.1.2 If vent monitor (s) are inoperable, consider the dis-2 patch of Onsite Survey Team (s) to collect appropriate . grab samples from the unmonitored locations in accordance with CHN 01-007, " Sampling of Unit and Radwasta Vents for Radioactive Gases and Tritium" or l CHM 01-005, " Exchange of Unit and Radwaste Vent Parti-culate and Iodine Filter Cartridges." . 4.2.1.2.1 Recommend that Offsite Monitoring Teams be dispatched to determine offsite dose rates in accordance with EPP ! 01-8.2, "Offsite Radiological Monitoring."
- 4.2.1.2.2 Record results on Attachment 1.0.
- 4.2.1.3 If a steam generator tube rupture is suspected or verified, assure the completion of Attachment 4.0,
" Steam Generator Tube Rupture Release Rate Determina-l tion," Form EP 7.2-4.
Y 1 l EPP 01-7.2 { Rev. 7 l Page 2 of 21 l -
- 4.2.1.4 As required to calculate the release rate using off- '[ Y site data (backcalculations), assure the completion of \,,/ Attachment 5.0, " Release Rate Calculation Using Offsite Field Team Data (Backcalculations)", Form EP 7.2-5.
4.2.1.5 To determine the containment leak rate contribution to - the containment release rate, assure the completion of Attachment 6.0, " Containment Release Rate Calculation," Form EP 7.2-6. 4.2.1.6 Review completed Attachments. 4.2.1.7 Inform REC / RAM or DED/DEM of results. 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 4.3.1 The DAC/DAS shall: 4.3.1.1 Continue to evaluate the results supplied by the attachments. 4.3.1.2 As new results are received, assure they are posted on the appropriate Radiological Status Boards.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 WCGS Radiological Emergency Response Plan Os_, 5.2 EPP 01-7.3, " Manual Dose Projection Determination" 5.3 EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations" 5.4 WCGS Final Safety Analysis Report, Chapter 15.0 5.5 CHM 01-005, " Exchange of' Unit and Radwasta Vent Particulate and Iodine Filter Cartridges" 5.6 CHM 01-007, " Sampling of Unit and Radwasta Vents for Radioactive Gas and Tritium" 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 7.2-1 "Onsite Determination of Vent Release Rate" 6.2 Form EP 7.2-2 " Exhaust Fan Status" 6.3 Form EP 7.2-4 " Steam Generator Tube Rupture Release Rate Determination" EPP 01-7.2 Rev. 7 Page 3 of 21 4
6.4 Form EP 7.2-5 " Release Rate Calculation Using Offsite Field Team Data (Backcalculations)" 6.5 Form EP 7.2-6 " Containment Release Rate Calculation" 6.6 The records generated by this procedure ~during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at the termination of'the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to the WCGS vault for storage. These records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be considered QA records. 6.7 The records generated by this procedure during drills and exercise shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termi-nation of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall main-tain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records. 7.O ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1.0, "Onsite Determination of Vent Release Rate" 7.2 Attachment 2.0, " Exhaust Fan Status" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, "Dasign Basis Accident Release Rates" g 7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Steam Generator Tube Rupture Release , Rate Determination" 7.5 Attachment 5.0, " Release Rate calculation Using Offsite Field Team Data (Backcalculations)" 7.6 Attachment 6.0, " Containment Release Rate Calculation" i i i l l I I l ( EPP 01-7.2 l Rev. 7 Page 4 of 21 l l i ! 1
. . l ICRM EP 7.2-1 REV. 2 ATDOMENT 1.0 l q (Page 1 of 2) i
[V I 4 CMSITE TIERMDULTICN OF VENT REIZASE RATE (See Back for Instructions) DATE: TIME:
#1 WIT VENT FIDW RATE = CEM
[ Calculated (frun Attactuaant 2.0) [ Mansured
#2 UNIT VENT 033CENIRATICH = uCi/cc Noble Gas
[ Mcmitar [ Plant Sample [ Default Value
#3 UNIT VENT CCNCENIRATICH = uCi/cc Iodina
[ Mcmitor [ Plant Sanple [ Default Value UNIT VINI REIEASE RATE =
#4 ( uCi/cc)( CFM) (4.72E-4) = Ci/sec Noble Gas
#5 ( UC1/cc) ( CEM)(4.72E-4) = Ci/sec Iodine
#6 RAEHASTE VENT FIDW RAM = CFM
[ Calcallated (fran Attachment 2.0) [ Measured l #7 RACHASTE VINI CCNCENIRATIN = uCi/oc Noble Gas l (\ [ Mcmitar [ Plant Sanple [ Default Value
#8 RADNASTE VINI CCNCENIRATICH = uCi/oc Iodina
[ Mcmitar [ Plant Sanple [ Default Value 4 RADNASTE VINI REIEASE RATE = l Ocmcentraticn X Flow Rate X Conversion Factor = Release Rate l
#9 ( uCi/cc)( CFM) (4.72E-4) = C1/sec Noble Gas
#10 ( uCi/cc)( CfM) (4.72E-4) = Ci/sec Icdine I
P IoIAI. RELEASE RATE =
#11 Uhit Vent Release
- RadWasta Vent Release " Tctal Noble Ce.s Rate (Noble Gas) Rats (Noble Gas) Release Rata
+ =
C1/sec Noble Gu:
#12 Unit Vent Release
- Radwasta Vent Release " Ibtal Iodine Rate (Iodine) Rata (Iodine) Release Rata
+ =
C1/sec I ( Iodine Prepared By: EPP 01-7.2 Reviewed By: Rev. 7 Page 5 of 21 l
FCEtt EP 7.2-1 REV. 2 ATDQtIDir 1.0 , (R ge 2 of 2) l
- i INSTRUCTIONS
! #1 Cbtain Radiation Martitorirug System (M) readings fms the Caritrol j Rocsa for the Unit Vent anyce Rachiesta Vent f1w rate (s) in cubic j feet per mimta (CFM) and insert at Itsun #1 ard #6, r%tvaly.
If vent fim rate is unavailahla, deemmine f1w rate by usirug ' !' EPP 01-7.2, Attadament 2.0, "Euhaust Fan Status," Form EP 7.2-2. i 4 #2 (btain the noble gas activity concentratica (uci/cc) of the unit vent frem the m display. If vent monitor is cut of service, refer to
- Onsita survey Tessa data or Attadament 3.0, " Design Basis Accident j Release Rates." ,
1 j #3 Obtain iodine activity concentratica (uci/cc) of the unit vent fma the 1951 d4 T 1=y. If vent moniter is offsoals or cut of service,
, refer to onsite survey Team data cr Attadument 3.0, " Design Basis ! Accidene Ral= = Rat . ."
I
#4 M tiply ocncentration in Itan.#2 by f1 w rate in Item #1 and the , conversion factor to obtain release rate of ncble gas throups the j unit vent.
- s. !
! #5 Mtiply concentration in Itaan #3 by f1w rata in Its #1 and the '
l conversion factor to obtain release rate of iodina through the unit i vent. 1
#6 see Itsua #1, than y M to Itasa #7.
} #7 cbtain the nchie gas activity concentration (uci/oc) of the radweste vent frtaa the its di T =y. If vent monitor is cut of service, refer 1 to Onsite survey Team data or Attadament 3.0, " Design Basis Accident Ralense Rates." . r l t j #8 (ktain iodine activity ocncentration (uci/cc) of the radwesta vent ,
- frtua the Its display. If vent uenitor is offsoale ce cut of service, .
- refer to ensite survey Team data or Attadament 3.0, " Design Basis l Accident Release Ratas."
! #9 Mtiply ocncentration in Its #7 by flw rata in Itam #6 and the ) omnversion facter to obtain release rate of noble gas through the l redwesta vent. - I
#10 Mtiply conoontratics in Itaa #8 by f1w rate in Itan #6 and the i conversicn factor to obtain release rate of iodine throudt the i i radwesta vent. '
#11 Add the release rata in Itam #4 and the release rata in Itan #9 to obtain the total release rata of noble gas.
I
#12 Add the release rate in Itan #5 and the release reta in Itana #10 to obtain the total release rate of iodine. ,
! #13 Report results to either the Dhc (ISC) or QA9 (EOF). j !. EPP 01-7.2 [ ! Rev. 7 ! j- Page 6 of 21 l L -_ _ _ _. _ _
l KEN EP 7.2-2 REV. 0 t i 4 ATDOttENF 2.0 EXIDOST FAN SD2US 4 LEE: Ocntact Control Rocus for fan status Exhaust Fan Design Enter Design [ System ' ID Fim Flw on TJhit Vent Flw m 3A 12,000 (sim) i
,. Aux Bldg HVAC 32,000 fast CFM i CGID3B 12,000 (si m) 32,000 fast CFM j control Bldg 0302A 6,000 CFM HVAC CIE025 6,000 CFM ;
I
, Fuel Bldg CGG02A 9,000 CFM i
i HVAC CGG025 9,000 CFM ! Condenser Air CGE015 1,000 CFM
- , . Removal HVAC CGE01A 1,000 CFM Cantainment 03IC1 20,000 CFM ,
Purge Exhaust CIE02 4,000 CFM l l
, Main Stama CGF03A 17,000 CFM i j Enclosure kildLng i Exhaust Fans 02F035 17,000 CFM 4
j tJhit Vent Total Fl w CFM i RadWasta Vent Fl w Radwasta CGH01A 12,000 CFM 4 milding Exhaust CGHolB 12,000 CFM l j Radwesta Vent N Fi m CFM EPP 01-7.2 i Rev. 7 i Page 7 of 21 i j !
\
i !
ATDOBEMP 3.0 (Page 1 of 1) .g IESIGN BSIS ACCIEENT IEI2RSE RATES FSAR Secticri Type of Acciderst Release Rate (Ci/sec) Iodine Ratio
- Noble Gas 15.6-6 IOch Noble Gas 8.27 0.088 Icdins 0.73
-15.1-3 Main Steam Line Break (Most limiting)
Noble Gas 0.0031 4.71 Icdine 0.0146 15.2-3 Ices of R.. v y AC Noble Gas 0.0031 0.29 Iodine 0.000092 15.3-3 Icched Rotor Noble Gas 0.83 0.006 Iodins 0.0054 15.4-4 ROCA Ejection Noble Gas 0.146 0.760 Icdine 0.111 15.6-2 CVCS Istdcun Line Break Outside Contairunent Neble Gas 0.08 0.006 O 15.6-4 Iodine Steam Generator Tube Ityture Case 1 (0-8 Hr.) 0.00046 Noble Gas 0.282 0.51 Iodine 0.145 15.7-7 fuel Handling Accident Noble Gas 14.31 0.0006 Iodine 0.008 15.7-3 Wasta Gas Decay Tank Rupture Noble Gas 2.99 0.000047 Iodine 0.00014 Steam Turbine Driven Auxilliary Famd Rap PAL 02 Noble Gas 1.40 0.014 Iodins 0.02
- Precautiont If given the Noble Gas conoontration only, multiply by ratio to obtain the Iodine conoontration. If given the Iodine concentraticri enly, divide by ratio to obtain the Noble Gas concentration.
EPP 01-7.2 nev. 7 Page 8 of 21
G O ICIM EP 7.2-4 REV. 1
. ATD G MENT 4.0 (Page 1 of 2)
STEAM GENERATtR TUBE NJPIURE REIJCASE RATE [EFEIMDULTION (See Back for Irstructions) EATE: TIME: Steam Flow Rata Datentination
#1 Release Rate Determination A. Affected Steam Flow (llmVhr) x Release Valve (rr/hr) = lbn.g Monitor Reading hr hr
- S/G-A x =
S/@B x = S/G-C x = S/G-D _x = TUIAL =
#2 Noble Gas Release Rata TUDLL x conversion factor = Noble Gas Release Rata X 1.44E-5 Ci/sec =
C1/sec ar/hr . lkm/hr
#3 Icdine Release Rata Noble Gas Release Rata x ocnversion factor - Iodine Release Rate C1/sec x .51 =
Ci/sec Performed By: Reviewed By: EPP 01-7.2 Rev. 7 Page 9 of 21
.= - _ -
I FORM EP 7.2-4 REV. 1 '
~
ATDGMENT 4.0 (Page 2 of 2) a
!. INSTRUCTICtB
#1 Cbtain the stama flw rate (s) (lbq/hr) fra the affected steam generator (s) stama line and insert into the first half of the equation.
Obtain the release valve monitor reading (ar/hr) from the Ocntrol , Roca or RMS and insert into the second half of the equation. If the 4_ release valve acnitors are out of service, insert the appropriate noble gas / lodine ratio fran EPP 01-7.2, Attachment 3.0, " Design Basis 4 Accident Release Rates." R11tiply the two halves to obtain a release rate deramination for each affected steam generator. Add all the release rata dataminations to obtain a 'IDIAL.
#2 Nultiply the 'IUIAL (fran #1) by the ocnversion factor to obtain the noble gas release rate (ci/sec).
i (, #3 Nultiply the noble gas release rata by the ocnversion factor to obtain the iodine release rate (ci/sec).
#4 Report results to DAC (TSC) or DAS (EOF).
4 J l l j EPP 01-7.2 1 Rev. 7 ! Page 10 of 21 i l i 1
-,i...-....,---.,,_,_.m,.__.-__, .,_-,.- -_- _ , _ _,. _-L.---____- __... ... .._..- ._ _. ._,_ -_- _ .
EURM EP 7.2-5 REV. 2 ATDGMENT 5.0 ; (Page 1 of 8) (e) V RET. EASE RATE CAICUIATIN USING OFFSTTE FIEID TEAM DATA (Backcalculations) DATE: TIME: IDCATIN
#1 Whole Body Dose Rate to Total Concentration 3
ReWHr = Ci/m Noble Gas
- Obtain this value fran the aws.wiate Whole Body Dose Conversion Factors Graphs
#2 Offsite Concentration (s) to Plant Release Rate (s) 3 CLim uuuation (uCi/oc or Ci/m )
^
=
Ci/sec X/Q valun (sec/d) 3 C1/m = Ci/see Total sec/m 3 Release Rate p #3 uCi/oc - Ci/sec Iodine (NOTE: Use this if sec/m J Release data is s Rate available; Othe mise, prmasr1 to Step 4).
#4 Iodine Release Rate Estimate (Offsite Iodine Curs u'uation Unknown)
Note: Skip this step if step 3 is ocepleted. Noble Gas Release Rate x A M= M 3.0 Iodine / Noble Gas Ratio = Iodine Release Rate C1/sec x = C1/sec Iodine Release Rate Performed by Reviewed by: Assumptions:
- 1) Offsite dose rate measured while anhrsed in semi-infinite cloud.
- 2) Noble Gas Release Rata = (Total Release Rate)-(Iodine Release Rate) 3 NOTE: 1 C1/m = 1 uCi/cc h EPP 01-7.2 Rev. 7 Page 11 of 21
~
FORM EP 7.2-5 RIN. 2 O ATDGMENT 5.0 (Page 2 of 8) INS'IRDCITQ4S
~
#1 Citain gaana (closed window) 1duale body dose rate readings at a location on or naar a known X/Q value and record. This location is datamined by using the maps and proper stability class isopleths available in the amargency lockers.
Insert this reading into the left side of the equatim. Divide the reading by the conversion factor (see graphs) to cbtain the total isotopic concentration at that location. The time scale at the botta of the graphs is time sinoa plant shutdown. The appropriate graphs should be selected based en idhether the closed window dose rate ! reading is ==% noble gas only, iodine mly or a mixture of noble gas and iodina. ,
#2 Divide the total isotopic concentration by the known X/Q value to obtain the total release rate.
#3 Obtain the iodina concentration at the location fr m the DAC or DAS.
If reading is unavailable, refer to stap #4. Divide this concentratim by the known X/Q value to obtain the iodina j- release rata.
#4* Refer to EPP 01-7.2, Attadunant 3.0 to obtain the appropriate iodina/ noble gas ratio.
M11tiply this ratio by the concentration in stap #1 to obtain the iodina release rate.
#5 Report results to DAC (TSC) or DAS (EOF) .
l
- Note: Skip this step if step 3 is ocmpleted.
i l I i i , EPP 01-7.2 l Bav. 7 Page 12 of 21 i
(A'
\
ATDGME2Tf 5.0 (Page 3 of 8) NHDIE BODY DOSE CONVERSION FACIORS (INCIUDES IODDES) 0-24 Hours 4
"TT**"'
rw u _ --. 1 i _- 2_ 4 r= 4 . 4 wywg 1 _. -3p v g.a 7 6 -es . . u .i a' b e., .- . .m. -t ' - - E' - _ _ ygg 3 4% g. . a % .i __ _ a4' . ,T gg -a, n. 'j C., H-7.. 't pM n. l upm g. . . . , 4 , %, -- 4 7
..-' yy.7.n =%r a 14 - _
%'34EP,24-4jdige7.r .g . ;J . ; .y .g - . - -
3:S. 6. - . i T N
-i- 1 -
-.4. i. 4- .- p -.3fr.w. - _ ,
.=-
_ . .;. i ._=_3__.m y, ..
, l: . .i . Q i Ora . t i .M *. 3 [.;.; ( W .i: =; . y=_y , = -{? _,,
- g. -
e.. : _. .. af .. . .). =. -a4:::_-
. .:t-4.. 7- 4 .-- m : _ 4 : .3. . . _:-7 ..
~ . i*$ :.-. _. -
.: ~2 : .
, - :.=:1 .: - 1 .-
- g. . ,
..- , . . .:-- .:. 4. __. .. -. =.: --%- -.. . :..:: . ~=3 __ _ - -
-.-1
.. .; : . c..: ;, : . .. :6- _- :---"_ n --- :a :_. - ;
._t..4_
(Rem)(m 3-1 ... .
..__t.._. . __. . _. ... ..... . . . . . .. ...
(hr)(Cl) .. . _ . 4,....
,. e
=__*4.--l3.,-' .
. . "_-*.-"."._ . .A.;.' . . .;*. .: ~- * ~ 4 :.:._ M .==.*. .*. :*: 4 - -
-- 4 2
. .i
=
\
t s s y q - - r
.Q U :N e'% i -arm ~
4_' . .~- 5.A, e me ' -
.*i 1 .'- ..sL'.m. >- <..i we.
I i 1 - w #J- .e 11 =. .' +, : .- . o_i _a -
,'fMIm-i a ! ~ 9 sin ~' IT4 % '- '. 4 _ l -- -
OT ' a.1 4.. -
? Mr a. ~+ < v.,"" h ! *e*
sa._e sre. e , 6 c, ,. . asp _ g. .- .! __".ui u.r ,. __ ,_4 7 e .- % . T.u - ...s z a . _ . u a. . . . . r -- . . . . - -
,I-. _
,. , u - n un %-4.w-w a
- awy c m uu v '. m= T. e isp,.g-yd.ar-: 7. .m. . _ .'wi;; _ . __.
__- s m > , s n _ . .. .- :_-m m _
=
w--- M.FN. ? --r ..1 www. e r# nem +sc v.e s =.m. == - .. --
. W =. i---"";_i.WiM W=e-5 5=.f E=-km + =#ch == = __sa
=:. .-
..._a_-_-_-_-_.:.=
. = .
_ - - in._ - - =. ,
= = -
l ___..- . _ .z w - - . --
. . . - .._..._._.- u _ - - _. -_. ._--
s
. m. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
1.
,.=.._.. _,
s ._.. _ _ _ ._ _ _. _. _. _ _ . . _ __
-_. -- - - _.s..-,.,--
. . --a
. _ . . . _ . =. .. _ . .. . ....__..__......!
.__._..... m _._ ._ ...,...._.
_n 10 2 _ ._ -- . _1 __ 3 4 . . 1 4 8 12 1e 20 24 i
\
v EPP 01-7.2 HOURS pay, 7 l Page 13 of 21 1 1
A
\
\* AT m O M NT 5.0 V (Page 4 of 8)
(WHOIE BOW DOSE CONVERSION FACIORS (INCWDES IODINES) 0-30 Days s + mrww - i-'.- *- . _, g s -. c , m_
. . r= -- _ ;
y m.. z. s , e' s ..i : v: ,y _ _ _ 2 y__ _ , w. . 4 - w a;- .g3 4-- ,; 4y g g %- g pw. . j ay,s g q, ., . , _a f _- _ y
. , ,s .., y ma - w g.4 :_ y g .j g w f ,. g . .m - . . g .. 4
- 1 :i.~ . :. 4 - . E, 1- -
=.a jl ' - :) jf.-E.!E_g; F . lQIfpq_=, s_=.g
- c. t l - --l . . 4 . = a.
. : f... -1 _. ~s.'..
.- . .: -=. u , :s~ .==.=_- _ _-
-aa- -
.).. - 4 . ..T3
...j....- .
.. :- =: _ . _. .: ._::
l'_
- =_.ga.--4-. .'. : 3T - -_ .. .: _.: r _; __ ;: _. .. . _ _ _
- n. p.e :- . . . p- g. ... - a:r .~.- . 4. . _-- r.-= .L-M- :. =-...
. _ d . .._:E"3 ==- -
_.. - ~ ..t._= .. .
... . . .... : * .t . 5. ; ._t. .: ,4 :=. ._ . . . :,; ,_ - - - - ' - - - -
~~~ 4 :: : : ~'~~
...'.g..._.__..
t.. .. .... ._.
..l....
... .. .. .. .. . .. . . . . [. . .. . _ .. .. ._ . _ .. _
._.... _.. _.. . .. .. ..,.._.._.._..._.._._:s . -
. _ . . _....i.__...
3 (Rem)(m ) _- - . . _ . . . . j-(hr)(Cl) , _..-..-
= _ = ...:. -s .
.. =. .__ . . _ . . .=..
_..d._....L_.:._....=.=...=-,-m-----r -
.-- - . -. 2" . .. . . .
_+h- m
^
v a_ I.
) .e F
g -
% i 103- ,
. _ , . - ;-- au- . - - m_
. . . . . ...m.. .
,p . .. 3 , =r 3 .- . .
. 2 _. ., .T. . _. a -4 i i .W 2e .
a ;F 9 OE --- _"* * . W e iT. %P '4. , > #4 * -f'M w -
, F . & Jue . .- _N N , , " ' .w<
..j In. J I. -J y .. . 4A 6 .
p by , e' 7 " s 7 e ST.Ta m s..J- ...7 2 .- aMmM TE. . . ..a 3-.. eA '.N:- ,--i-
.x s a_ 'k r4 4 4,.- @ . ,.ih -' C .P'-=
i _ , _1,E . a, G . , M 4 .._ , ~f._an-/+ ^J i- . . . - - - , - c.a.- a ..;.d.4 y s_, _--.
. y e A..'. R= 3mca ' -y 3:cgg . _ A y.- : -
,g59.;-a m. ' IIsiLig'I i-pa3'. m .gmyy e- ur -E ,y ;3-i,5--ip A .
. OI-D5!'E ~=1 N.-+ i 8-5 f_ Td-5 *N3 h :dii'E" N F:d: F
- 5- .__E 5
_ : . : a = =_r-
- ~ =
_.= =
. _ ___.==.
r :_ -
. . = _= :
.. . . . .g-_
~
_ ._._-:.._:-- __ w ... j _ . -
- -- N':"_*--""".~~-- -.- d
= ~ . . _-
e l 6 _.._.! l , _ ._, _ i _. ... .. _ . __.
= - _._ .
- s. , . . __ ._ _
,. _ - .. . . . . , . _ _ . _, m,__ ____
.. __.____s_-
,_ r_ .._. - _.
l
. .- .. . . _ . . _ . . . . . ,.._....t.....
.-_=. . . _ .._. . .
i
.......f..__,__......._
t ' 1 -_ -. . . - . . - . - - - - - 10 , , 10 20, 30 5 15 25
\v EPP 01-7*2 OAYS Rev. 7 Page 14 of 21 i
N (, ) ATIAGMDTf 5.0
\ / (Page 5 of 8)
MOIE BODY GAS DOSE FACIORS (IODINES IUT INCUJDED) 0-24 Hours 3 3 - - - .. .. ; .. ,' M ww m. ,
- U '
T . . .. "M'T"'" f=== , . . ,.4, 7*s.y ,.g 9, g, ., . -*^ s=athamE~ , , 1 "d""*""T"f77 ,e l ,.s ""."*N"N ,.- .
-se . _ , %
.y.4- ,,u_--- = ; _. ai = ~ i myj rs_tS g q ....g,
, p- 3 . ge J M ri .==.a.1, ;a .4 , igjpgg- ,
g.,a,;,:y4 q y e 25 < i. - j . H.. - i- - ..:: ..3.s'E. : . .j . . '_ ___ F- ; F: -.. , .:===_=q
- n p.
\- ,. ..... _ . .. .. , .,i...__,,,.-l..... p2._.
. . , , .= -s h . _ . _ _ _ , . -
._-_-v. .
n _ _ _
. \ *.. ! : .: 4 -i- e -
. : i-1 -" - l M : 6 . M 2 $ _. i- -1.i 5 ~ ~
~ ~
_j 3..:_...l: _..
. .g . . .- [ .
;...*.=. q ._ v.-=:- ...c. , . =3 u :;. .- , .=:. 3 .= _ _ _ -- .
- ..~.s..
. .. . ...._d_ _. .. _ - . _.
_..._1
.. . .. .l... . ._. .. .. . . . . . . . . . .
(Rem)(m -.- x
= .
s .. (hr)(Cl) , N s
' =
. ._.~ , .N L :. .- ....- . . . .. . ": - 4 :.= + = - +
J - -- - - -'i a
=.*..*./..4.
_t_.. ...L_-.
- .-n __ l M
m N \, --- A .-.
~ .
10 ..- -- - -' x u--
.'..~
i - ,
. , w. , .
% o. - _- ,i w ~
, , - r i n . .nu. .. > m- .ve - m.2 n .-
. . , .v
. r v r- 'w -t % - --- ruC - 'n -ded. , m amr -
^ W4
, . _ h . .. i = Nehi , i . Ses m e R * .- al .
~
_- ie p w , - n. u . , r.' :.2 - e... a s a. = a m ..,. w --,.A r. .-
- i. ,
i A% p 3-in .-.L.h- *=' ar -kil M ! i @ ;:%C-ja ' m "'" 6 . , . m. . - 9. ._..s sIEy4 C , ._ A: m .a.q"g M "l N. 3 y,_ s , _ _ e- , ,,- J, -
- M 4. . W* .. LE:.T.,%, ::n- .-Te,
, I *'T3wmurnaJ W.-*' s.~ . F r-5 =,1. _.-=--um =-
_ _ .- _ m. j- -
.: r . -. . , :c. =- . - .- . . _ .- . . -g., .: .-T.: mrM- . +
.- --_.r_
. . - '3m, . . . : -r -
.w _
r=-- __ :. =----
>::- .= .. v. - e . = _ _ _ _ _ -
- ~ -
. :: =_ _-.._-~=:.~.r,-- -
- .:. =
I_%. r:.=._:*--
=..
._.--:-.--.- --d.
- r: _
~
-=~
r.:=- --
-- :: r- _ __-
- g. .
l...... _ - . _ _ - . . _ _ ,,._.w = . _ _ , . q . r'_.,_ _. _ 4 _- L ._ ._=_ . *
.i...__ _.
. . .. , . . . . . . . , . . _ p. ,..=. o .
... ...... e
...=
1 to 4 8 I6 20 24 12
.*/ HOURS. EPP 01-7.2 Rev. 7 Page 15 of 21
s \ i ATIACHENT 5.0 i V (Page 6 of 8) WHOIE BOD'l GAS DOSE FACIORS (IODINES Nor INCLUDED) 0-30 Days 3 . _ _ ~ -' _ _ . ., , . . l .N i C-~
,ge - -m _
~< ca. - . . . m .2Rt c E
~ ^ : - r.y
. .' s. ;
- r.ege ... M, 9
"f"I'*""*'"""7 . : , ,
N"rf; r@" O.*' .9aur y ' - - - + .,. -
-mes ' . .. %
1
.-7 < miw ; . .wf L' j _. ki l - a Wey-i.-J f th 3 age * .a , . , , ,
1 r. .r5 y3am.m aumg,gm .4 i - :-- 33y@ FEhh.s . -g . i. :.N.I g . .-- 4
.: ' s 4 a2i .3-* - I P7l
. i- w _ L451 J.Le ;E . _Q. J i .=. _. y- = 5-J
= p: . , a : :_.. .-- f u
l.
.3 m..-==
m .- i
-d . . ..-l .- = .3 q =. . c --: - - =._ _-___-4 -
.'..3...
f.,_: m.=.-=.9: :_- .:_. _. - m
~ .: -
- . . g , . . ,-.:. -- * -..
, . . I.- - -
-. .:; p:: -
. =: _.
a
...a. =: p . . . l .Ll . -l
---.. 4..:. _ _.:2=~ . - .-- =~.:--9 =. . . . 2 .. _ _ ::P - - :. .. -
.:.-_3.
. . ; :- .} . . c. q ::.: . ..- - - - :
.- . 4
- . - ; a.- .. .= --
.. ._ ._.. . _. . .. ._. . . ... ... .. :.. . .._ _.. _.4 ..
( em)(m ) .
.=
=
(hr)(c0 ---- -
=. ..-=-..=.L_-..=...=..:...=:.~.,-.. --r---- ==.=
_...T..M.,._. ... .
- - _ .. ... g
_ .4
'\ =. 1
.\ 2 - N 10 i m . - : -- um -.
- i. . . . . .
g I yi . .d - Pw, 4_ iWs . Ein . ** . ., ' % __ 1 w k. 42 ,a 2 . ee- *13' !=. > r* . . #c. M 2 m ] a ! 1 i - -- rT4 N W '#12 l '%i ~ 4 'J "4
- M*C1 h ~ 'H -' W-
- i M "S 6P --
b , _ mr. .* ,? s ymrrmer e " , ^' 7 ~ ; VNIU mr . . - a u . _ _ -i . Y y V t i IF M m ai. 'Ia . wT=.4 %L I 4.. a 2 '. '.a af1:E; e i. C ~..rw.' r. FI _ -Ts-
,7 .,; dig
,. . { s' .
s a,p 1en % 4 M g 2 an.i 5- - Ji m a gg. 6 , g. s . 1lNs7U%'S- M6 g ! *. y: 4,'**~.
- EL_-J@31Eg M i' .b !
.'W M_ ' ~2
,F 'I" NM.]d 2=18-~N@= wM EN -* - :r Ems _ M -r MM.N 1- N.2
=:- rarm W=D .4 - *rM E:ie M =- .---M=-.-
pw r ..
'-*=.;,.._.
_= ~~.
~.
- _ _- :.._ -. .., = - - - -
- a .. --
T.:*. i .x .- . . :; _== = . _ - : =-- : : : . 4
* - - - * - * ~
-~- - - -
g ._
.. h
- m,
..y.
._=... -.__,.. ; -
-. .:.-."-=... .
=- -
_ m> 6 _4_. _ . . _ . . __..1 - .
. . . ._j ._..
. . . . . .. . . _ ... . . . . . . - , _ _1 ..
1 . . . . . . _. 10 _-..__...m_.._.- . 5 10 15 20 25 30 G EPP 01-7.2 Rav. 7 Page 16 of 21
I f t, ATDGMENT 5.0 ( (Page 7 of 8) WHOIE BODY DOSE DCIOR (IODINES ONLY) 0-24 Hours 1 4
' ~
s - ----, ,, ~.
~
. . ?F .
-P, i : 6- . ..
' 'F i f' <t 6 5 -f ew.sw " e, ' PM- 32___ __
, og.. ; o.c ,. > r ..x . p=. 4 ' -
ngympjmet 2 N 1 - .- .w- 4- -ea c __ -- .
'. Mi4- .,.*f sh . ; -6 's .prM - l w'T 3 ap . ? .3- gg _ J
, 3 ;*. .- . : r.- .
7n' .. y.7 m; purl g., : q -2.1. :4 3.4.- "4 i i a.n . :r i TC "z a 1/4 : M. ." e ."#'4 ' imsiFJd s.T'mi' =.: d
, . a?. .~- t F.zt. . l . 4 . _- j '. _.j.12,"-fT" is =i 3'Ep --~ 3-' .-5(_.'
- 4 . . 4 .. ..
..] ...
. . .. . _. . :. 3.2 2.2 ::
4 r.= ... , _-_..= .. ._. .: =.= _:::. . _
.. 4=.-- . ; . .- .g: l -- .- .
p... .-- .- - 3. 2 --=g
-2:
..__;==
-= _... =..-. ~1 =. . . q . .-q=::- . :.==
- * .6*:.i. :
- f . ?"""* -*: g
. . . . .: r .: 4: . . .- . ; ----:- _~----g _._-.:--
.......t.
'.'....t*:--.=#-
. . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . _ . . . . _ . . . .... . m. . .
. . . . .. . . . . .. 4_ . . .._. . . . ..
.. . . . _. -3" .. .
(Rem)(m- .._ ., (hf)(Cl)
-. i e
4- -
= - .. ;;u. . . . 3_. ....~ x ._. . . .
. . . _- ---_-' - 4 _.= A
.t- --:
.. .4.1-. .
. . .._L._. .--
. . .~ .. :
i
- -.4 .
e
..N I
\ I s .
( 3
; .N _ ---.' _-
10 ... 1 m. ;, - ,- ,u,. .-- .s ._ , t . av. r , wr .4. ma. - ,. _ m....
.a e . . ,mmL, i .- ., - i-sa... -s 3,- 3a_e= wo w a
(44' F-- Y t. 'X.* 'L N5d ' "
- d I +*
- i n n -* W V---r- '
."_,_ge... - i m=gg., ,i .C i- - r en.
,. ' . r p e 4,a ,__J .
, i 4 '-** 4 . ,T.Ta - :'.-...s 1.- Jm. . r.... ". w's.'s .---- _ ys-
_ i i s 4.'4 s M 4 L h int ;.M.g- # M3r.'. a g* ] , yA -- ;@g , ._ n g
*. a, ,
lMo.,* O iM.y m?A~g] M.jk h [O h ME"A _5 _ ,,M
,y 2 .{@ji. i . p.~E2ii'"" ;* j ggue.T,;y "h p-z. A-~ .,,_d",, ~. y ._N"-
. # +3 Ed I-~M M. :- Y$ -
E ! ~ai:i~-d'F :E-#:M ~1
~~~"~
*'C-
~ - " - " .. '. _- ,- ", - - - ~4"**--L..
4
.- ,,:= ,7 .? : _ _
. _ . , ,* ,,,, ~
.::-** **. .. ~_
-g e * -- ' ' - - = =
- b .=-
b _ _ _ _ _ _ g _.4 ,
...-.e .
n... .>_ .m.m. 9
....a.
.....S .-.e. _ m.$ .
8
..6--9 eos .*e m.m
.-e I
p - .e.-.
, - , =
. - . . mm. .s.
3 ._. ..6..=....... e
.e...
.. .e g._..- .
. 4 y.
. . . -_..p..e, , . .
t.e -4 -. 4_. .. 4 -
.. ._. 4.. _
. . . _ . ...w._._........_..._....._..,.....l.
2 9 10 p 4 8 12 16 20 24 HOURS EPP 01-7.2 Rev. 7 Pago 17 of 21
I I e/m \ ATIACHMENT 5.0 (V) (Page 8 of 8) E10IE BODY DOSE FACIOR (IODINES ONLY) 0-30 Days 4 io b sygpuss:Mug 5 ""'""T a
+r_-- .
-t '
h-# . 1. , f -e a 4- f--' _- og -e , I-T . s
, ,as . i 144 ,a.- . :- 4 '. Ps. . -': r.M _ _ _'_ pyg _1- .w...- -4.a .;- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
9i- ad -I,' . . =-f g_ > _ M- 1 p.J.'F- E l 9M g q. -*~ ,,.,-a .
, . -] /s C y n u M 18 u34 --
' ';'Mys_.s.ibijgrWr_g.s . .g . J . ! . . ; tq-W .
I vsE . Q- j-f: ~ -- s w L-1. . p. :.'"_ 'p ,P'r@3 1M3. = 1
- g. - = . - -- p- ; -- - -
. m ... : l ~. 6* a qu z . .. g- 31 = : .=.=.__.. =_
e
- .- - -s ..
~-
i;.:._.4 .. - .:.. ..-- .
- .;. j j .M_ _ . .n_ 4 2. _y :- *:. 3 ..- . 4-_
_q
-.:=-'.---
- _.. - . g ..
. - - p.;- . .
. .. -.-.. 3. 4.:
-. -:=_-- .- - -.; -. ..:, . . _ :: .g . :-: : _:-- -
- . -----:- ---_.s
. '.. . . . ... .. _4.-._._.- :..: } . . . .4 :.. .- * .: _: . .. .
. . _ . _ . . . . _ .. .... __ .. ..__. . . . _ .. . . _ . .. . . . .. _ _~2.._
( 4m)(m . _ .. . . . _ .
. _ . . . _ .. ... .. .._ - _ . _ ...l._.. ...-_ _ . . -.- _ - _ _ . .
(hr)(Cl) ---- t.J _ _. =
, 3_- -
.. m.
u:-- - __ .==u m --
=__-.:.=._.-._.:._.=__ __ __ __. . . . _. _._.
_..t_._._. _ . = _ . _.__ . _ . _..... tC' . M' h l = I I _ _ _ - - Q 3 r .ee. i ; w.. . - -
. L_ x . - .i m
.*: ti r_ : . e .r . .s_m. -
-. . we-e
.a.'
ww. i tw ' ! i o i. . ,,- 1 4 -- :. . -am. - i,.i nrA m . j a ! m KW R. W ". W _. ~~-- 4 "h *AG k - ~ R . ' M i- - i--i M m'--
, _ . m. iri . .. w=gE. . - - ' ' , .s i 1 -e i n. ,. - -J - _G f kye# -a , -T.a -- .w.>... ; 2 us - - su. . . < . . F..- , .,. . . .-v;_
1 u, -u.
, .y z i : a . <a_.as m - 9 gmm M 'm. _s-m -M. .. . w . .. ; M .p . J
- d. & _7 mm.).h di iparc r.;.u.m. _.. _ . . _;
e_bi4:_.- .
.%.-..-"."'1_-,_
L -- M m3 ._J 3.,M . -'T
- _'_----1~
E...i d _ - . J'*LE *F< .i'
- L_J.*.
M F_. L .*:.m.3 E * ; "'" ~ * " * - - e 7_ 6_ ..9 . Ls4 4 M....i..-"".1f.."." ._ _.23 J_ N_ _K .2_4.2 A.--"" g". T.
. _ - .g:l."---"."."_-.
. _ _ . * . - --* . __=-
. _a - -
. - - _ . _ = . _ _ =-. _._ - -
e L-""** . .- - . . . s 4
. _. .._. . ._..e -. .
,___ __ __..m____.
- - . _a___ _
i._ _ . __a.__..__.
. ~ _ . .
...=....
. ..._..... ..... _..... J..__. ..._
_ _. . . .._.._ ... =. -
,,2 .. ,. _
l
,O $ 10 15 20 25 30 k
\ DAYS EPP 01-7.2 Pav. 7 Page 18 of 21
RIOT EP 7.2-6 REV. 1 ATDOBENT 6.0 (Page 1 of 3) CcurAneENT REIZASE RATE CAICH.ATICH IRTE: TIME:
- 1. In-Contalment l t
Hi-Range Monitor Randirq R/hr l
- 1
- 2. Time Post W ident in Hours hour (s) I
, l l 3. Fma Table balm select the Ci/R/hr fma the block beneath the hour block '
that wu+G to hour (s) in 2 above. ' I l i I Post Reactor Trip Hours 0 1 3 10 24 . l
- Ci/R/hr 86 160 270 500 1200 l and record (Ci/R/hr)
- 4. Calculation for EEA Imak Rate.
l a. inh:entainment Monitors:
-Containment -caries per -' -Conversion Hi-Range Mcmitor x R per hour x Factor DBA % =
Ci/sec _ Reading _ _fttaa step 3_ _of free volume _
~1 l R/hr x Ci/P/hr x 2.32E-8 sec =
Ci/sec i l.
- b. Containment Air Sample i DBA Imak Rate x Contalment Ocmcentration 3
j 1.64 E-3 m /sec x C1/2 = Ci/sec
- 5. Calculation for known or estimated leak rate if other than DBA leak rate.
i a. In-Cbntainment Monitors: - 1
~ ~ - ! Containment -Curies per "' imated" l Hi Range Monitor x R per hour x KhawnorEsg/sec Flow Rate m =
Ci/sec pending _ _fma step 3_ V Volume m' ! of inment R/hr x Ci/R/hr x m3 j ,,gj ,3 = Ci/sec , b. Contalment Air Sanple: 1 Imak Rate Contalment Canoentration 3 3 m /sec x Ci/m = Ci/sec l EPP 01-7.2 i Rev. 7 { Page 19 of 21 1
------~~~amm.,--en,---.w-w,- ,m- _,nmm-wwww - -ww _ m,-y yr mm, ,_ ,--www ww-w w
FORM EP 7.2-6 REV. 1
' O ATDGHENT 6.0 (Page 2 of 3) containment Pressure at ty Cantainment Pressure at t 2
Flw Rate (m j,,g) , Fy)3 _ P)2 t (sec) = (t2 -t y in sec.) m3 j ,,g , g ) _ ( ) ( ) Performed By: REC Review 3 Available Ct:ntainment Volume (m )
\ 3 10 k i \ t 20
\ l 3 30 \
\
40 \
\ l 1 l 50 ' '
l
\ l 60
\
l 70 10' 10' 10' EPP 01-7.2 Rev. 7 Page 20 of 21 i
. - - - _ . ______,___._.-._____..__.___._-___-_,_..,_...,--_...._.,_m ._____,.__,_~.._.__,_.._.-.i--._..~._..-
O KIRM EP 7.2-6 REV. 1 ATDGMENT 6.0 (Page 3 of 3) INS'IRDCTICNS KR 034PIETING REM EP 7.2-6
#1 'Iha ocntainment release rata may be estimated based en High Range In-O:ntalment Monitor readings and ocupletion of this form.
#2 g/
ft minor 1.64x10 design basismay oc/sec) laagberata of 0.2% multiplied byfree knownvolume or per 24 hours (3 estimated contalment ocncentrations to quantify this release source if requested by the REC or IED. (RAM or IEM at the EOF) . Use Step 4.
#3 If containment integrity is lost perform the following:
#4 Obtain fram the Operaticms Status Board the high range monitor reading in containment and record.
#5 Record the initial containment pressure and time (g).
#6 Record the initial available ocntainment volume (V y ) fra the graph.
#7 Obtain an additicmal containment pressure value at time (t 2)
- Record the value. Record the available ocmtainment volume (V 2 ) frm the graph.
3 Flow Rata (m /sec) = Wl) - N)2 , t I
#7a Calculate time difference ( t) in seccmds.
3
#8 almlate the flow rata in m /sec and record the flow rata in Step 5.
#9 Calculate the punhar of Ci/R/hr using Steps 2 and 3. Record in Step 5.
#10 Calculata the release rate by perfw. ming Step 5. Report data to REC or IED (RAM or MM at the EOF) . As appropriate, use the results of this otep as input for manual dose calculations as called cut in EPP 01-7.3, At+ N 1.0.
EPP 01-7.2 Rev. 7 Page 21 of 21 l
s j h I
- s. . -
\
- l
, ~s
'V' WOLF CREEK GENERATING STATION '
RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE MANUAL DOSE PROJECTION DETERMINATION EPP 01-7.3 Revision 7 Effective January 1, 1987
,c m h 'h ,/
_ / 7mYAT,'& N,0$$ DATE ' / EMERGEN Q LANNIN ~C ORD"INATOR liEVIEW l are+sa EMERGENCY PLANNING ADMINISTRATOR REVIEW
//-//-8'/l DATE QD hm $h DATE II-I?~Sn PSRC APPRO' VAL RECOMRENDATION PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER APPROVAL Nf2/
DATF /
$0 RELEASED M IA-bl-sk-DATE f
/^N
)
I
'h 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance for estimating offsite dose rates and integrated dosas to the whole body and thyroid in the event of a raiesse of airborne radioactive material from Wolf Creek Generating Station (WCGS) and the Radioactive Release Information i System (RRIS) becomes inoperable.
2.0 APPLICABILITY
, 2.1 This procedure shall be implemented by WCGS emergency response personnel in tha'following manner:
t 2.1.1 Prior to the activation of the Technical Support Center (TSC), the on-duty Shift Supervisor shall be responsible for implementation of this procedure. 2.1.2 Following the activation of the TSC, but prior to the 1 activation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF), the Radiological Emergency Coordinator (REC) or the Dose Assessment Coordinator (DAC) shall assure that the RRIS Operator implements this procedure. 2.1.3 Upon activation of the EOF, the Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM) or the Dose Assessment
- s Supervisor (DAS) shall assure that the RRIS Operator l implements this procedure.
t 3.0 DEFINITIONS
- 1. EXCLUSION AREA BOUNDARY (EAB)
That area surrounding the station, in which Wolf Creek Nuclear Operating Company (WCNOC) has the authority to determine all activities including exclusion or removal of personnel and property from the area. 3.2 EMERGENCY PLANNING ZONE (EPZ) That area surrounding the station in which emergency preparedness planning is conducted for the protection of the public. With respect to protecting the public l from the plume exposure resulting from an incident, the EPZ encompasses an area with a radius of , approximately 10 miles surrounding the facility. With respect to the ingestion exposure pathway, the EPZ encompasses an area with a radius of about 50 miles. l l O EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 1 of 25
., l
~
1 3.3 INTEGRATED DOSE l l That dose of ionizing radiation that has been received i during a given period of time by a population or group. l 3.4 PASQUILL ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY CIASSIFICATIONS 1 The Pasquill atmospheric stability classifications are , a measure of the stability or instability of an air j mass based upon the' vertical temperature differential <
- between two points. l 3.5 PROJECTED DOSE ;
That dose of ionizing radiation that is likely to be received by a population or group if no protective i action measures are implemented. 3.6 PROJECTED INTEGRATED DOSE The summation of the Integrated Dose (previous) and the Projected Dose (future). 4' 3.7 PROTECTIVE ACTIONS Those emergency measures taken to prevent or minimize radiological exposures to affected population groups. 3.8 SOURCE TERM The calculated quantity of radioactive material avail-able for release or being released to the environment. 3.9 X/Q A factor based on meteorological dispersion character-istics which relates atmospheric radionuclide release rates to offsite air concentrations. 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 PRECAUTIONS 4.1.1 The dose projection capabilities of the manual calcu-lation method depend solely upon meteorological data, which become less exact at greater distances from the release point and/or at longer time intervals after the release. EPP 01-7.3 i Rev. 7 Page 2 of 25
- , , , , _ _ _ . _ . . . - ~ - . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ . . . _ _ . _ . . . , . _ _ . . _ _ - . _ _ _ , . . _ _ . . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . - . ~ _ . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ . - - .
\
(,) 4 .1. 2 ' The projected offsite doses calculated in accordance with this procedure may be used in conjunction with EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations", as a basis-for determining any offsite protective actions to be recommended to State and County officials. 4.1.3 This prouadure shall be used in conjunction with EPP 01-7.2, " Manual Determination of Release Rate . " 4.1.4 Wind direction is given as the direction from which the wind is blowing. 4.2 INITIAL ACTIONS 4.2.1 Obtain the dose assessment material from Control Room, TSC or EOF storage lockers. This material consists of the following equipment: 4 . 2 .1. l' A base map covering a 10-mile radius out from WCGS (Plume Exposure Pathway EPZ). 4.2.1.2. A set of six plume overlays, one for each of the six Pasquill atmospheric stability classes. .These over-lays are used to estimate the location of the affected downwind areas as a result of the plume expansion. 4.2.2 Perform offsite dose calculations by using Attachment i
'N 1.0, " Manual Calculation Worksheet.
4.2.3 Upon completion o'f an offsite dose calculation, compara the whole body and thyroid dose estimates with the values specified in EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations." 4.2.4 Assure that the Duty Emergency Director (DED) or Duty Emergency Manager (DEM) is informed of the dose rate and projected integrated whole-body and thyroid doses. 4.3 SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS i 4.3.1 Offsite dose projection calculations should be performed at least once per hour during the first eight hours after the accident unless it is determined that releases of airborne radioactivity from the plant have been terminated. 4.3.2 Offsite dose projection calculations should be updated if any of the following conditions occur: 1 EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 3 of 25 i 4
-ww w v.e.y-,--- == - , ,w,w ,= ~ m n.-- , - - -,.-ww w--m- ,----.m-,------s,.,-,- --- _ , . - - . , . - - , - , . - , , . ,
1
~-
[ 4.3.2.1 Release rates increase by more than 25 percent, o 4.3.2.2 Wind direction changes by more than 22.5 , 4.3.2.3 Atmospheric stability classification changes, 4.3.2.4 Wind speed changes by more than 50 percent; or 4.3.2.5 Prior to any planned releases. 4.3.3 All personnel performing the offsite dose calculations at the TSC should keep the REC informed as to the status of all offsite dose projection calculation results. As appropriate, the REC shall advise the DED regarding the status of offsite dose calculations and ^ provide recommendations if dose projections warrant implementation of protective actions. 4.3.4 All personnel performing offsite dose calculations at the EOF should keep the RAM informed as to the status of all offsite dose projection calculation results. The RAM shall advise the Duty Emergency Manager (DEM) regarding the status of offsite dose calculations and , provide recommendations if dose projections warrant implementation of protective actions. 4.3.5 Attachment 4.0, " Thyroid Dose Equivalent Worksheet," Form EP 7.3-6, is used to project adult thyroid dose equivalent for individuals making reentries into known or suspected iodine airborne areas.
5.0 REFERENCES
5.1 WCGS Radiological Emergency Response Plan 5.2 EPP 01-3.2, " Followup Notifications" 5.3 EPP 01-7.1, " Radiological Release Information System" 5.4 EPP 01-7.2, " Manual Determination of Release Rate" 5.5 EPP 01-10.1, " Protective Action Recommendations" 5.6 USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.109, " Calculation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10CFR50, Appendix I", (Rev. 1, October 1977) 5.7 USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.111, " Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion of Gaseous . Effluents in Routine Releases from Light Water Cooled Reactors", (Rev. 1, July 1977) (' EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 4 of 25
\ 5.8 USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.145, " Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants", (August 1979) 5.9 USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.23, " Meteorological Programs in Support of Nuclear Power Plants", (September 1980).
5.10 USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.4, " Assumptions Used for Evaluating the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors", (Rev. 2, June 1974) 6.0 RECORDS 6.1 Form EP 7.3-2, " Manual Calculation Worksheet" 6.2 Form EP 7.3-6, " Thyroid Dose Equivalent Worksheet" 6.3 Form EP'7.3-7, " Integrated Dose By Sectors" 6.4 The records generated by this procedura during an actual emergency shall be forwarded to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) at.the termination of the emergency. The EPC forwards the records to the WCGS vault for storage. These. records will be retained for the life of the plant. These records shall be con-sidered QA records. 6.5 The records generated by this procedura during drills
- and exercise shall be forwarded to the EPC upon termination of the drill or exercise. The EPC shall maintain these records for at least one year. These records shall be considered non-QA records.
7.0 ATTACHMENTS f 7.1 Attachment 1.0, " Manual Calculation Worksheet"
- 7.2 Attachment 2.0, " Atmospheric Stability Classifications" 7.3 Attachment 3.0, "Z Table" 7.4 Attachment 4.0, " Thyroid Dose Equivalent Worksheet" 7.5 Attachment 5.0, " Integrated Dose By Sectors" l
l EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 5 of 25 l l
EVIE EP 7.3-2 REV. 2
- -~ ATTACHMENT 1.0
- s
\
[Q
' MANUAL CAICULATION WORESHEET (Page 1 of 13)
Calculation Performed By: Date/ Time Calculation Reviewed By: I.) INEVRMATION REQUIRED Wind Stability Classification Release Rate (Noble Gas) Release Rate (Iodine) II.) A. Rg(Ci/sec)+RRIOD (Ci/sec) = X
+ =
B. (X) X CF = Q WB (Ren. *Cim ) X = (Insert Product in Colunn 4)
) WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE CAIGIATIONS 4IDISTANCE 1
Z No. . 2 WIND SPEED 3 X/Q 4 5 hhole Body (Table A or B) T (mph or kph) = (sec/M ) x 0 = Dose Rate (Rem /Hr) EAB i = x = 2 mile i = x = 5 mile i = x = 10 mile i = x = 5 6 7 8 ! DISTANCE hhole Body 4 Hr. 24 Hr. ! Dose Rate (Ren/Hr) x4= Int. Dose (Ren) x6= Int. Dose (Rem) Int. Dose (State Time) i EAB x4= x6= I 2 mile _ x4= x6=
< mile x4= x6=
10 mile x4= x6= EPP 01-7.3 b - Rev. 7 Page 6 of 25 ( l - t t
. 4 y)_
r e s o D
.)
4 tnem 1 IR ( r h 4 2
= = = =
x 6 6 6 6 x x x x e s o D 3 t) 1 nm I a R r( h 4
= = = =
x 4 4 4 4 x x x x n eY R( 2 1 0 ) 3 1 1 = = = = = r r f r D o 3
) 8 @m 1
t 2 n t i A R a C e c A g 1 e T T A P ( a 1 ( s b O , Q
/
X E T
= = = = = = =
A D n - x x x x x M A R c
) E 7 e i T 1 s
'mC A E x " D E
I C I 0 e h n r I F O T 1 R A N O I i D D I 3 M F S n C C A A E B c e T A x x x x x 5 0 6 1 s R 0
) I c
E S O e s T A M N 2 D /
. D i
C D x x x x x x x V E I O 9 ( M C R R T g E h r - N g T y T R A n _ 2 R R S e 3
- a t E I R I S A E
I 7 O P O C N l e l e l e D E A B i i i t
)
. T S
A E m m m ) R V I 2 5 0 V t I D 1 f j s t T Wl4*W
*4 L W h
Ob@ 4 Or NW , ~
ItRM EP 7.3-2 REV. 2 ATDGMENT 1.0 (Page 3 of 13) _S _ __ _ I. INEURMATICE REQUIRED KR ChIGIATICHS A. Data / Time m1mlation initiated. B. Wind Stability Mammificaticut is obtained from the radiological status board or use Attachment 2.0 to mimlate if unavailable. C. Wind Speed is obtained fra the status board or Caritrol Rocat. Enter the value'in Column 2. Circle the proper units, i.e. sph (miles per hour) or kph (kilcasters per hour) . D. Radiological Release Rate for Neble Gas ) is obtained frm the Radiological Status Board or may be datamined by EPP 01 .2, " Manual Release Rate Der amination". E. Radiological Release Rata for Iodine ( is c)tained fr m the Radiological
, Status Board or may be deramined by -7.2, " Manual Release Rate Deramination".
F. Name of person pm.fw. ming mImlation. - G. Name of perscri reviewing calculation. l
<> II. A. Add the noble gas release rata (Rg) to the iodine release rate (RbD). Use these results in the next step.
B. Obtain the whole body does ocnversion factor (CFWB) fra the appropriate dose conversicx1 factor graph and enter value in w e iate blank. ML11tiply the total release rate by the does conversion factor. Insert the product in column 4. III. INSIEUCTIONS FtR NEDIE BODY DOSE RATE CNM.NS A. Obtain the Z number, refer to Attachment 3.0. Use the table en A*+ar4==nt 3.0 for winciap==d entered in Column 2. Circle which table the Z value is frm. l B. Take the wind speed pnnhat- (Coluart 2) and divide it into the Z number in Column 1 and record in Column 3. 'Ihis is the X/Q number.
- C. Record the sum obtained in Step II. C. above and record in Column 4.
f I, l EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 8 of 25
,._- . , _ _ _ - - , _ - . - _ . . - . _ - . - _ - . . _ _ _ _ - _ , . , , . _ ..w_.._.-
FORM EP 7.3-2 REV. 2
%- ATDGMENT 1.0 (Page 4 of 13) t INSUCCTIWS FOR USING MANUAL CAIGIATIN NORKSHEET D. Maltiply the sum frun the above step by the X/Q (3) and record in Column 5. This is the Dose Rate for the itiole Body (g).
E. Multiply % (5) by four to determina the projected four hour Whole Body dose and record In Column 6. F. Nultiply the four hour projected dose (6) by six to obtain the projected 24 hour Nhole Body dose and record in Colunn 7. NOTE: Column 8 is provided as a spare. It may be used to recx)rd other time interval data or running total values, etc. If the ocdumn is used, note what time frama at the bottom of the page. G. Perform the above calculaticais for eNh distance listed. H. Results should be given to the Dose Assessment Supervisor for review prior to being given to the Radiological Eumu.pcy Coordinator or Radiological Ac7 mt Manager and posting of status board. IV. INSTRUCTICHS ICR GIID THYROID DOSE RATE CAIGIATICES A. Record the Radiological Release Rate for Iodine (RRIOD) obtained in Step I. above l and record in Column 9. B. Record the X/Q values obtained in Step III. B. in Column 11 . C. Obtain the child thyroid (T Dose Conversion Factor (IodiM) ) grapn dose and conversicm factor record the valuefrun the Child in Column 1o.Thyroid D. Multiply (9) by the Dose Conversion Factor for Child Thyroid (CF ) under Column 10 the X/Q (11) a:d record in the Child Thyroid Dose Ra lumn ( g ) under Column 12. E. To obtain the four hour Projected Integrated Child Thyroid Dose, multiply Q (12) by four and record in Column 13 (4 hr Int. Dose) . l
\ EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 9 of 25 I
. FORM EP 7.3-2 REV. 2 3 ATDGMENT 1.0 (Page 5 of 13)
INS'IRLUTICNS FOR USING MANUAL CATHEATICH NOMQSHEET l F. To obtain the 24 hour Projected 0111d 'Ihyroid Dose, alltiply the In=har in Column 13 (4 hr Int. Doso) by six and record in Colum 14. ; G. Results should be given to the Dose Assessment Coordinator (DAC) or the Dose Amamaannant Supervisor (DAS) for review prior to being given to the Radiological Eunu.wwg Coordinatcr (REC) or Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM) and posting of status board. V. INSIRDCTICNS FOR DOSE RATE CAIGIATICMS BASED CN FIEID TEAM DATA l NOTE: Nhole Body, 'Ihyroid Dose and Dose Rate mlailaticris are based using a direct . relationship between dose and X/Q values. 'Iharefore, once reliable field data has been obtained for one known X/Q location all others may be calculated by the mini 1= tion worksheet. A. Obtain the Dose Rate ( ) fran the Radiological Monitoring Team (s) for a known X/Q point and record in lumn 15 (IR )
- A B. Record the X/Q value for the survey point in Step IV. A. above in Column 17 (X/Qg ).
, C. Record the X/Q value for the new lociaticri for which dose rate is to be determined in Column 16 (X/QB)
- D. NL11tiply the (15) by (16) and divide the product by X/QA (1 )
- the quotient in lumn 18 ( ).
E. IRB (18) is the dose rate at the new point. F. Repeat Steps A through E for each new point where dose rates are required. i EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 10 of 25 f y., - - . - - , - - - , _ ._.m .,._...-.n,-,v.--,,,..em......,..e_, .~ , . . , . _ . . . . - - , - . , , - . _ - , - - - - - - - , + - '
IO.V. i EP 7.3-2 REV. 2 [
\ ATIAGMDTI 1.0 (Page 6 of 13)
WOLE BODY DOSE CONVERSICN FACIORS ONCIDDES IODINES) 0-24 Hours 4 10 ~ lIE.W M @%
""- l . . W .""""...c '*TT-"'"rrs
. W d 1 n"rt-T.r:"r:":tr--et'E- , "r % y-r;. m12, ,
sq .-:
>=
bw '
... _e v.r m e r.I r= = m 9 . . , .
, a- 1 . .. .-n .yy.c: r emanuma< .-
4:.w.pshp q _ ;; qy .g., , ,. ;
' <i s"'l - i.?
1.'; M, .;m,3.i :3!iqqqnm_=e t: - - -- - s ii-F: r,.u .+.L1:'M i. : ' = -
. ...1.. t. . : .:r- .:
.. . . J . . ,U _i n.: p.?. ]..3r.. .
. .. ,4; q ..,g=.,_; ..=.=_=r_=_=_-
.. : n.i_.. _ 2.; y ' ; _::<. ---
di; j __:.=-is-:5_-jg : p. 3;.y_._- __ 5.E._. *-Ni : .'- ! i45.32.Er_ Y-N-I EE.Y.:, 2_-:: :: I l : ~~A
~--- + - E '
._.1 --
_1 - - - - - - -- - - - - - -
-::.m .:::...- : :.. ::-:..-.--- ._--: - _.
- . ; I ;:.:.- : :- - --
(Rem)(m8)
-. . .;.m.,. ._... .- -
...._-..2.-
(hr)(CI} .. _ _ . , _ _ . .
. ._.a.....
=
. 9. - -. -
, - _4 ; l- -
= - ;== =:. . = :-* ......O-d- -4 :.: .t - - -.
-. P
= :_.-d: = : .- g :- -s_.E::..:
,- 4 ..
_J_- .. E , N. . ,. r to. , . , ~ . , _ , - -- m - - -; ..
...i-v . -
, . , . u.,- , . , , ,
.,m.,_
..v ~- .. + - v. ... -1, .. y n,- w. ,.m .
a -
' i.H . 1+% * . . * - '-* +a .* J- .-**a - .i M d d1i 4.r-ff m W?""-
.'-.:a
-Muwma. w. -
e m. ','M,* a. s - .-r , a. . ..m m..u l , am, m . r. -- 2.1. s _ . - 1 u-.m.m.m n . = w =.> ,.,. .. :. ._. ,,.
. g _4 w m gy,. . % -w..urs u -=-- -u e .w a.v-ami
.4:. .- Q.e -=t.im.q ,pi;WMLic.,, N t Aq ?.WLU g-R : 8phEP.: ./. .-l r,, .;=; ___ si uw=:= w a==A s.+: - wr c mz =iik_s. . -.=-. s- .:_-._. .=
- r. _
4 . .w.= ' m = :. y=- t ==_, = ==g_ a._____._.
, p .= 3 = ='%jgra=;: q:. a= --
= . . _-_-
..-= .- 2.._. . _ _ _ _ .-:
==s _:-. -
_ _ _ = ___. _, e = _. _ , _ _ m - --
.- :- n _.=- - - . -
.t .-
-g l .
1 .. ._. i , 1 _, _ -s i 3
=_
._=:--- --
.m- e 1 -4
, _ _ ., .._. _.... _. . _..__-..i
, _ , _ _ . 4
_ r.. _ .- _ _ _ . , . 1, ; 2 ' ' ' to , i 4 8 12 16 20 24 ( HOURS EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 11 of 25 1 I
FORM EP 7.3-2 REV. 2
\
ATIACHMEtTf 1.0 (Page 7 of 13) (NHDIE BOD'l DOSE CONVERSICH FACIORS (INCWDES IODINES) 0-30 Days t o # --- E NMR,E.-E ! n- ---- 8- E1"T'**""-f"'*" "ti'**"W
-r-- r- m""T*- *rr- r-- .
y TTW""M"'N N k. ,- . 1
. .c + : ; . .,.:e ,.r_,_ .m . - 1 pyrn:.t v._m e o. , - . r_. ,
. .,m .
, t r. p- w:N wp 4 4. -: : r_=gq psma y-ifmi- 'E - L ;-W W-N
- r. r.t a !}
Q- : <I-F.* - - - - m p.l i:i-::: { y.~. ;TL p; -3 ' ; Q,2i : y z!! _- g: -
.. ._.:.; [g. :.a a 4~ q .s
= =.r: - - - -:_ _ .- r .=._..,,.__==_:-.
=:
. m- .
. _- =-
- _ ::. p -
_5 f:' . --- . Fi_ ,1-3 -(+ .2_-p __3+: f- M 5._ _--, - - - - __
.= :a..
.: :.:- .:.;;.J._ _. , ,,,,, . = = = _ - . . _ _ _ .
. l . _:.- . . . m. ._ _. :._ =._._ =g _--t=_3___. _ ___=.;
.: -; -_- .4 :.;a - - - ~ - - - -
._::: ~ 1
... .: - t= u.;:- _g:=_=4
.- i :- .). - :_- -t. ._ . . _ - - -
- . -- .-~
_ ._=.:,1.
.......,__.-._.7.._.._.. , _ .
.. __ a . . ..
~
(Rem)( ... . .a_- (hr)(Cl) , _ _ . _ _1 _ i
==,a=.__. _ . = ~ . - . . = _ ... -
. .g - - a -- - - -- -- ;
=.._; __._-r =- :
__::.:.].. ._.:. . _.
-~ --*
I ! m i I
\ '%. a .q 3
103 . . i
.m,
- m. .- -4 _ . , . . -.m.. ,
a ..,2 .. .f . . , " m.r s. .. 7 a3 ' _ . v,- i.ama m ,e eMd "- m gryw - V r- '. 9>.; * 'l i -- Mei . -m .:
- 1 - J W NEir
, r i.
a r ,_,g, g. ., - . rT ;=ag, . .., . g ps, ;y _ j ,._;.,y
' 4 s # "a . J s , =TJsuw i .. a 2.- .4 .-- .; ar u..4i. N . -n;- r.m n'ma. _ - - -i, .
wa- -;z "=s.;- c i- * .: i. - -: ; .': .m-h 7 '
.i.~.. 2_#:4.:, . %.m .ut _
. 6 .- . - % = cs.4%. ,- , _. : a= v ' mh r a ra: ;u-mcns; . . _ _ _ -
; ;- :- (@,).J-j .i..~4 d W '"---;2p ,--= n)3 .y7, , , = , :
8 z_. $- .
-y3; r_W ' _ - ~ _ " ~
i U= ==<= ii" =4 42:9 52 2--U6 -#f ii== :=r-J '_F : 2 = -- -
- . . -=.-
.= .-
- = =.: =_=._ .;-
._ = = _- _ . _ -
--a
_- :.._ _ ._ __- - .= : --
-+-.-4 . . _ _._
l
. _.t 4 -- .
l 1 . 4 l .
- , - - + m
\ -- _ .m 8 -- - 2 -
. _ - - - - -- ~=- -
_- - - = _ -a. _ _ .. _.a...__... . . . . __g....__._1.._- . _ .. . . _ _ . _ _ _ . _._..A,._... _ ._ u _ -4 .___. 2 --..-_ - --. -- -- 10 , . 20 30 5 10 15 28 EPP 01-7.3 v DAYS Fav. 7 Page 12 of 25
- ~ y-- _ . , _ - ,. - - - - - - - - .- - - - - - - - . - . - - , , - - - - - - - - - - . _ , - - - - . - - - . - , - - - , - - - . - - - . _ _ . .
FOR!1 EP 7.3-2 REV. 2 (Q 4 ATIACH4ENT 1.0 (Page 8 of 13) NHOIE BODY GAS DOSE FACIORS (IODINES NOT INCI.UDED) 0-24 Hours a 10 - EputtEggg s .aM - --- M,M h"'"' N *
*-- e? -
T-v"*"f""I'" mt'e'-' r--- .... y 5N T M
- N .
,m >
s . m._m_ .c.- m .- e_ _ - ... e _ .. _ __
, rpq3 g.yi a 3Ir:r m m.vu"- < :i nge#rrue . _ y 'A 'J. ;Ji.i 9-y .r 5ia7. s'-- t i T-I.* --
- r ! .::-f.L:'9-Ef.h-
. L j * : JQii 17.m=_=M
('gE
, X . 5C f3 - - -i-.-- .
. . . .3 p-j_f 3-q:.is 4__=} :: = =-- _i _ _;;
- \:,; %.
. .gb . ~j- ,- i ' ~ .--- .
Aff_i . _
~ ::_g _ g._E-Q
- : .9- ---- J _- ___
, d:k? '5 * - ~-h * :- i.k~2E:i 25":""" ~~WE' ~~M #.: :;_~5 .---~~:
- :. .x ---
- : , , q n...:._
u :: . -- -
,. -w :- : =-l .--_- - ::- =--r= . '__- - < - -_. ..
. .. r ..;. .-. _.-- . _m_. .:: i.. .. . . . . n. .. _. . . - ._...__ 7 _ ,.._ .
. . . _ _ . _ _ . a. . . . .. . _....
(Rem)(m8) (hr)(Cl) ', - C _.__4 ;
, s ,
==. z = .=. -n -:- - - - - -
.=_.=-.~-:...w-
- .- = : - -- ._-
= : .d==.:===- -L::_: . t --- - .-..
-.N.
~
s_.
~
/% % I
\ s 1 1I __.
I R I 1 X i 2 x,2 ~ 10 - > r- m - & _-- ,-_. 4 -t -- uv a.-
., ,- _ .m u-
..., -- c , ,e mv . . , w... a. - n -w -
a r . * , -m 4 i rg' ww =% . w- =N m; .- s n 4 m.m -7 E.m .- -
.M g. A 3 '- Me. si-gh .. --- m -
$syyusa m r- 1EL ' =. 's i . -- ~
- u _._-+
m: .i + .-4 n 7 J e -art.' wa -- .'s X .- - u_.__g- , .4i. M g_.'w rea . -i . 7 ~ '
. . { i .4 ,
s a_ all,sUg.'J . Jag-iB .4- ' 'I -- -?- t'a nRE- esT i M'l_Dr '_
-ex- saa .w
, 3: 4.; ;: . -'=,0 r.i ,. w - .=.u y y
, w.l=c - Q 3 _. _ _.
_...-L.. m..s. 4 ...N7e . . . * . .. :w- s. '.-. f. :-s ".s".__ - . _ _- __ .
._ _ . _ .C_; . - . . .
. 5+.d'!ER :: Nb @ E f '":-' 35.- 5 *$ 5 h" : =ur .-=- ;-*: '"""C*'" _ jh- -
._:.- .v. _ --a. _ - - _:- - - _ - -
....~'"-.:
=l=.= .- - - * - " -
g __ -* ?:
.. . :"I '*
- _ . - - .__ * = . " " '. " " _
== _
i t l _ . - .= , s_ : _.
-=
2
._. . M i
._.4,.=..-
I q-2 - __ . - - - . . . . .4 __ [
"-'*=-"
l
- 4 l -
1 _.4.... w.__
=
to 4 8 18 20 N 12 EPP 01 7.3 HOURS Rev. 7 Page 13 of 25
FORM EP 7.3-2 RDI. 2 t O (
\ ATIAO NENT 1.0 (Page 9 of 13)
HHOIE BODY GS DOSE FACIORS (IODDIES NOT INCIIHED) 0-30 Days
.-- l REMP,25 P!
-n.
.r w
-smv -
1 15 l" "t""It"-P + .- T-C7bM . _ b. .M ' ki 1M 4 'Fu : .1 W.5 &
.t 'mE ':" ' G r?f kT2 -- - age. < .a mm,
'=. r. 3unaT58.===%;.' n; 3. -c ! i.'.Apprgsg .; _.g , gg g., .
.: .: . .ria :. V-, , y-E - . - - -
- =_jn.i H . g . . g ;-F ' jgi g9=_= =:
, t ..g .
[ - F= . . . ..;.ij- 3Ta ',.f.y _g-T .;.n .-.j .?g- =ugr == ;
. , . ., ~. . . .. ... . . . . .::. , . :g4 _ g..=_.,, -
n.._ ... , , . . _ ,_ _u
.- ~ = = - Lt=
2 J;.;- . : ;. ;- ; .::
.;--.*a . d _-t= *, : .= n. .- a . =: ---
, =.- : : .r: : .- .-- -----.- =- . .:, =. =: - - - - , -- . -
. . . . . . _-A
..:* ~~.. **". ..-.- 2g_ ._. =---
- .. . . .. . _ . . . . .k..*~**-.*J..-_'
4 1
.~.:......-* -_
. " 7,. : *.; *. . _._.-..?'".
...--.4
- a.
( gm)(m . . .
-....3._.-
4--- (hr)(Cl) - --J - 1 1, 7 I I I
=* k.G *
"". * ' *.,..4*""* - '4 * * *** - ""-"-
".".._... :%._- ,.;'-. ... _ ~ . " _--.._.".: ~~s"'"""4*~~'"~
.. "w' _,- ..
M 1 I I 2 . 1 i 10- u m , ., .- - - -
. .' u m . .. - , st .m_
a 4'e '". .* - W_' s 44ac
- i mim . ~ d e. .
. e o M.w
=?R- 'W - . Ea
!d' i . .d' . I *1.J ~ *
- J &4~* L*** WRJ JD r
.' - ' Ila f'Ms4Y .T q ,
a 9m ,w e %J V , -UmJs]JJyt.Z ; M sTE
.J eC a1! 4,PHGE S'F" -
i [ ea_ Maa s- , r" .C h~' ,
$gge_s n t- 4 ' -. .ri.,..-:.,u ' _ _ _ _ _ ,
, M i45 use .PJ a eur3 ;a T": 4.s ; F.- M_ . f w. 4 d . 7. i -.-h.' '. '
7= _9 . s'.-( * . Qaf] N* . 3L m h s .)' [En3 """ _q r@- { .i.M.9 'a.rt ., 9MM F 7 g m . Au-{ " 6, m,. _ p g
~@'m .
I. Ep_a Wl(351 -w _- a h.
, . ,3 i . 3.a r i
.y nmwn
.;- ..=e- N.. . 'a a=::
.x
- -,m.
.----ee q. M.
9 =- _ s = __.
. -.. . = e 7.= Mii.w =- -=5 Mi"J ax-mir _w===_=f.=- ==.: _-
- E
"_-~___ _ .
=... =.--..., . . ._
-.=- -_ .-.
_.-a.-._=.._
== =
t ! . m
.. - .? *
._._.,-_ _ ._--'.~:"."_".t*_7.(
== - ..
==_.5-
_ _m
---.4 _
r l
+-. .--. n m l
3 _ _;., _ . _ _ . ...:. . I 1
. , j
_ _ .. ~ 1 q .._ 1.__ u 10 ' ' I
] 5 10 15 20 25 30 ;
OAYS EPP 01-7.3 ! Rev. 7 Page 14 of 25 1 1 _ goo -- - . _ - , - . . _ _ - - , - , . . , - - - , - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - . * - - - ~ , - - -
FORM EP 7.3-2 REV, 2 Q) ATIAGMENT 1.0 (Page 10 of 13) NHDIE BODY DOSE FACICR (IODINES ONLY,)_
, 0-24 Hours
" . - 5!EEEEME!!
*- l W "f"".Y.. w-- s
"*"1-*" ','. MM
~w- -
r--- - 1MT""TTJTTbb: 7 3d iv' ..N-p 4Ty N p ,g.ig=5.,g p _m m g M [ { id-7..- ; y .,, . .,g . , g ,., e ', 4
. 7 j:r- ehme -] .= Ia : -
r_m, y _ g.m yg._ ;_ _ ;p yg . _;.: , ; s mr. r.--- rF- - LaT : 7. J.: - J m' +==i.s.i r. - - l
. ..y i. g p.j_y_ q==p.;.n = gy .j == = ,$r- ---- .
. . .r K r =- . . . = - = _ . _-
_ l 3:. *.gi .:4i'j- Ny . . - . hiQ , -~.;. Q _,_f.}.,, _=.; ; y;_.--'-- ._
- z. i .L_.. i ...2: - . l : h. .:. - . . - -; -3. - . J . .=_r:t _y- - r_t, . - - r_ :_ _ :.;::j-.._.= I
. . .. .. : _ .= ;. _; = - _:r_ _- e _ __ -
..; 4g:.:- -:-- - ;-- ~ ~ 4 -- ;.:.;_- - +- .-6,m _ ...____
..__.r.-
;.. . .1 - :- 4.. ._ -- A
.. : . . . ._.::..:-L_: :_ . _: *
. .. 3 _ . . : . .
...._._.,...,_.J....__ .. .... .
-_ . _._ , . _ -__ 3 _ . __ , _,.
(Rem)(m - - - - - - - - - --> 1 (hr)(CI) ... __4, _ ai- ^-- I 3
= ._ r : _; . .;._v _ n _...-*-----+-4= . ---
.r -,
,q._ _ . - - .z
- s. .
~ ~ .
X . n . _ - g a N; -- 10 m- - -- mx- ,- _, ',i. . 4
. .. .. mr- , . . . , , s,.> m .
m ... m _m
,._n,,,,
m g . .g
- m. .w
-.'4kNw n . . -
,.i-w , . -
Ak1 &N'NJM.
.c.
u.m - m (i ' wrw-ei m.a > 2 nm. J.-"* 48 4d ,__ i:+
-i4 4 4.r. 7. s wT.'i- I' 1 -
7 m'. s 'a2.- i.4ei m -
, i . .~.E '.'.Ns.9 . .
.-e
. '. l t y . , 1 a,.a/} t M . .hs d ;.i&E .M 2 MMg aan f ';;j -C
- ' 7M
=
me !
, -.. . .. . y . .-c.3-_ .m m ._--_ s .+..,, ms.m s q 3: -
. r, c.ma,_. .___-
.y. - u. aa ; e alms.w.== . .: r_;: '_ 6: -
- = ; :i -
==w_.=__ . = = = ' --
=. :.--=__:-. ._ : ._._r.-
=-- - - _. =. __._
_ - :: a.==.-:
=..__.
.__=.
2
=_:.-. _..
=...= - - - _
--- =-.. _
._ _ _ . _ . _ .. ___. . _ -.-t.
---p__._ _. _-__.--- - -:- _-. . - .i
. _ - _ _ ._.. _=.__. _ _ _ _ _
L 12 4 --
._==..e__ .,
, e -- $ i _ ._ e _._1. 1
._1._..._. - -4 . . . _ -
l _ _ ~ .. _
..=. .. ._ . - -
l 10 2 --- --'E - - - - '- - - ' - -
- ~ ~ ~ - % ~-*
l s 4 8 12 16 20 24 HOURS EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 15 of 25 t
i ICRI4 EP 7.3-2 REV. 2 m, ATIACHM mr 1.0 (Page 11 of 13) NHOIE BODY DOSE FACIOR (IODINES ONLY) 0-30 Days 4 10 b-gg
===P-===w 1
""1""*"M'3"k"'"*
l - L *
.. T"""*"EN"*T"" b., . .
y - ?h*.DNWb7 i!. .T S 'I-r ' . '...*-f ATJ- M' i h a e .- I- 4_?.=3 3 ga -> . u .a.: w ,_ y; -
, Hn ., b'sJ j p :.r %= II. z < -: : I -m-VP! J aMi='h,= : W% 7i.J1MM i :; .
. .: rn?. -i.'--- ,if. - - . .----- :::: fl.ia!.33,.g 4,. ;,,,,,,_ .
_=5 - ;. ggy .ggg
, .::-.- 4--
.p.
. -1 -
- . .m r. = l A. -:..--m...
- a ; .. . . . .
h :. ---- 4.. . -_ .: =_:: =-;=.me,,,,-,-=__-- g; p. i.- .-: [#9_--- Lid _: j _-_.-gs .9. :.-j_: ._=_ : = 'g- H -.- - __- __ .: __ g :_. _ _
- ..; 2- :. :. p=. =.: =: ===.:--
- .-.-p.:.~_ _i_- _ 4=- _.- __ ---:.
. 2 m- . . - g . _: . . . -
, - . :=- -
.4-----:-: =_ L-
...--t..._- 4.. . f -
-- m . .:.; . :..::1.- -- :- .....-:..
_3._.
..__.J...._._
_.._._. w 4 Om)(m (hr)(Cl) . .rI _me
. _ . . . _ _ __ ._.......w._. ,-.~._-- . _.
.: :::' % . _ l- .- :."~ -
- .__*i -24::=
=. *: ...L_-_- _: -
c= , 1 i l _ 3 ' to m , .- , - _ ,- . m. i- . . , , . _ . w.m.- l . ,... m. ,- . m. m. - <. . . x ._
, . .a : -- ,, -
, , . v .. - 4,- m-
. . _ .- m .m w.,om . s.u .: :, - .e. -m _o _.>; w.
. . _ _ _ s =-;-as. .m m ,= wi.,mr . ._ ,, _ ...u _ _ _ c. ,
3.1.3 -. - Ma Xe 4.5- a s1:n 1 i . . a ' s.% Tu:-1. ===Ns m . Pse- TJ s -wT. 4 7 i p i 5.
. v . i . _, . ,wm. g , ;., _ - w-- .q e 1.;s "u.".a y 4 -
g 3 't Qt :e %E- .i".P bc- :
." wi I"' . " . _ " _ ' '.:-J diW@@f's -__l :
; p n= Gr=:- = r -T -eW m - , .. 6::. -;. -1 i T_- .- '; :
r.-% :; .- , .
=
~--
W iiR- Mii' - - -
-5 .==- + =:0 ir +T=d _--
_ .5 _
=.._-:_r,,_.
__= _ _ . _ . . _..-__=_ _. .
-., _ - _._ = _ . ,
I - l __...;.._.......-4
.. .._..a._..
...m 2
i 5 10 15 20 25 30 EPP 01-7.3
\ DAYS Rev. 7 Page 16 of 25
i 1 I 1
. . I t
i l FORM EP 7.3-2 REV. 2 l
,\
d ATIACH ETI 1.0 (Page 12 of 13) CHIID 'IHYROID DOSE CDNVERSION FACIORS (IODINES) 0-24 Hours 10 7 -' gg ll g
- a. c , . lg
"" W o s. ^, . g ?- f* g, . .t s ; e
-;4I iFMMMMNM igi .r-r ' . i . .- +f O r_ Mr Y >.NEl3I4 l R-[
a g.p=rgd541:-l +3sgtngs age . .m
,w.m I
, ; ; r.:-] pr < 5:18.r 3=%vH fa< r_ 345 4_siF5Emi. q-L 2 3..'G,rq.g4 I
.a raiI. -i.s .
, pf.- - ' - - - -
- =. r .J :'a : . ::ps.-93_h-?= *
. is,Ji .,--3..,_=_4 !
, i . ._ i. [ ' SFi-- .y . . .y ._. . . p; g-9p _;.is = q_j' _=us _- -L
. - ; ._ : . Qia '. 9)r -: (2 - :- . a.i: 32.5:pr-i .g-p .-- j::-jE]- _- ,_---- _--
25 * ; 2 .h -"Is#.. 2._:-d " -@ '_~:E N.'I- Sb :3:7' ~~
, _W-5 ' *-5 7 l
-. = -- -----
= . _ .c :-
.=.
;- 9. . . ..
- . . *m
. ._ -_=_.==i___----
_:= ;2 -_ l
~---
_- i
._ . .__._. _ . ...,_._. .__.a..._.. .. ..
.. ....._..;_ _. ---- ~
4 . ( Gm)(m . , - _ _ _ . . _ _ _ .
+
(hr)(Cl) =.. .- i <- 1 a.m = ; -- ; -- __:.
"".T.._...
._ . z, - - - ==.y--- _==; - - - -
=.*. .d.C . '
l I l 0 - -- 10 i.. . . . . - , i . i ,. m .:._ .
. . . - e. ,
e . 1 ,m.
. 4_.,_ . _ - . .s i. % .. . - 31 u ,.. ww
. - , , , _. m mu .c un ... .. , - . , . u.. a ,- o _m.u , w as w. -
Naei. F. f -N*Nw . 7-Ged a. - - - > H4 , * - .e= 1--:-*4J _.T +
, e a ,' _.- -*n,, m-- ,.,; w e- _ _-. . s . . w. _.--,:= s.-- - ._-,., ,
.- . # . _4 - ==_w .. -;. ; , :.,, ...sm,- a-- . - .g ., 5 , 9- 1 .: v-1 ; . ._ _
, -.: 1.-+- --J - ay g _. j.h, j . ; E= Za [gr.'--i 17'2%: O,l} I. 2 sui @-^ i=-sl '- - -i = n ; &.
;: _"-. 2
- = -=- - W.@i=.W:_'= ^P.4acce == =. ... y. _ _ ___
.- r- = .am =.=: e-r. :. . :=_. . , - =-r-
- ; -= :
2
. ,. _.=
-=.
.:=- _ g _. .a._._. . _.
- _ . = ~-
a -
... --- .... -. . . - . _ = . . .
--- .==_ .
.____.___:-__. - - - - .=_-_-v.==__.
.w -
1 . _ H i
- _ . . _ .+. . . -
-_ ~ -
_ . , . . _ _ . .__ ... i, --
~ ~ ~ - '
8 i-
--~ ~ - _ - " , " . - ~ _ ~ .
10
' 4 8 12 16 20 24 HOURS EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 17 of 25
= i EURM EP 7.3-2 RE7. 2 '
O (s ATIAGMEtTr 1.0 (Page 13 of 13) GTTn 'IHYROID DOSE CONVERSION FACIORS (IODINE) 0-30 Days 7 4 Y" WEAIE M E,E ll E "'"I7"" .+ 7YY * , p 7MW r " N M dd
-U T Ndi54i, ',..'-f ap 'f _ .i - r q d7M.::.,l f a_m ==g jg,. .ag , .g, .4_
i
.. - 1_W gJP - M%.33E 1- -- 7 :_ M.g.g h .; ; g.- ,,, s;Jpj g .
_ a. 122 ..5% *: ?
- PI.- ~ --
a s:; L59: a p. ".'" _w - 7-;e, Qy Q qg n_:1;
'-t.i..[c.:.1*F.?_m. ::: = .2_ _=.::.:.:
..R. 8-
, i .-- ,. . .
T rf 5 ". . _ . __
.-7._ p.j.. p :
.---- ..s. 2_; . .-
_=
. . r_ .1 - ; ;. -
-..;_-- ;. __ =--
, e - =- :-. -. :. -..:
-l- -- . - . . . . .
. r.. --.;- .,,..'..,L.:=:.~t=_=-_,
_ -.;..,:.-__ _ - - + . . .
-2
- : ~ h: :-
- .g
.. .; r;.w-- ,_v. . - - -
, . . _ W _- : .
_c
, ! .=. .- ._=_ .G.
. =. -. . . . . . .. ._= .:_--. . --- _..._,.._ -
S - - - , _ . . . _ ...__ a.e . - ..--e.-..-..;----- a, - -- ( Gm)(M . . _ . _ . _ . _ . , . . .. (hr)(Cl) -- C. J.i
, __ -- 4 ,
=_= . .=._ . ;___=._.=.e.-=;--. v_ ..- :
= -_.
_.. _ . = _ =w =: E' - 2 -.* l 1 i 6 I
=
I 8 t i __4.,,,.,. i 10 i .
. ars , - -
._ , ! _ - -t a..
. .i we v- -(, : .. us. .. -. v a .,
f.n, e.* ,. ww m .
- 94. 1 u. a i - - , . , . 24 i. . , %- _
g y 9 (f M - T{ . ?b 5.- # Q. . .] .
.e :h a . ' . -
_-h as p.e4 ,m sn _JM- 4d} i @ , , . = y.,,,. m .s = 1'esW# ..n- ,. Aa T-
-,gghJ % j. ~ .pi 3 g.-= ; . s y
- - '+
E i++'h-a . .irT;4- si.rJ M a F.- i i m eau;;aru.. i . . .1- .Ns'-.-. . _ ps s. 7 s_! -
.jc4 . i=_ d-m%. A.,y j h. --r . a, f ! .. p.p p .; m.-.
, J . . .t- . -sg .4 < %. mi .h f= Ws mi ;ja :1 !w --ir.u
." QW . &} %.3 :- G-Mig _: ., m .E.'. px 's, r.g n M. %
, : N-.~=~C.T; _% M N L~"""- ~.-5 35" D:EM449 : " - ~ " - *
'_ l
. :.-- .v. __ ..r_ ...- - - _=-:_:
_ a _ . = = = . --____s_---
*9 .? - _-'*' .::: . _ - * - . :'T ; -- E
-** '=*
- ..-..='.--
._.?."=.-'""" - "
g - g _r- -._"_""_, ._._
~
1
=e =.,
1 - ; .. y-
._4 N
I I I
, _-l_ .
_4
,_ g___ _ . . . _ . .
4- - . .
- e m_..
_._=,. e _ _ . . , ... .. .. .
--~"
- 4. . . . _ . . 7 ._ . . _ ,,_. ... . __.
, ,6 __,.___- ..._-' -
1 i l s 5 10 15 20 25 30 DAYS EPP 01-7.3 ( Pev. 7 Page 18 of 25
- e9. - - _ , , . . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . - .
ATDGMENT 2.0
's (Page 1 of 2)
AI!OSPHERIC STABILT1Y CIASSIFICATIONS O 1.0 For t _--"Gzra differential in C. 'Iha h==rature differential is obtained frae the base of the met tower. NOIE: The 60-10m Delta T is the preferred height for determining stability class if it is available. STABII21Y ) ) ) CIASS (85-10m) (60-10m) (35-10m) A <-1.42 <-0.95 <-0.47 B -1.42 to -1.27 -0.95 to -0.85 -0.47 to -0.42 C -1.27 to -1.12 -0.85 to -0.75 -0.42 to -0.37 D -1.12 to -0.37 -0.75 to -0.25 -0.37 to -0.12 E -0.37 to 1.12 -0.25 to 0.75 -0.12 to 0.37 F 1.12 to 3.00 .75 to 2.00 0.37 to 1.00 G > 3.00 > 2.00 > 1.00 Example: 1. If the T is available for the 85-10 differential and the T is -1.5, the stability class is A. l O 2. If the T is available for the 85-10 differential and the i T is -1.32, the stability claan is B. 2.0 For t---- _e_ture differential in 70 STABII21Y ) ) ) CIASS (85-10m) (60-10m) (35-10m) A <-2.56 -1.71 <-0.85 B -2.56 to -2.29 -1.71 to -1.53 -0.85 to -0.76 C -2.29 to -2.02 -1.53 to -1.35 -0.76 to -0.67 D -2.02 to -0.67 -1.35 to -0.45 -0.67 to -0.22 E -0.67 to 2.02 -0.45 to 1.35 -0.22 to 0.67 F 2.02 to 5.40 1.35 to 3.60 0.67 to 1.80 G > 5.40 > 3.60 > 1.80 3.0 If delta T sensors are ir%=t.ive for the time frame or the arv irL=tt sequence doesn't allow for g _--- *g to the met tower, use an ar==r==ter frtat the , energency kits and the table at the fonowirq page to deFormine the stability claan. 4.0 Additimal weather informatimi may be obtained frca the Natimal Weather Service in Topeka at (913) 295-2631. O EPP 01-7.3 Bev. 7 Page 19 of 25 9
4
, ATIAOBENr 2.0 (Page 2 of 2)
STABILTIY CEASS BY OBSERVATION SURP7fE WIND DAY NIGE 4 M Clear overcast . Breen Clear
- NPH Waec Scat. Brdoen Overcast Clouds Scat.
- Clouds Clouds Overcast Clouds f
<4 . 5 <2 A A-B B E F 4.5-7.8 2-3.5 A-B B C E F 7.8-10 2-3.5 B B-C C D E s
10-13 4.5-6 C C-D D D D i i
- >13 >6 C D D D D s
i i i i-l t 4 i , I 4 t EPP 01-7.3
- Bev. 7 Page 20 of 25 '
l ! I t l
-y- .--.._-e ._
-r. -wry %._.%,,-,,,-,w-..-w,, , -ww,,-,_ .-~,--,,,,,,,-,.~,,%,w - _.v.,w-.c..~ ~,.--w., --..,_m.w,,
- ATDGMENT 3.0 V (Page 1 of 3) z naz For wind speed in nyh use Table A. For wird speed in )mVhr use Table B to detenmine z value. ,
Table A (units are sec. nch) n' Stab. Class A B C D E F G Distance EAB (3/4 mile) 4.79E-6 3.12E-5 7.45E-5 1.32E-4 1.93E-4 3.30E-4 5.03E-4 2 mile 1.33E-6 4.49E-6 1.30E-5 3.77E-5 6.58E-5 1.27E-4 2.22E-4 5 mile 5.81E-7 7.73E-7 2.49E-6 1.09E-5 2.31E-5 5.05E-5 1.03E-4 10 mile 3.11E-7 4.13E-7 7.09E-7 4.18E-6 1.01E-5 2.41E-3 5.47E-5 Table B (units are sec. kwhr) m' Stab. Class A B C D E F G Distance EAB (3/4 mile) 7.66E-6 4.99E-5 1.19E-4 2.llE-4 3.08E-4 5.28E-4 8.05E-4 2 mile 2.13E-6 7.19E-6 2.09E-5 6.03E-5 1.05E-4 2.03E-4 3.54E-4 5 mile 9.30E-7 1.24E-6 3.98E-6 1.75E-5 3.70E-5 8.08E-5 1.65E-4 10 mile 4.98E-7 6.62E-7 1.13E-6 6.68E-6 1.61E-5 3.85E-5 8.75E-5 (NOIE: For distances other than thces listed, refer to the followir$ two J pages and indicate, in the " Distance" colum of the Manual Calculation Worksheet, the actual distance. 4 i i EPP 01-7.3 Bev. 7 Page 21 of 25 l
[ .1
, , 1 S
9,
.x N
(/ ATIAGMENT 3.0 (Page 2 of 3) z value sec
- kph J
m
=4 10 e
\
6 \
, . \
\ \
.
- x
\ Y >
3
. \ N
\ \ -A
,, . .1 %iN-'L '
- - L*.*.- . L.. . :. ' . . . . L_*
4 :-...- .. - i. .
-.." .t ._.R. s z- . : - - . . -.
10 ...\.. . . . . .. .. .. L \ W L- rr n
- e. \- -* ~ - --
,'M m M u-- .= u=.
.5L p .-_- A= -
, #Ei k*-V i X2a +J r.- _%~ -
-W r p .U B Tf,, ++=2- _ '- v .N . .
-- . '. r h. -
am., s A-- 4a.s - _ _r r e .__ ._N _L. _ a_ . aau .
.e_-=
__ i __ ._ 4-, _a - . g,,,y_. L- ,u =^ - I J mh E+- w h ,.e a g- + _ g . 3.r - s verm- - -n m. --_m -. __. r_ _3 L. 2 , q . . _ . . ' 1E'-'~ ..-- 5 E '? ' ~_ p., F:' ' T~#' F.E"".1.w r= u7 =T - -Mi--* G' _ r d ~{ *, UN C . . .i.
.__.- k .{[ 3 -@- _" f _-M=i s. . .
I d "- h- M ~.Y_ N_'T - m_ --- $$f_"_-~~ ___. _h -1 [ 7E.Y -. .-- N I-E -- .N'_.Y . . _ _ __ _. . Y _m--- (m) - - - - - -
- x%: . - . - _ .- k-- - - - -. . -- . - M - --- -v- r- - l. .
H- - - - ~ - - - - - r--
\.,Nsj~ . .- 5 ..
]U .. ..
N - -- . * ~ q ..- .... .- > .. _- - - T. .r.. r Cr ... .~ .
- . . . . . m
, _ we . -+ _ _ _ _ --- m .x .
-e s-- N'--- .--
g _ T _ 1 r r- _ w-
, .i i . n,-
v i-#-
- - - m -- - -w _c-t=- - ,
g y. s o. _ - ,p .. 3 g- v q .
'w_ t_ =w y ; - , i z r-- o i- -
t __2 . - - _._ i . _. _ La-.-_ g , _ _ W-- .m1 . . .-R ME E 4. ~ i I _)_ -
- \ . - , _ w .-w r -- ..-i .- i 4
5 s
, _ ( _w _ 1 . U' :a5 _w_ L-; _ . t -
- k. u -=--.2.- .* . s. ..\..
g . # . t a
. b- -
~
t
, . = J:W-E h ___ _ --: ,; Q ~!
[-" u - [ .~[ ~~ ' _._% _ .. -- lN . ~ l- . . ,
- e tL... .. . ..._ .- N N s-
. t e
10 . .- n ~ ....-,-s- -._<- - ..,
, ,m.
, , _ -- r -- . _ _ _ _ , x >
, a . - _ _ - - :-t . mm m- w b' i " 8 * ' '
~~ * ~+"~-
6
"-.'-...e - . ;. . -n -- , . _- - n- - - , -.
m
, = _
- =
--=_r-- .i_ i
_ sw :
-- .+ - - - - -. - u
._- -m__ _ m=.n 3..-
- r pc
- - r gy r s _:-
g===.,,;___ , _g..m--- - -
-r 4"-"
2= _ _ +~ =_ .. r=_.._5 M__ .r-
- - _ -.- ' i_-~: s =. H-._. ?. ' .- - . _- . " =.--...==
'~ - - - -
==.. ; f =_ "_ _ "_ _L H -
- :'z _ - - --_
1 10 . 1 0 15 6 7.8 10 18 EAR miles from the plant a
\ EPP 01-7.3 Rev. 7 Page 22 of 25
-)
e O
/ N ATDGME2TI 3.0 (V') (Page 3 of 3) z value (sec noh) m3
-4 10, , -
e,
' e r i
--.m>+= .-
.L- 1 .
. 3 - N. . i - . O r ---' - ~--
=-=t-
- _.: Q. N.v == .
=- ~. , .. - -
5=. N K :q . . - _ _ . . ~-i==-- - - - - 4 prv%i '% _ . - -' . . .. .--......
- -N r---- -~
'~
10 '
\ I' 7~ N'
,- , nerrb \ e ____: :---,_.m . .
, ,, m - . =a. x_
, , , w- - __ w . x y . - : , --
.r
,_,,---e -.
ex+ . _ x -_ i _a.. . _ _
, .. m y. - _.-. ..--6..' w s-a .,
~ _ ._. . l - T_
y==.--- - __ - - .ci _. . E=-. ~ u. .w .
,,,,V._+.v_+--, - , _ _.:. _-; . . := = .V. .; -T. - _. n_ . .Ty .=._ .i .= - ,
- w. n-.- - . .-
% -- r r -r
* -- 2 s s g _ v _ . _ _ __w . ____x._=___:_. -- _.. m __.---r-.. _.
(sj\ -6 10 , r-'r _\- W. 1 N_
N .
. : . . :{ .- . . .. - . ._ ;.. .,:_-_--
E- M__ muwmm
-Q: ;-
, . -- _ x .
t_,-_s . i.m - y , r , r - !N- r -- >
=
m-'=_-
- w t-t -e G .w_
a;_r__: ., u . _ ; .w r m^- i x
. 1m i m. = . _
m u ___- - _m.-2_ _-. : a a. , a.p=. - _ m ___-
+ -N i_u +=E 5 --cr. _---h - >- !
i-;: . :.5s=_ _ . -y_._ ; _ _.g= l:
=-
,. _ _s____ ._
. .. M '~:: b - -
I -- F ' ~ ~ - 6 - N N ~* C~'k!~ ~ ~ ~ - - 10 - e - mru p - .
'- t - -
4 5 W IE'"lA- E 7 -I'~'~ 2 ?" 8 _.._-e _..=1-_m --- Nu- * *i---i i i
. - x_ .
M-g .L- - 6 A A --,- - m .._.r.- _ # t. --
--r. r = i i
" ~~
,, '.-5-- r N ~M Li"i'"5[4 I i
.l
-. .. .- --r - -
10 ' - = a ' s 0 2.8 8 7.5 10 15 EAR miles from the plant T EPP 01-7.3 tj Rev. 7 Page 23 of 25
0 a EP 7.3-6 RLV. 1 ATIAGME2C 4.0 (Page 1 of 1) THYROID DOSE DQUIVAIDTT humwtit2T IOCATIQi - Actual DATE TIME - Planned On Site Off Site Adult Thyroid Emtu.yacf Worker Projection RADIOIODINE DOSE RADIOIODINE l ISoIOrE rACIOa d conCamwrIm = myce (RDVuCi) (uci/oc) inhaled inbaled 131 1.5E+0 132 1.4E-2 133 2.7E-1 134 3.7E-3 135 5.6E-2}}